Standards for Accessible Medical Diagnostic Equipment, 2810-2848 [2016-31186]
Download as PDF
2810
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
ARCHITECTURAL AND
TRANSPORTATION BARRIERS
COMPLIANCE BOARD
36 CFR Part 1195
RIN 3014–AA40
Standards for Accessible Medical
Diagnostic Equipment
Architectural and
Transportation Barriers Compliance
Board.
ACTION: Final rule.
AGENCY:
The Architectural and
Transportation Barriers Compliance
Board (Access Board or Board) is issuing
accessibility standards for medical
diagnostic equipment. The standards for
medical diagnostic equipment (MDE
Standards) contain minimum technical
criteria to ensure that medical
diagnostic equipment, including but not
limited to, examination tables,
examination chairs, weight scales,
mammography equipment, and other
imaging equipment used by health care
providers for diagnostic purposes are
accessible to, and usable by, individuals
with disabilities. The MDE Standards
will allow independent entry to, use of,
and exit from the equipment by
individuals with disabilities to the
maximum extent possible. The MDE
Standards do not impose any mandatory
requirements on health care providers
or medical device manufacturers.
However, other agencies, referred to as
enforcing authorities in the MDE
Standards, may issue regulations or
adopt policies that require health care
providers subject to their jurisdiction to
acquire accessible medical diagnostic
equipment that complies with the MDE
Standards.
DATES: The final rule is effective
February 8, 2017.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Earlene Sesker, U.S. Access Board, 1331
F Street NW., Suite 1000, Washington,
DC 20004–1111. Telephone numbers:
202–272–0022 (voice) or 202–272–0091
(TTY). Email address: sesker@accessboard.gov. Or Rex Pace, U.S. Access
Board, 1331 F Street NW., Suite 1000,
Washington, DC 20004–1111.
Telephone numbers: 202–272–0023
(voice) or 202–272–0050 (TTY). Email
address: pace@access-board.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
SUMMARY:
I. Executive Summary
A. Purpose and Legal Authority
The Access Board is an independent
federal agency established by Section
502 of the Rehabilitation Act (29 U.S.C.
792). The Access Board is responsible
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
for developing accessibility guidelines
and standards under various laws to
ensure that individuals with disabilities
have access to and use of buildings and
facilities, transportation vehicles, and
information and communication
technology. Pursuant to these laws,
other federal agencies have adopted the
Access Board’s guidelines and standards
as mandatory requirements for entities
subject to their jurisdiction.
On March 23, 2010, Section 4203 of
the Patient Protection and Affordable
Care Act (ACA) amended Title V of the
Rehabilitation Act, which established
the rights and protections for
individuals with disabilities, by adding
Section 510. Public Law 111–148, 124
Stat. 570). Section 510 of the
Rehabilitation Act charges the Access
Board, in consultation with the
Commissioner of the Food and Drug
Administration, with issuing standards
that set forth the minimum technical
criteria to ensure that medical
diagnostic equipment (diagnostic
equipment) used in (or in conjunction
with) ‘‘physician’s offices, clinics,
emergency rooms, hospitals, and other
medical settings, is accessible to, and
usable by, individuals with accessibility
needs, and shall allow independent
entry to, use of, and exit from the
equipment by such individuals to the
maximum extent possible.’’ 29 U.S.C.
794f.
The statute gives examples of
diagnostic equipment, including
‘‘examination tables, examination chairs
(including chairs used for eye
examinations or procedures, and dental
examinations or procedures), weight
scales, mammography equipment, x-ray
machines, and other radiological
equipment commonly used for
diagnostic purposes by health
professionals.’’ 29 U.S.C. 794f. This list
is not considered exhaustive, but is
illustrative of types of medical
diagnostic equipment.
Section 510 of the Rehabilitation Act
instructs the Access Board to
promulgate technical standards
regarding accessibility of medical
diagnostic equipment, but does not give
the Access Board authority to enforce
these standards. Compliance with the
MDE Standards becomes mandatory
only when an enforcing authority
adopts the MDE Standards as mandatory
for entities subject to its jurisdiction.
Additionally, the enforcing agencies
will determine the application and
scope of these standards, such as who
must comply and the extent to which
medical diagnostic equipment used by
covered entities must comply with these
MDE Standards. As discussed below,
the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ)
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
may adopt the MDE Standards as
mandatory requirements for health care
providers pursuant to its authority
under Titles II and III of the Americans
with Disabilities Act. Other federal
agencies may adopt the standards as
mandatory requirements for health care
providers pursuant to their authority
under Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act.
Private parties, including individuals
with disabilities, have also entered into
settlement agreements with health care
providers to enforce the ADA and
Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act.
The Commissioner of the Food and
Drug Administration designated the
Director of the Center for Devices and
Radiological Health (FDA–CDRH) to
consult with the Access Board on the
development of the MDE Standards. The
Access Board has worked throughout
the process with the FDA–CDRH in
developing these Standards.
B. Summary of Major Provisions and
Organization of Technical Criteria
The Access Board has divided the
MDE Standards into separate technical
criteria based on how the diagnostic
equipment is used by the patient: (1)
Supine, prone, or side lying position
(M301); (2) seated position (M302); (3)
while seated in a wheelchair (M303);
and (4) standing position (M304). For
each category the Access Board has
provided technical criteria to allow
independent access to and ensure the
diagnostic equipment was usable by
patients with disabilities to the
maximum extent possible. The technical
requirements for diagnostic equipment
used by patients in the supine, prone, or
side-lying position and diagnostic
equipment used by patients in the
seated position focus on ensuring the
patient can transfer from a mobility
device onto the diagnostic equipment.
The other two categories, M303 and
M304, focus on the necessary technical
requirements to allow the patient to use
the diagnostic equipment while seated
in their wheeled mobility device, or
while standing, respectively.
The MDE Standards also include
technical criteria for supports (M305),
for instructions or other information
communicated to patients through the
equipment (M306), and for operable
parts used by patients (M307).
C. Costs and Benefits
The MDE Standards are advisory and
are not binding until adopted by an
enforcing authority. The Access Board’s
mandate was to establish only the
minimum technical criteria, however
enforcing authorities may establish
scoping requirements in the future. As
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
such, the final rule does not directly
impose any obligations on health care
providers or medical device
manufacturers. Only when another
federal agency, through separate
rulemaking, adopts the MDE Standards
(in whole or in part) as mandatory for
entities under its jurisdiction, will
compliance be required. At this point,
the Access Board does not know
whether enforcing authorities will adopt
the MDE Standards, nor (if they do) to
what extent health care practices or
particular types of medical diagnostic
equipment will be required to comply
with the Standards’ technical
requirements. For this reason, the Board
cannot estimate the incremental
monetary or quantitative impacts of the
final rule.
Nevertheless, the Board is able to
characterize qualitatively some of the
potential impacts of these Standards. If
enforcing agencies adopt the MDE
Standards as mandatory for entities
regulated under their jurisdiction, the
Standards could affect health care
providers, medical device
manufacturers, and individuals with
disabilities. Once health care providers
and facilities are required to acquire
accessible medical equipment, they
could incur compliance costs, to the
extent that their equipment is not
already accessible. Medical device
manufacturers would then decide
whether to incur incremental costs to
meet the demand for accessible
equipment, and some or many
manufacturers may have an economic
incentive to produce accessible
equipment. Finally, given the many
barriers to health care that patients with
mobility and communication
disabilities encounter due to
inaccessible medical diagnostic
equipment, individuals with disabilities
will benefit from access to and use of
diagnostic equipment meeting the MDE
Standards. Consequently, they may be
able to receive health care comparable
to that received by their non-disabled
counterparts.
In addition, the Standards could yield
some immediate benefits, even before
any adoption by implementing agencies
in formal rulemaking. First, the
technical specifications for accessible
MDE incorporated in the Standards will
benefit enforcing agencies that are
considering similar accessibility
requirements for entities under their
jurisdiction. Although enforcing
agencies have full authority over
whether to adopt the Access Board’s
final rule (in whole or in part), the
technical specifications in the MDE
Standards reflect the input from a
diverse set of stakeholders and provide
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
solid groundwork for any future
rulemaking pertaining to the
accessibility of medical diagnostic
equipment. Second, the Standards will
serve as a best-practice document for the
medical device industry and for health
care providers and facilities. While the
MDE Standards are non-binding, health
care providers can use this final rule as
guidance on how to provide equitable
access to medical diagnostic equipment
for people with mobility and
communication disabilities.
Manufacturers can also use the MDE
Standards as they target their research
and development efforts at producing
diagnostic equipment that can be used
by a larger segment of population—one
that includes more people with
disability and older adults.
The Board thus concludes that the
potential benefits of the MDE Standards
justify its potential costs; that the MDE
Standards will impose the least burden
on society, consistent with achieving
the regulatory objectives; and that the
regulatory approach selected will
maximize net benefits.
II. Rulemaking History
Section 510 of the Rehabilitation Act
requires the Access Board to issue
standards for medical diagnostic
equipment to ensure such equipment is
accessible to, and usable by, individuals
with disabilities no later than 24 months
after the date of the enactment of the
ACA. 29 U.S.C 794f.1 On July 29, 2010,
after the Rehabilitation Act was
amended, the Access Board held a
public meeting that featured panel
discussions and presentations by
experts and researchers on medical
equipment accessibility, health care
providers, medical device
manufacturers, and other interested
parties to provide information for
developing the proposed standards. The
transcript of the meeting is available at
https://www.access-board.gov/
guidelines-and-standards/health-care/
about-this-rulemaking/background/
public-information-meeting.
On February 9, 2012, the Access
Board formally commenced the
rulemaking process and issued a notice
of proposed rulemaking proposing
accessibility standards for medical
diagnostic equipment. Notice of
Proposed Rulemaking—Medical
Diagnostic Equipment Accessibility
Standards, 77 FR 6916 (February 9,
2012) (hereinafter MDE NPRM). The
proposed standards contained minimum
technical criteria to ensure that medical
diagnostic equipment, including, but
1 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act,
Public Law 111–148, 124 Stat. 570 (2010).
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2811
not limited to, examination tables,
examination chairs, weight scales,
mammography equipment, and other
imaging equipment used by health care
providers for diagnostic purpose is
accessible to, and usable by, individuals
with disabilities. Id. The Access Board
held two public hearings during the
comment period, March 14, 2012 in
Washington, DC and May 8, 2012 in
Atlanta, GA. At the public hearings, 27
witnesses presented testimony regarding
the need for accessibility standards for
medical diagnostic equipment, the
difficulty of obtaining health care for
persons with disabilities, the current
state of medical equipment and, the
ability of medical diagnostic equipment
to meet the proposed standards. The
transcripts of the public meetings are
available at https://
www.regulations.gov/docket?D=ATBCB2012-0003.
The public comment period for the
proposed rule ended on June 6, 2012.
Comments were submitted by persons
with disabilities, governmental
agencies, disability rights organizations,
and representatives of the medical
diagnostic equipment industry and the
medical community. In all, 59
comments were received; twenty-four
from individuals, thirteen from the
medical diagnostic equipment industry
and the medical community, nine from
disability rights organizations, four from
accessibility consultants, three from
academics, two from state and federal
organizations, and four duplicate
submissions. The public comments are
available at https://
www.regulations.gov/docket?D=ATBCB2012-0003.
On March 13, 2012, the Access Board
published a notice of intent to establish
an advisory committee to advise the
Board on matters addressed in the MDE
NPRM and issues raised in the public
comments. Notice of Intent to Establish
Advisory Committee—Medical
Diagnostic Equipment Accessibility
Standards, 77 FR 14706 (March 13,
2012). On July 5, 2012, the Access Board
established the Medical Diagnostic
Equipment Accessibility Standards
Advisory Committee (MDE Advisory
Committee). Notice of Establishment;
Appointment of Members—Medical
Diagnostic Equipment Accessibility
Standards Advisory Committee, 77 FR
39656 (July 5, 2012). The MDE Advisory
Committee was comprised of
individuals from 24 organizations
representing a range of stakeholders and
ex officio members from the FDA,
Department of Justice, and the
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
2812
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
Department of Veterans Affairs.2 The
MDE Advisory Committee met from
September 2012 through May 2013 and
much of the work occurred within five
subcommittees that addressed the major
categories of MDE and the issues raised
by commenters: Examination Tables and
Chairs; Stretchers; Diagnostic Imaging
Equipment; Mammography Equipment;
and Weight Scales. In June 2013, the
MDE Advisory Committee presented 54
recommendations to the Access Board.
The committee members reached a
consensus on all of their
recommendations, except for the
recommended lowest or minimum
height for adjustable-height transfer
surfaces. The MDE Advisory Committee
made recommendations regarding
transfer surface height, transfer surface
size, transfer sides, transfer supports,
armrests, stirrups, lift compatibility,
wheelchair spaces, and standing
supports. The final report of the Medical
Diagnostic Equipment Accessibility
Standards Advisory Committee
(December 6, 2013), is available at
https://www.access-board.gov/
guidelines-and-standards/health-care/
about-this-rulemaking/advisorycommittee-final-report (hereinafter,
MDE Advisory Committee Report).
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
III. Summary of Comments
In all 60 comments were received; the
comments are available at: https://
www.regulations.gov/docket?D=ATBCB2012-0003. Overall the comments
provided detailed responses to the
questions posed in the preamble to the
MDE NPRM. They provided many
alternatives and recommended changes
to the proposed requirements, which are
discussed throughout this preamble.
The disability rights organizations
generally supported the proposed rule
and recommended multiple ways to
increase accessibility. The
manufacturers provided a great deal of
information on what types of accessible
equipment is currently on the market,
what the providers are requesting for
accessible equipment, and the
limitations of certain diagnostic
equipment in meeting some of the
2 The ADA National Network, Boston Center for
Independent Living, Brewer Company, Conference
of Radiation Control Program Directors, Inc., Duke
University and Medical Center, Equal Rights Center,
Evan Terry Associates, P.C., GE Healthcare, Harris
Family Center for Disability and Health Policy at
Western University of Health Sciences, Hausmann
Industries, Inc., Hill-Rom Company, Inc., Hologic,
Inc., Medical Positioning, Inc., Medical Technology
Industries, Inc., Midmark Corporation, National
Council on Independent Living, Paralyzed Veterans
of America, Phillips Healthcare, Scale-Tronix, Inc.,
Siemens Medical Solutions USA, Inc., Stryker
Medical, Sutter Health, United Spinal Association,
and University of the Sciences in Philadelphia,
Department of Occupational Therapy. 77 FR 39656.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
requirements in the proposed standards.
Most of these comments and
recommendations are discussed below
in the Significant Changes and the
Section-by-Section Analysis. In
addition, some commenters also raised
concerns with the accessibility of
diagnostic equipment to providers who
have disabilities, weight and patient
load, the need for training of staff on
how to properly assist patients with
disabilities, and requirements to ensure
the room is accessible. While valid and
important issues about accessibility,
most of these concerns are outside the
purview of the Access Board as they
relate to issues unrelated to the
equipment itself or the built
environment, and therefore, have not
been addressed by the MDE Standards.
In the preamble to the MDE NPRM,
the Access Board identified the
following barriers to accessibility, as
documented in the Rehabilitation
Engineering Research Center on
Accessible Medical Instrument National
Survey,3 including equipment
characteristics that affect patients ability
to access and use medical equipment,
such as: Dimensions of the equipment
(e.g., height, width, length,) contact
surfaces (e.g., stiffness, comfort, color
contrast), supports for transferring onto
and off of equipment and positioning
their bodies on the equipment (e.g.,
handholds, armrests, side rails), controls
(e.g., ease of operation), and displays
and devices (e.g., legibility and
understandability). The Access Board
sought public input on what other
barriers affect the accessibility and
usability of medical diagnostic
equipment. NPRM, 77 FR at 6919,
question 2. Nine commenters responded
(two manufacturers, four accessibility
consultants, three disability rights
organizations, and an individual) and
provided examples of additional
barriers that they believe should be
addressed in future updates of the MDE
Standards. These recommendations
included the accessibility of offices of
healthcare providers, user positioning,
communication, device operation,
feature controls, compatibility of
medical diagnostic equipment with
assistive technology, weight capacity,
and adding space to accommodate a
patient’s durable medical equipment.
3 This survey was conducted in 2004 to collect
information on the types of medical equipment that
is most difficult for individuals with disabilities to
access and use. The results of the focus group
sessions are reported in Molly Follette Story, Erin
Schwier, and June Issacson Kailes, ‘‘Perspectives of
Patients with Disabilities on the Accessibility of
Medical Equipment: Examination Tables, Imaging
Equipment, Medical Chairs, and Weight Scales,’’
Disability and Health Journal 2 (2009), 169–179.
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Additionally, the commenters noted
that the proposed standards focused
mostly on individuals with mobility
disabilities and recommended providing
standards to encompass individuals
with autism, Alzheimer’s, sensory
disabilities, cognitive disabilities, and
bariatric patients.
The technical criteria in the final rule
addresses most of the barriers that were
identified in the study as affecting the
accessibility and usability of medical
diagnostic equipment. However, at this
time it is not possible for the MDE
Standards to address every barrier. The
Access Board is very interested in the
additional barriers raised by public
commenters and believes that further
research is needed on some of the
recommendations; such as equipment
characteristics of stiffness, comfort, and
color contrast of contact surfaces, and
ensuring the accessibility of people with
sensory and cognitive disabilities, and
pediatric and bariatric patients. Section
510 of the Rehabilitation Act requires
the Access Board to periodically review
and amend the standards, as
appropriate. The Access Board will
address other barriers in future updates
to the MDE Standards.
Additionally, commenters noted other
areas of medical diagnostic equipment
and issues of patient accessibility and
recommended multiple changes or
additions to the final rule. Specifically,
commenters recommended adding
weight capacity or patient load
requirements, ensuring that the room is
accessible, developing a manner to
evaluate and measure the accessibility
of equipment to give to patients,
requiring staff training on how to use
accessible equipment and how to
provide assistance to people with
disabilities, and requiring patient
support surfaces. Based on the Access
Board’s review of these issues, many of
the commenters concerns are outside
the scope of this rulemaking but are
issues that may be addressed by
enforcing authorities when they provide
scoping and application requirements in
adopting the MDE Standards.
Additionally, the Board may elect to
address the accessibility of examination
rooms and other spaces containing
diagnostic equipment under its
authority to develop guidelines for
buildings and facilities subject to the
ADA and ABA. The other issues of
weight capacity and patient support
surfaces will be added to the additional
barriers list above, and considered for
inclusion when the MDE Standards are
updated.
The Access Board received nine
comments asserting that figures help the
reader to better understand the technical
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
criteria; these commenters
recommended some minor changes to
the advisory figures and strongly
supported the usefulness of the figures.
The Office of the Federal Register does
not permit advisory materials to be
published in the Code of Federal
Regulations. Consequently, as the
figures are advisory, only the version of
the final rule posted on the Access
Board’s Web site will include advisory
text and figures. The online version of
the final rule, as well as other materials
related to this rulemaking, can be found
here https://www.access-board.gov/
guidelines-and-standards/health-care/
about-this-rulemaking.
IV. Significant Changes to the MDE
NPRM
This section of the preamble
addresses significant changes made
from the MDE NPRM to the final rule in
response to the comments received,
recommendations from the MDE
Advisory Committee, and other
information that has come to the Access
Board’s attention during the rulemaking
process. Individual provisions of the
rule are discussed in detail under the
Section-by-Section Analysis below.
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
A. Chapter 2: M201 Scoping
In the final rule, Chapter 2 establishes
that the enforcing authority will
determine the number and types of
diagnostic equipment to which the MDE
Standards will apply. There was only
one significant change to this section,
which added a general exception for
diagnostic equipment that is unable to
meet one or more of the requirements in
the final rule.
1. General Exception
The MDE NPRM proposed several
limited exceptions to certain provisions
addressing the limitations of current
technology and design. Through
testimony at the public hearings,
comments, and MDE Advisory
Committee discussions, the
manufacturers of imaging equipment
consistently raised concerns about
inherent barriers to compliance with the
proposed MDE Standards due to the
location of imaging and mechanical
components necessary to achieve the
diagnostic aims. Some specific
examples include: Dual Energy X-Ray
Absorptiometry (DXA) machines, with a
mechanism that moves imaging
components along a track beneath the
patient surface precluding height
adjustability for the transfer surface;
prone biopsy tables that must be of a
sufficient height to permit health care
providers access beneath the patient
surface to perform procedures,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
precluding the equipment from meeting
the minimum transfer surface height;
and mammography machines with low
dose radiation detectors that are larger
in size than conventional configurations
and required to be in locations that
partially obstruct clearances for knee
and toe space beneath the breast
platform. While the MDE NPRM
proposed several specific technical
exceptions in Chapter 3, the exceptions
did not address the manufacturers’
overall concerns regarding imaging
equipment. Section 510 of the
Rehabilitation Act requires the MDE
Standards to provide independent
access ‘‘to the maximum extent
possible.’’ The Access Board interprets
this language as recognizing that, in
some situations, current technology may
preclude diagnostic equipment from
meeting all of the technical
requirements in the MDE Standards.
Therefore, the Access Board has added
a general exception to Chapter 2
allowing compliance to the maximum
extent practicable for the rare
circumstance where full compliance
would alter diagnostically required
structural or operational characteristics
of the equipment, and would prevent
the use of the equipment for its
intended diagnostic purpose. Any
equipment utilizing this exception is
still required to meet all other
applicable provisions of the MDE
Standards. We anticipate that this
exception will be employed on a very
limited basis for a few specialized
equipment types, primarily imaging
equipment. This provision is not
intended to exempt a piece of diagnostic
equipment from the MDE Standards as
a whole. Limitations resulting from
existing equipment designs or
manufacturing practices that could be
altered to meet the requirements are not
a basis for invoking this exception; only
diagnostically required structural or
operational characteristics that cannot
be made to comply with the technical
requirements without preventing the
use of the equipment for its intended
diagnostic purpose are covered by this
provision.
B. M301 Diagnostic Equipment Used by
Patients in a Supine, Prone, or SideLying Position and M302 Diagnostic
Equipment Used by Patients in a Seated
Position
In the final rule M301 and M302
provide the technical requirements for
diagnostic equipment used in the
supine, prone, or side-lying position,
and diagnostic equipment used by
patients in the seated position. Sections
M301 and M302, which ensure that
patients can transfer from their mobility
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2813
devices onto the diagnostic equipment,
share many technical requirements.
Therefore, the Significant Changes
Section addresses the transfer surface
and lift compatibility requirements for
M301 and M302 together. New
exceptions pertaining to weight scales
and to the type of equipment that must
comply with M301 and the decision to
remove the armrest requirements from
M302, are also discussed below.
1. Transfer Surface
a. Transfer Surface Adjustability
The MDE NPRM proposed that the
same transfer surface height range of 17
inches minimum to 19 inches maximum
be applied to both diagnostic equipment
used in the supine, prone, or side-lying
position and diagnostic equipment used
in the seated position (proposed
M301.2.1 and M302.2.1, respectively).
The Board considered it likely that
diagnostic equipment would be
adjustable in height to serve
practitioners’ needs however, the
transfer surface could be fixed within
the proposed height range. The Access
Board sought public comment in the
MDE NPRM preamble on whether the
final standards should require the
height of the transfer surface to be
adjustable from 17 inches minimum to
25 inches maximum. NPRM, 77 FR at
6922–6933, questions 13 and 14. The
majority of commenters, including
manufacturers and disability advocates,
supported both an adjustability
requirement and the proposed high
transfer height, but disagreed on what
should be the low transfer height.
The MDE Advisory Committee
recommended a high transfer height of
at least 25 inches and recommended
that the transfer surface be adjustable in
small, virtually continuous increments.
MDE Advisory Committee Report, 67–
71, available at https://www.accessboard.gov/guidelines-and-standards/
health-care/about-this-rulemaking/
advisory-committee-final-report.
However, the MDE Advisory Committee
did not achieve consensus on what
should be the minimum low height. Id.
After considering the public
comments and the recommendations
from the MDE Advisory Committee, the
Access Board has decided to include in
the final rule the following requirements
for diagnostic equipment used in the
supine, prone or side-lying position,
and for diagnostic equipment used in
the seated position: An adjustable
transfer height range with a minimum
high and low height; four intermediate
transfer heights within the adjustable
range; and a specific method to measure
the transfer heights. These new
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
2814
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
requirements are incorporated into the
transfer height provision for diagnostic
equipment used in the supine, prone, or
side-lying position, and for diagnostic
equipment used in the seated position,
in the final rule (M301.2.1 and
M302.2.1, respectively). These
provisions have been renamed
‘‘Adjustability,’’ and are discussed in
detail below.
(1) Adjustability: Minimum High
Transfer Height
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
In the preamble to the MDE NPRM,
the Access Board sought comment in
question 14 on whether the final rule
should require an adjustable height
range of 17 inches to 25 inches; whether
equipment currently met this proposed
requirement and, if not, what would the
cost be to achieve that range; and
whether intermediate heights should
also be required within the adjustable
height range. NPRM, 77 FR at 6923.
While 20 commenters responded to
question 14, only four commenters
explicitly addressed the proposed
minimum high height of 25 inches. Of
these, two commenters (an accessibility
consultant and a state agency concerned
with accessibility) concurred with a
minimum high height of 25 inches. One
commenter, a manufacturer,
recommended increasing the minimum
high height to 28 inches for all
diagnostic equipment except magnetic
resonance imaging (MRI) equipment,
which has limitations that may prevent
it from reaching 28 inches. Another
manufacturer gave examples of the
height ranges of its beds and stretchers,
each of which met the 25-inch
minimum high height.
After reviewing the comments and
other evidence before it, the MDE
Advisory Committee recommended a
high transfer height requirement of 25
inches noting that:
[t]he anthropometric data referenced . . . in
the Wheeled Mobility Anthropometry Project
shows seat heights for people who use
mobility devices are above 19 inches. For
manual wheelchair user’s seats measured up
to 23.9 inches; for power wheelchair users up
to 28.9 inches; and for scooter users to 25.3
inches. Seat heights for males were typically
higher than for females. All the male manual
wheelchair users and 92 percent of the male
power wheelchair users had seat heights
equal to or less than 25 inches. Therefore,
transfer surfaces that are adjustable to a 25inch maximum during patient transfer
accommodate most patients who use
mobility devices. Since one key factor in ease
of transfer is locating the transfer surface near
or at the same height as the seat of the
wheeled mobility device, moving the
minimum high point for adjustability of
transfer surfaces, improves access for many.
This particularly benefits persons using
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
powered mobility devices and scooters with
higher seat heights.
MDE Advisory Committee Report, 69,
available at https://www.accessboard.gov/guidelines-and-standards/
health-care/about-this-rulemaking/
advisory-committee-final-report.
The Access Board was persuaded by
the arguments of commenters and the
MDE Advisory Committee in favor of
requiring a minimum high transfer
surface height of 25 inches. A 25-inch
minimum high height will ensure that
the transfer surface can be raised up to
the height of the vast majority of
wheelchair seat heights, which are 25
inches high or lower. The final rule
requires a minimum high transfer
surface height of 25 inches for both
diagnostic equipment used in the
supine, prone or side-lying position
(M301.2.1), as well as diagnostic
equipment used in the seated position
(M302.2.1). Nothing in the rule
prohibits a manufacturer from providing
a high transfer height above 25 inches
as long as transfer is provided within
the range specified up to 25 inches.
(2) Adjustability: Minimum Low
Transfer Height
The Access Board received many
comments from disability rights
organizations, individuals, accessibility
consultants, and a health care provider
supporting the need for lower height
adjustable tables. Specifically, these
commenters explained the need for
adjustable height tables to facilitate and
promote independent or semiindependent transfer. These
commenters explained the delay in
diagnosis and treatment when patients
are unable to transfer from their
wheeled mobility device to the
examination surface and are
inadequately examined while remaining
in their wheelchair. These commenters
also explained that adjustable tables
would enhance both the safety of
patients, by reducing the risk of falls
and injury incurred from assisted
transfer, as well as reducing injury to
medical staff and caregivers by
lessening the likelihood of back and
other lifting injuries. One individual
commenter recalled being bruised when
she was dragged onto medical
equipment that was too high, while
another commenter noted that the risk
to healthcare workers increases when
access to medical diagnostic equipment
is not optimized.
In addressing what the low transfer
height should be, 12 commenters
responded to question 14 specifically
addressing the proposed minimum low
transfer surface height. Six commenters
(an individual, a state agency concerned
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
with accessibility, two accessibility
consultants and two disability rights
advocates, one whose comment was
supported by 50 disability rights
organizations) supported requiring a
low transfer height of 17 inches. These
commenters asserted that the lower
height would provide more
accessibility, safety for both patients
and healthcare providers, and allow
more patients to transfer independently
or semi-independently. One commenter,
a medical association, supported
allowing a minimum low height range
of 17 to 19 inches recommending as
much latitude for manufacturers as
possible. The remaining six commenters
(manufacturers and a medical
association) voiced strong concerns
about the cost of complying with a
minimum low height of 17 inches, the
potential consequences of being unable
to raise the equipment up to a height
comfortable for practitioners, and
whether current technology and designs
would allow diagnostic equipment to
reach such a low height. Additionally,
some of the manufacturers and medical
associations voicing support for a
minimum low height of 19 inches,
indicated that either their equipment
currently meets or would be capable of
meeting a 19-inch low height
requirement.
Like the public commenters, the MDE
Advisory Committee was divided on
this issue and was unable to reach
consensus regarding a minimum low
transfer surface height. MDE Advisory
Committee Report, 70, available at
https://www.access-board.gov/
guidelines-and-standards/health-care/
about-this-rulemaking/advisorycommittee-final-report. Individual
Committee members’ recommendations
for a low transfer surface height
requirement were split across three
options: 17 inches, 18 inches (viewed as
compromise to some and a preferred
minimum height by others), and 19
inches. Id. at 139–143. The Committee
devoted considerable time to examining
available evidence, consulting experts,
and discussing the merits of the three
height options. Id. Additionally, the
Examination Tables and Chairs
Subcommittee held six meetings,
discussed this issue in-depth, and
developed a Subcommittee
recommendation for the MDE Advisory
Committee of 19 inches as the minimum
transfer surface height standard, with 17
inches as the ‘‘best practice.’’ Id. The
MDE Advisory Committee members
heard presentations from several
clinicians and manufacturers on the
topic of minimum transfer surface
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
height.4 Advisory Committee members
also considered a presentation from
Edward Steinfeld, ArchD on the
findings from the Anthropometry of
Wheeled Mobility Project, which was
conducted at the Center for Inclusive
Design and Environmental Access
(IDeA) at the State University of New
York at Buffalo.5 Id.
After careful consideration of the
available information, the MDE
Advisory Committee was unable to
agree upon a recommendation for a
transfer surface height, and Committee
members were invited to submit
minority reports supporting their view
of the issue.6 The MDE Advisory
4 Clinician presenters included Barbara Ridley,
RN, FNP, Cathy Ellis, PT, Medical Diagnostic
Equipment; Michael Yochelson, MD, Medical
Diagnostic Equipment; Lauren Snowden, PT, DPT,
Practitioner Perspective on Transfers to
Examination Services; Nuket Curran, PT, Diagnostic
Equipment & Patient Accessibility: Closing the
‘‘Gap’’; Douglas Coldwell, MD, Medical Imaging;
Theresa Branham, RT, ARRT, Technologist
Perspective to Patient Access. MDE Advisory
Committee Report, 141–142, available at https://
www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/
health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisorycommittee-final-report. Manufacturer presenters
included Willa Crolius, Institute of Human
Centered Design, No Formal Presentation, presented
videos showing transfer; Michelle Lustrino,
Mechanical Engineer, Hologic, Inc., Mammography
Industry: Accessibility Standards; Glen Nygard,
Senior Principal Engineer, Hologic, Inc., DualEnergy X-ray Absorptiometry (DXA) for
Osteoporosis Assessment; Elisabeth George, Vice
President of Global Regulations & Standards Chair
of Technical and Regulatory Affairs Committee,
Phillips Healthcare, Medical Imaging; John Jaeckle,
Chief Regulatory Affairs Strategist Chair of CT-Xray
Committee, GE Healthcare, MITA, & John Metellus,
Product Marketing Manager, Siemens Healthcare,
Equipment with Bores and X-ray Devices
Accessibility; Bob Menke & John Wells, Midmark
Corporation, Examination Table Accessibility
Standards; Jeff Baker, Brad Baker, & Darren Walters,
Medical Technology Industries, Inc., Performance
and Efficacy Considerations for Examination Chairs.
Id.
5 The Access Board and the National Institute on
Disability and Rehabilitation Research sponsored
the Wheeled Mobility Anthropometry Project to
collect measurements of approximately 500 people
using a variety of mobility devices, including
manual wheelchairs, power wheelchairs, and
scooters. The Wheeled Mobility Anthropometry
Project was conducted by the Center for Inclusive
Design and Environmental Access. The final report
on the Wheeled Mobility Anthropometry Project
was issued in 2010 and is available at https://
www.udeworld.com/anthropometrics.html.
6 The Committee Members who submitted
minority reports includes: Boston Center for
Independent Living; The ADA National Network;
Brewer Company; Duke University and Medical
Center; Equal Rights Center; Harris Family Center
for Disability and Health Policy at Western
University of Health Sciences; Hausmann
Industries, Inc.; Hologic, Inc.; Medical Technology
Industries, Inc.; Midmark Corporation; National
Council on Independent Living; Paralyzed Veterans
of America; Phillips Healthcare; Siemens Medical
Solutions USA, Inc.; United Spinal Association;
University of the Sciences in Philadelphia. The
Minority Reports are available at https://
www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/
health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
Committee Report states that ‘‘[a] full
reading of these Minority Reports is
critical to understanding the range of
views guiding the various stakeholder
organizations that served on the MDE
Advisory Committee about the
recommendation for the minimum
transfer height.’’ Id. at 143. (The
minority reports are available at https://
www.access-board.gov/guidelines-andstandards/health-care/about-thisrulemaking/advisory-committee-finalreport/appendix-a-minority-reports).
The minority reports submitted by the
disability advocates and academics
supported a minimum low height of 17
inches. See Minority Reports from
Boston Center for Independent Living
Inc., National Network for ADA Centers,
and Medical Diagnostic Equipment
Advisory Committee,7 available at
https://www.access-board.gov/
guidelines-and-standards/health-care/
about-this-rulemaking/advisorycommittee-final-report/appendix-aminority-reports. These minority reports
explained the importance of accessible
care and of ensuring as many
independent transfers as possible. Id.
The reports noted that both patients and
providers risk injuring themselves
during assisted transfer. Id. In their
reports, disability advocates and
academics asserted that a 17-inch low
height provides the greatest number of
individuals the opportunity to transfer
independently. Id. Additionally, the
reports pointed to current accessibility
standards for toilet seats, shower seats,
and tub seats, which require a height of
17 inches minimum and 19 inches
maximum. Id. These reports argued that
if the MDE Standards moved away from
this range, then the Access Board must
adopt the lowest end of the range, 17
inches, to provide the most
accessibility. Id. Additionally, the
National Council on Independent Living
asserted that:
Most manufacturers on the Committee had
a 19 to 21-inch surface available currently,
with at least one having a product at 18.
Their argument has always been that
providing the lowest transfer heights would
be an extraordinary expense and burden on
the business community (their consumer),
not based on how it benefitted a patient with
a disability. This effort was never supposed
to be about the manufacturers or the doctors.
It is the charge of this committee to answer
committee-final-report/appendix-a-minorityreports.
7 Endorsed by Harris Family Center for Disability
and Health Policy at Western University of Health
Sciences, The ADA National Network, Equal Rights
Center, National Council on Independent Living,
Paralyzed Veterans of America, United Spinal
Association, Duke University and Health System,
and University of the Sciences in Philadelphia,
Department of Occupational Therapy.
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2815
questions and come up with
recommendations for accessibility, based by
some members on engineering and others by
experience. NCIL’s 30-plus years of
experience as advocates for people with
disabilities dictates that we continue to
strongly insist that the U.S. Access Board
maintain the low accessible height at 17
inches above the floor in order for medical
and diagnostic equipment to be accessed by
the greatest number of people.
Minority Report from National Council
on Independent Living (Sept. 27, 2013),
available at https://www.accessboard.gov/guidelines-and-standards/
health-care/about-this-rulemaking/
advisory-committee-final-report/
appendix-a-minority-reports.
The minority reports submitted by
manufacturers supported a minimum
low height of 19 inches. See Minority
Reports from Hologic, Inc., Midmark
Corporation, MITA Advisory Committee
Members,8 and Recommendation of 19inch Lower Adjustable Height as the
Minimum Accessibility Standard (Joint
Report),9 available at https://
www.access-board.gov/guidelines-andstandards/health-care/about-thisrulemaking/advisory-committee-finalreport/appendix-a-minority-reports.
Similar to the minority reports
supporting a minimum low height of 17
inches, these minority reports relied on
the existing accessibility standards,
such as those for shower seats, tub seats,
amusement park rides, toilets, and
benches. However, unlike the minority
reports from members supporting a
minimum 17-inch low height, these
reports asserted that because 19 inches
is a permissible transfer height under
existing accessibility standards, it is
similarly acceptable for medical
diagnostic equipment. The
manufacturers also noted that currently
there are not any accessible diagnostic
tables on the market that meet a 17-inch
low height requirement. The Brewer
Company, LLC stated that:
Brewer has been manufacturing adjustable
height examination tables since 2002. These
tables were designed specifically for
wheelchair accessibility by meeting the 19inch height referenced in the ADA/ABA
Accessibility Guidelines. Brewer is ISO
13485 certified. ISO requires a robust method
for recording customer, end user, and
clinician feedback. In the 11 years we have
been selling adjustable height examination
tables we do not have a single complaint on
record regarding the accessibility of our 19″
low height tables. There have been no
8 Joint Report prepared by medical diagnostic
imaging equipment industry members of the MDE
Advisory committee, including GE Healthcare,
Phillips Healthcare, Siemens Healthcare, and
Hologic, Inc.
9 Submitted by The Brewer Company, Hausmann
Industries, Medical Technology Industries, Inc., and
Midmark Corporation.
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
2816
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
requests for a lower table. In addition, market
growth of the adjustable height tables with 19
inch low heights provides further evidence
that these tables are meeting the accessibility
needs of patients requiring independent
wheelchair transfer.
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
Minority Report from The Brewer
Company, LLC (Oct. 1, 2013), available
at https://www.access-board/guidelinesand-standardshealth-/about-thisrulemaking/advisory-committee-finalreport/appendix-a-minority-reports. The
exam table manufacturers asserted that
they would incur costs to comply with
a 17-inch low height, but would not
incur costs to comply with a 19-inch
low height requirement. See
Recommendation of 19-inch Lower
Adjustable Height as the Minimum
Accessibility Standard (Joint Report)
(Sept. 27, 2013), available at https://
www.access-board/guidelines-andstandardshealth-/about-thisrulemaking/advisory-committee-finalreport/appendix-a-minority-reports
(characterizing a table with a 19-inch
transfer height as a ‘‘baseline 0%’’ cost
increase for ‘‘accessible equipment as
currently available on the market’’).
In their joint minority report,
examination table manufacturers
asserted, ‘‘Based on our analysis, we
determined that transfer surface height
requirements lower than 19 inches
would increase the cost of designing
and manufacturing examination tables,
reduce the rate of adoption of accessible
equipment, and increase the health
provider’s cost of purchasing accessible
equipment.’’ Id.
With respect to the cost of compliance
for the tables on imaging equipment,
some manufacturers noted the inherent
difficulty of redesign, the potential
cascading impacts of adopting a low
height of 17 inches, and the difficulty in
that imaging equipment undergoes
many years of work before they become
commercially available. See Minority
Report of GE Healthcare, Phillips
Healthcare, Siemens Healthcare, and
Hologic, Inc., available at https://
www.access-board/guidelines-andstandardshealth-/about-thisrulemaking/advisory-committee-finalreport/appendix-a-minority-reports.
Specifically, the imaging equipment
manufacturers asserted that:
given the integrated nature of the table to the
system and its imaging performance, that a
change of even a few inches in minimum
transfer surface low height constitutes a
significant engineering change to the device.
Any such change must ensure there are no
adverse effects to image quality, system
performance, and patient safety. Complete
scanner re-testing and re-certification under
our formal FDA quality system and design
controls are needed to verify overall system
performance and safety.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
Moreover, the most significant of these
design changes can result in cascading
alterations to the scanner, potentially leading
to unacceptable heating in the case of MR,
impacts on image signal/quality, and changes
in dose levels to ensure the same, effective,
high quality images and increased
examination times, that is, additional
workflow steps.
Id.
After carefully considering the totality
of comments received and the MDE
Advisory Committee materials, the
Access Board has concluded that there
is insufficient information to designate
a single minimum low height
requirement at this time. Specifically,
there is insufficient data on the extent
to which and how many individuals
would benefit from a transfer height
lower than 19 inches. Due to this lack
of sufficient information, coupled with
the lack of consensus among the MDE
Advisory Committee and the
commenters, the Access Board has
decided to establish, for five years only,
a range for the minimum low height
requirement of 17 inches to 19 inches.
During the five-year period following
issuance of the final rule, any low
transfer height between 17 and 19
inches will meet the MDE Standards.
The Access Board acknowledges that
this is a temporary solution, and has
commissioned a study to quantify the
portion of the population that would
benefit from a low transfer height below
19 inches. A pilot study was completed
prior to the publication of this final rule.
A sunset provision has been included in
the final rule that will repeal this low
height range five years after the date of
publication in the Federal Register,
leaving only the requirements for the
high transfer height and the additional
transfer positions below the high
transfer height. The Access Board
intends to amend this portion of the
final rule with a subsequent rulemaking
to establish a minimum low transfer
surface height once the study has been
completed and before the sunset
provision takes effect.
(3) Adjustability: Transfer Surface
Intermediate Heights
In the MDE NPRM there was no
requirement for the transfer surface to
have intermediate transfer heights.
Under the proposed rule, diagnostic
equipment would be in compliance if it
provided a low transfer height anywhere
within the range of 17 inches minimum
and 19 inches maximum. In addition to
the matter of low transfer height, the
Access Board sought public comment in
question 14(c) on whether the final rule
should require intermediate heights
between a minimum low transfer height
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
and a minimum high transfer height.
NPRM, 77 FR at 6923. Three
commenters responded (two
accessibility consultants and a disability
rights advocate) and supported the idea
of requiring intermediate heights within
a minimum low height and minimum
high height of the transfer surface. One
commenter, an accessibility consultant,
recommended intervals of 1⁄2 to 1 inch,
indicating that 1⁄2 inch increments
would be more practical to match the
varying heights of wheelchairs and
mobility devices, which is critical for
many patients in performing
independent transfers. The MDE
Advisory Committee recommended
adjustable height in small, virtually
continuous increments. To support this
recommendation, the MDE Advisory
Committee explained:
that adjustability greatly increases the overall
accessibility of equipment for all persons.
Adjustable height MDE, such as exam tables,
imaging tables and chairs, will make it
possible to position the transfer surface near
the height of the seat of the mobility device.
For some, independent transfers are only
possible when there is minimal or no change
in vertical height between the seat of the
mobility device and the transfer surface.
People may prefer or, in some cases, require,
transfer to a slightly lower surface moving
the transfer surface lower than the seat of the
mobility device; then adjusting the transfer
surface to above the seat for the return
transfer. MDE Advisory Committee Report,
68, available at https://www.access-board/
guidelines-and-standardshealth-/about-thisrulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report.
The Access Board has decided to
require that the height of the transfer
surface be adjustable within the range
for the minimum low and high heights
in at least four unspecified intermediate
heights, but has determined that the
intermediate heights should be set a
minimum of one inch apart. While the
Access Board agrees that continuous
adjustment is preferable, requiring such
adjustability could preclude the use of
certain types of lifting devices such as
hydraulic systems that work in
increments. The intent is to permit
manufacturers flexibility in setting
intermediate heights and not
prohibitively restrict designs to those of
particular manufacturers or equipment.
(4) Adjustability: Method of
Measurement
The MDE NPRM proposed that the
measurement of the height of the
transfer surface for both diagnostic
equipment used in the supine, prone, or
side-lying position and diagnostic
equipment used in the seated position,
be taken from the floor to the top of the
transfer surface (proposed M301.2.1 and
M302.2.1, respectively). The Access
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
Board sought comment in question 13 in
the MDE NPRM preamble, on whether
the measurement should be taken with
the upholstery in static (uncompressed)
conditions, or with a certain amount of
deflection. NPRM, 77 FR at 6922. The
Access Board received eleven comments
in response, most of which agreed with
measuring the transfer surface in a static
condition. A few commenters disagreed:
One manufacturer recommended
measuring in static conditions, but
allowing a 3⁄4 inch bolster in no more
than 25 percent of the short side of the
transfer surface to be permitted to be
outside the height requirement; two
commenters (medical association and
manufacturer) asserted that the method
of measurement should be dependent
on the type of diagnostic equipment and
left up to the manufacturers; and two
commenters (state agency concerned
with accessibility and accessibility
consultant) recommended that the
transfer surface meet the criteria in both
dynamic and static conditions. The
MDE Advisory Committee concurred
with those comments recommending
that the measurement be made with the
upholstery in a static condition to
ensure a consistent point of
measurement. The MDE Advisory
Committee explained that ‘‘[s]ince many
transfer surfaces are not perfectly flat,
measuring to the highest point in an
uncompressed state provides this
consistent point of measurement.’’ MDE
Advisory Committee Report, 71,
available at https://www.accessboard.gov/guidelines-and-standards/
health-care/about-this-rulemaking/
advisory-committee-final-report. The
Access Board agrees with the Advisory
Committee’s rationale and the final rule
requires that the height be measured
from the floor to the top of the
uncompressed transfer surface. This
method will ensure consistent
measurement across all diagnostic
equipment. Taking the measurement at
the highest point on the transfer surface
allows for small bolsters or contours and
does not significantly increase the
overall height of the transfer for people
with disabilities.
b. Transfer Surface Location
The MDE NPRM proposed the same
location and transfer sides of the
transfer surface for diagnostic
equipment used by patients in the
supine, prone, or side-lying position
(M301) and diagnostic equipment used
by patients in the seated position
(M302). This transfer surface was
located at the end of the diagnostic
equipment and provided options to
transfer from a mobility device onto one
short side and one long side of the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
transfer surface. (proposed M301.2.3
and M302.2.3, respectively). Numerous
commenters objected on the basis that
this type of transfer is not always
possible for certain types of medical
diagnostic equipment; the MDE
Advisory Committee agreed with
commenter concerns. The Access Board
is persuaded by many of the concerns
raised by commenters and the MDE
Advisory Committee. In the final rule
the structure and content of the transfer
surface provision has been revised for
diagnostic equipment used by patients
in the supine, prone, or side-lying
positions to provide two types of
transfer surfaces; end transfer surfaces
and side transfer surfaces. For
diagnostic equipment used by patients
in the seated position, the Access Board
has decided to retain the proposed rule
requirements for transfer surface
location and transfer sides, but has
added an exception to the transfer sides
provision in the final rule to address the
concerns raised by commenters and the
MDE Advisory Committee.
(1) Transfer Surface Location for
Diagnostic Equipment Used in the
Supine, Prone, or Side-Lying Position
Multiple commenters expressed
concerns that transfer cannot always
occur at the end of the diagnostic
equipment as contemplated by the
requirements in the proposed rule. One
commenter elaborated that stretchers
and hospital beds are always entered
from one or the other long side of the
bed, not the foot end, due to
obstructions at the head and foot ends
that cannot be removed. Another
commenter recommended allowing
transfer space at both the center and the
end of the transfer surface.
Evidence presented to the MDE
Advisory Committee during its
deliberations revealed that it is not
always possible to transfer from
adjoining sides at the end of the
diagnostic equipment in the prone,
supine, or side-lying position on certain
types of equipment such as stretchers
and imaging equipment with scanning
beds. MDE Advisory Committee Report,
75–82, available at https://www.accessboard.gov/guidelines-and-standards/
health-care/about-this-rulemaking/
advisory-committee-final-report. This is
because many models of this equipment
can be obstructed on the head or foot
ends by necessary components such as
emergency extraction handles, the
gantry design, or integral patient
positioning features. Id. For equipment
with long patient examination surfaces
such as stretchers and the scanning beds
of many types of imaging machines, the
foot end is not intended as a transfer
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2817
point; patients transfer onto the surface
on either of the long sides, approaching
the equipment more towards the center.
Id. Additionally, a transfer approach at
the foot location may not be practical for
many people with disabilities who
would have to move themselves or be
moved across a significant length of the
surface to place their bodies into a
position for effective imaging. Id. The
MDE Advisory Committee
recommended permitting an alternative
transfer surface which was rotated in its
orientation such that the width
paralleled the examination surface’s
length and its depth spanned the
examination surface’s width, and was
located near the center point of the
diagnostic equipment surface. Id.
Based on the comments received and
the MDE Advisory Committee
recommendations, the Access Board has
concluded that for diagnostic equipment
used by patients in supine, prone, or
side-lying positions two transfer surface
orientations are possible depending on
the intended location from which the
transfer is to be made. These
orientations are now identified as an
end transfer surface and side transfer
surface. This necessitated adding the
definition of ‘‘end transfer surface’’ and
‘‘side transfer surface’’ to the defined
terms (M102.1) in the final rule and
resulted in the removal of the proposed
M301.2.3 Transfer Sides, as that is now
described within the two types of
transfer surfaces provided. The end
transfer surface accommodates the
transfer method conceived of in the
proposed rule; where the transfer occurs
at one end of the examination surface
and allows the patient the option to
transfer at the end and on one adjoining
side of the examination surface. The
side transfer surface responds to the
concerns raised by commenters and the
MDE Advisory Committee to
accommodate diagnostic equipment
where transfer occurs within the length
of the examination surface and allows
patient transfer at the sides of the
examination surface. Side transfer
surfaces most typically will be imaging
equipment, stretchers, hospital beds,
and other equipment where the end is
obstructed and cannot be used for
transfer. Accordingly, the Access Board
has reorganized the requirements
regarding the transfer surface for M301
into two types based on where the
transfer is to occur: ‘‘End Transfer’’ or
‘‘Side Transfer.’’ This revision to
provide options for two types of transfer
surfaces necessitated adding additional
technical criteria addressing transfer
surface size (M301.2.3) and transfer
supports (M305.2), as well as adding the
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
2818
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
definition of ‘‘end transfer surface’’ and
‘‘side transfer surface’’ to the defined
terms (M102.1) in the final rule. These
new requirements are addressed below
in the applicable section in the Sectionby-Section Analysis.
(2) Transfer Surface Location for
Diagnostic Equipment Used in the
Seated Position
Commenters also raised concerns
with the provisions in the MDE NPRM
related to transferring to medical
diagnostic equipment used by patients
in the seated position. Commenters
stated that there is certain diagnostic
equipment used by patients in the
seated position where transfer at the end
of the seat by two adjoining sides is not
feasible. Specifically, commenters
raised concerns about diagnostic
equipment with fixed footrests, such as
podiatry and dentistry chairs. Transfer
onto these types of diagnostic
equipment must be made from either
long side, similar to the side transfer
surface described above. One
commenter explained that fixed footrest
chairs are meant to treat patients with
their legs extended parallel to the
ground. If entered as suggested in the
proposed rule the patient would have to
enter the chair by positioning
themselves onto this fixed footrest
section that is at a downward angle and
would require the patient to slide up an
inclined surface to be properly
positioned on the diagnostic equipment.
The MDE Advisory Committee agreed
with a majority of the commenters that
some examination chairs which have
fixed footrests prevent transfer as
conceived of in the proposed rule. The
Committee noted that:
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
the footrests obstruct access to the foot end
of the chair. Examples of chairs that fit this
category are most dental chairs and podiatry
chairs. The current design allows only one
long side for transfer, which limits some
patient transfers where a patient can use only
one side of the body due to paralysis on one
side or other such conditions. To address this
issue, the recommendation requires chairs
with footrest obstructions to allow patient
transfers from both [long] sides of the chair.
The solution creates the option for either a
left or right transfer. MDE Advisory
Committee Report, 83, available at https://
www.access-board.gov/guidelines-andstandards/health-care/about-thisrulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report.
The Access Board agrees that
diagnostic equipment used by patients
in the seated position with fixed
footrests requires a different transfer
approach than those without fixed
footrests. Therefore, the Access Board
has added an exception to the transfer
sides provision (M302.2.4) in the final
rule to permit diagnostic equipment
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
with fixed footrests to provide options
to transfer from opposing sides of the
transfer surface.
The American Dental Association
proposed a complete exemption of
dental chairs from the MDE Standards,
asserting that the Access Board has not
provided any evidence that dental
offices are inaccessible, citing to the
national survey in MDE NPRM ‘‘that
collected information on the types of
medical equipment that are most
difficult for individuals with disabilities
to access and use. The American Dental
Association urge[d] the Access Board to
refrain from proposing costly new
requirements based on examination
chairs that are only ‘moderately
difficult’ for disabled patients to use.’’
The American Dental Association
explains that ‘‘dental chairs already
have many accessibility features built in
and manufacturers as well as health care
providers have an economic incentive to
produce and procure accessible medical
diagnostic equipment and therefore, the
American Dental Association does not
believe that additional regulations are
necessary, particularly with respect to
dental examination chairs.’’ Comment of
American Dental Association, Notice of
Proposed Rulemaking for Medical
Diagnostic Equipment, (Apr. 4, 2012),
available at https://
www.regulations.gov/
document?D=ATBCB-2012-0003-0037.
The Access Board does not concur
with the comment urging that dental
chairs should receive a blanket
exemption. The record is replete with
evidence that individuals with
disabilities do encounter barriers to
dental care as a result of inaccessible
dental chairs. For example, one
commenter, a disability rights
organization representing 37,000
members, explained that it asked its
members ‘‘and others with disabilities
about the barriers they encounter when
seeking medical care and treatment. The
most frequent responses involved access
to examination chairs, dentist chairs,
scales and mammography and
colonoscopy equipment.’’ Comment of
United Spinal Association, Notice of
Proposed Rulemaking for Medical
Diagnostic Equipment, (June 4, 2012),
available at https://
www.regulations.gov/document?
D=ATBCB-2012-0003-0029.
Additionally, at the public hearing on
May 8, 2012, a commenter raised
concerns about the ability to obtain
dental care when unable to transfer onto
the dental chair. The public hearing
transcript is available at https://
www.regulations.gov/docket?D=ATBCB2012-0003. Accordingly, the Access
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Board has concluded that dental chairs
are appropriately covered by this rule.
c. Transfer Surface Size for Diagnostic
Equipment Used by Patients in the
Supine, Prone, or Side-Lying Position
The MDE NPRM proposed a transfer
surface size for diagnostic equipment
used in the supine, prone, or side-lying
position of 30 inches wide and 15
inches deep minimum (proposed
M301.2.2). These dimensions were
based on the dimensions specified in
the 2004 ADA and ABA Accessibility
Guidelines for rectangular seats in rollin showers (36 CFR part 1191, App. D
610.3.1) and the ANSI/AAMI HE 75
which notes that a standard
examination table is 27 inches wide and
a bariatric table is approximately 30 to
32 inches wide and recommends wider
surfaces to make repositioning easier.
ANSI/AAMI HE 75, section 16.4.7,
available at https://www.aami.org/he75.
The Access Board sought input in
question 15 in the MDE NPRM preamble
on whether this size transfer surface was
sufficient to effectuate transfer. NPRM,
77 FR at 6923–6924. Of the 12
commenters who responded, only two
supported the transfer surface size in
the proposed rule. Four of the remaining
commenters (manufacturers) felt that
the transfer surface width should be
decreased, while five (disability rights
organizations, a medical association,
and an individual) believed a larger
surface was needed. The last
commenter, recommended one size
transfer surface for both seated and
supine, prone, or side-lying diagnostic
equipment. Commenter
recommendations for transfer surface
width ranged from 24 inches to 36
inches, while no commenters addressed
the proposed depth of 15 inches. Those
advocating for a larger width were
concerned about the ability of the
patient to reposition after transfer and
about accommodating obese patients.
Those commenters supporting a smaller
transfer surface raised concerns about
the ability to transfer with a large
surface preventing the patient from
reaching transfer supports on the
opposite side of the transfer surface,
while still seated in the wheeled
mobility device. The commenters were
also concerned that making existing
tables comply would require entire base
redesigns as product stability would
have to be re-evaluated with a wider
table. Commenters also raised concerns
that a larger transfer surface would
conflict with bore size limitations on
imaging equipment and that it could
limit the health care provider’s access to
the patient for proper exam. Finally, two
commenters, in response to question
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
15(e), agreed that an adjustable feature
such as an extendable platform, should
be permitted to meet the transfer surface
dimensions so long as it does not move
when a load is applied and it is a
permanent part of the device.
The MDE Advisory Committee
discussions mirrored the comments to
the MDE NPRM with recommendations
ranging from 24 inches to 36 inches for
the width of the transfer surface. The
MDE Advisory Committee reviewed
evidence about transfer surface size to
include: Numerous video clips showing
various transfers (both assisted and
unassisted); industry exhibited tables to
show current table and chair widths;
and the findings of the Wheeled
Mobility Anthropometry Project
presented by Dr. Edward Steinfeld of
the IDeA Center at the University of
Buffalo. MDE Advisory Committee
Report, 72–76, available at https://
www.access-board.gov/guidelines-andstandards/health-care/about-thisrulemaking/advisory-committee-finalreport. The Wheeled Mobility
Anthropometry Project provided an
analysis of transfer surface dimensions
based on data collected from the study.
The study is available at https://
www.udeworld.com/
anthropometrics.html. The data
indicated that the minimum width of a
table transfer surface could be as narrow
as 28 inches and still accommodate 95
percent of the users sampled. Id. Some
members of the MDE Advisory
Committee noted that there was little
gain in usability by increasing the
transfer surface width from 28 inches to
30 inches, and that the significant gain
in usability came from increasing the
surface to 36 inches to accommodate
very large or obese patients. MDE
Advisory Committee Report, 72–76,
available at https://www.accessboard.gov/guidelines-and-standards/
health-care/about-this-rulemaking/
advisory-committee-final-report. While
the committee members expressed
concern about the need to provide
accessibility criteria for obese patients,
it decided that there is insufficient data
to determine specific criteria at this time
and recommended accessibility for
bariatric patients be addressed in a
subsequent rulemaking. Id. The Access
Board concurs with the MDE Advisory
Committee that while there is a need to
address the accessibility needs of obese
patients, more research is necessary
before requirements can be developed.
The MDE Advisory Committee also
noted that if the surface is too wide it
can become challenging for smaller
sized persons to effectuate transfer, and
thus by making all accessible equipment
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
36 inches wide, some patients would be
unable to reach across the table to grasp
the transfer support on the other side to
utilize the support in the transfer
process. Id. The MDE Advisory
Committee recommended decreasing
the required transfer surface width to 28
inches minimum for all diagnostic
equipment used by patients in a supine,
prone, or side-lying position. Id. at 73.
The MDE Advisory Committee made
multiple recommendations for the
transfer surface depth of diagnostic
equipment used by patients in the
supine, prone, or side-lying position. Id.
at 74–76. The MDE Advisory Committee
differentiated between equipment
whose transfer surface was located on
the end of the equipment with transfer
sides on one short side and one long
side of adjoining sides and stretchers
and imaging equipment, which the MDE
Advisory Committee noted transfer
takes place in the center on either of the
long sides. Id. For all diagnostic
equipment used by patients in a supine,
prone, or side-lying position, except
imaging equipment, the MDE Advisory
Committee recommended increasing the
transfer surface depth to 17 inches,
explaining that existing equipment
already encompasses this dimension. Id.
The MDE Advisory Committee included
stretchers in this requirement, even
though they have a transfer orientation
akin to imaging equipment. Id. For
imaging equipment, the MDE Advisory
Committee recommended a transfer
surface size of 28 inches long minimum
by 28 inches deep minimum. The MDE
Advisory Committee also recommended
the addition of an exception for imaging
equipment transfer surface size; to allow
a decrease in depth to no less than 21
inches where it is technically infeasible
to reach the 28 inches minimum. Id. at
75–76. The Committee explained that
‘‘all x-ray tables meet the 28-inch table
[depth] . . . because of physical design
constraints such as bore size, not all
tables used with equipment with bores
meet the 28-inch-[deep] criteria, but all
meet the 21-inch minimum.’’ Id.
As discussed above in Section
IV.B.1.b (Significant Changes—Transfer
Surface Location) the restructure of the
transfer surface to include two types of
transfer surfaces; end transfer surface
and side transfer surface, necessitates
new technical requirements for the new
side transfer surface. Accordingly, based
on the comments received and the
recommendations from the MDE
Advisory Committee, the final rule
establishes different sizes for each of the
end and side transfer surfaces. The final
rule requires that diagnostic equipment
with an end transfer surface be a
minimum size of 28 inches wide and 17
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2819
inches long. The Access Board has
decreased the minimum width of the
transfer surface from 30 inches to 28
inches based on the evidence presented
to the advisory committee that 28 inches
is sufficient to accommodate 95 percent
of the users and will ensure that
patients are able to utilize the transfer
supports on the opposite side of the
transfer surface. The Access Board has
increased the length of the end transfer
surface from 15 inches to 17 inches
based on the evidence that diagnostic
equipment currently on the market is
already built to this dimension. In the
final rule, the Access Board does not see
a reason to prohibit an adjustable
feature, such as a table with extendable
sides, from meeting the size
requirements of the transfer surface but
believes it is unlikely that any
diagnostic equipment would contain
such a feature.
For diagnostic equipment with side
transfer surfaces, the Access Board has
decided to require a transfer surface size
of 28 inches wide by 28 inches long,
minimum. While the MDE Advisory
Committee recommended only
increasing the transfer surface size for
imaging equipment to 28 inches deep by
28 inches wide minimum, the Access
Board has concluded that diagnostic
equipment used by patients in the
supine, prone, or side-lying position
with side transfer surfaces involve the
same transfer dynamics whether they
are imaging equipment, hospital beds,
or stretchers and therefore should be
subject to the same transfer surface size
requirement.
Additionally, the Access Board
concurs with the MDE Advisory
Committee recommendation to provide
an exception for the transfer surface size
of imaging equipment in the final rule
given the physical limitations affecting
surface depth for imaging equipment
with bores and the fact that it is unclear
when technological advances in bore
size may permit larger patient
examination surfaces. However, the
Access Board has narrowed the
application of this exception only to
imaging equipment with bores. The
Access Board has determined that this
exception, as recommended, was
intended to account for the space
constraints of imaging equipment with
bores and wants to ensure the exception
stays as narrow as possible. Therefore,
in the final rule, the Access Board has
provided an exception which permits
the imaging bed of imaging equipment
with bores’ to be a minimum of 21
inches wide but requires the transfer
surface to be the full width of the
examination surface. As this exception
applies regardless of whether the
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
2820
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
imaging equipment has an end transfer
surface or a side transfer surface, an
exception has been added to each
requirement (M301.2.3.1 and
M301.2.3.2, respectively). Additionally,
the Board has added two definitions to
the final rule, ‘‘imaging equipment with
bores’’ and ‘‘imaging bed’’ to assist with
the application of this exception.
(M102.1 final rule).
d. Unobstructed Transfer
The MDE NPRM proposed that each
transfer side provide unobstructed
access to the transfer surface, with an
exception to permit temporary
obstructions as long as they could be
repositioned during transfer (proposed
M301.2.3 and M302.2.3). As explained
in the MDE NPRM preamble, the
unobstructed access requirement was to
ensure that armrests, side rails, stirrups,
or other equipment parts attached to the
diagnostic equipment did not impede
the patient’s ability to transfer. NPRM,
77 FR at 6923. The final rule retains the
proposed requirements for unobstructed
transfer for diagnostic equipment used
in a supine, prone, or side-lying
position, as well as diagnostic
equipment used in the seated position,
and has added a new exception
described below.
In the preamble to the MDE NPRM the
Access Board noted that it was
considering permitting equipment parts
to extend a maximum of three inches
horizontally beyond the edge of the
transfer side. The Access Board
explained that ‘‘[t]he 2004 ADA and
ABA Accessibility Guidelines provide a
gap of 3 inches between the edge of the
shower seat and the shower
compartment entry, and the gap does
not appear to interfere with transferring
onto and off of the shower seat.’’ NPRM,
77 FR at 6924. The Access Board sought
input from the public in the MDE NPRM
preamble question 17, on whether
equipment parts should be permitted to
extend a maximum of three inches
horizontally beyond the edge of the
transfer sides, provided that they did
not extend above the top of the transfer
surface. Id. Six of the eleven
commenters who responded to this
question supported permitting
equipment parts to extend up to three
inches horizontally beyond the edge of
the transfer surface. However, these
commenters were primarily
manufacturers who also expressed
concerns about the cost of equipment
redesign if a provision permitting the
three-inch gap was not included in the
final standards. The other five
commenters, disability rights advocates
and an accessibility consultant, did not
support allowing equipment parts to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
extend up to three inches horizontally,
unless they were removable. These
commenters raised concerns that the
equipment parts would impede transfer.
Additionally, a manufacturer,
responding to question 9 in the MDE
NPRM, explained that all beds,
stretchers, and cots have side rails that
can be moved to allow unobstructed
access for transfer.
The MDE Advisory Committee
reviewed the comments. The Committee
observed that transfer supports provide
handholds that facilitate transfers onto
and off of the equipment, and that some
types of diagnostic equipment have
components that create a gap between
the transfer surface and the outer edge
of the equipment on the side used for
transfer. MDE Advisory Committee
Report, 78–82, available at https://
www.access-board.gov/guidelines-andstandards/health-care/about-thisrulemaking/advisory-committee-finalreport. The MDE Advisory Committee
reviewed the 2010 ADA Standards for
shower compartment seat requirements,
which allows a three-inch gap between
the edge of a seat and the shower
compartment entry, to determine if
these gaps presented a problem to
individuals attempting to transfer. The
MDE Advisory Committee also
considered anthropometric data from
the Impact of Transfer Setup on the
Performance of Independent Transfers
study by the VA Pittsburgh Healthcare
System in collaboration with the Human
Engineering Research Laboratories at the
University of Pittsburgh. Id. This study
examined the transfer experience with
an adjustable height transfer surface.
This study is available at https://
herl.pitt.edu/ab/. The MDE Advisory
Committee explained that ‘‘[t]he results
showed that 95% of subjects could
transfer when the seat and surface are at
the same height with a 3.5-inch gap.
This data helped inform the
recommendation for the exception since
the 3-inch criteria is less than that used
in the research and should assure
effective transfers for most.’’ MDE
Advisory Committee Report, 79,
available at https://www.accessboard.gov/guidelines-and-standards/
health-care/about-this-rulemaking/
advisory-committee-final-report. The
MDE Advisory Committee
recommended allowing a maximum
three-inch obstruction protruding from
the transfer sides, ‘‘placing a limit on
the size of the gap between the transfer
surface and the outer edge of the
equipment on the side used for
transfer,’’ that applies to both the long
length (width) and short length (depth)
transfer sides. Id. The Committee also
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
recommended special consideration for
stretchers, to incorporate the provision
of IEC 60601–2–52 to establish a
maximum vertical obstruction at no less
than one inch below the top of the
transfer surface. Id.
Based on the comments received and
the MDE Advisory Committee
recommendations, the Access Board is
persuaded that a gap of up to three
inches between the transfer side and the
wheeled mobility device will not
impede transfer given that accessible
diagnostic equipment will be required
to be adjustable. In addition, the Access
Board is not persuaded that special
consideration for stretchers is necessary
in order to accommodate the IEC 60601–
2–52 prohibition against vertical
obstructions within one inch of the top
of the patient surface. The final rule
would not permit obstruction above the
patient surface; consequently, by
meeting the IEC requirements
manufacturers will meet the MDE
Standards.
Accordingly, the final rule includes
an exception permitting obstructions of
no more than three inches deep beyond
the transfer side of the transfer surface
provided that such obstructions do not
protrude above the top of the transfer
surface. A common example of this type
of obstruction is articulating side rails
on stretchers that move out of the way
during transfer, but create a gap between
the transfer surface and the mobility
device. The exception allowing
obstructions of up to three inches is
included in each of the new provisions
for unobstructed transfer for diagnostic
equipment used in the supine, prone, or
side-lying position (M301.2.4), and
diagnostic equipment used in the seated
position (M302.2.5), as Exception 1.
As noted above, the Access Board has
retained the original exception from the
MDE NPRM, permitting temporary
obstructions provided that they can be
repositioned out of the way during
transfer. In the final rule, the Board
moved this provision to Exception 2 to
accommodate the new exception
discussed above, and added language to
specify that this exception may also
apply to obstructions that qualify for
Exception 1. For example, side rails that
create a gap of three inches from the
transfer side of the diagnostic
equipment to the mobility device when
moved out of the way for transfer, but
also protrude above the top of the
transfer surface when in place as a side
rail.
2. Armrests Requirement
In the MDE NPRM, the Access Board
required diagnostic equipment used by
patients in the seated position to
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
provide armrests (proposed M302.3.2).
The only commenter that addressed
whether armrests should be required
was a manufacturer who requested that
beds, cots, and stretchers be excluded
from the requirements as they are
required to have side rails per IEC
60601–2–52. The MDE Advisory
Committee addressed the armrest
provision during their discussions of
transfer supports and explained that
‘‘armrests serve a similar function, and
occupy the same physical space as the
transfer supports as described in the
MDE NPRM. The MDE NPRM requires
transfer supports for all chairs, so the
additional equipment for armrests for
chairs was not only redundant, but
could potentially create a physical
conflict between the two devices.’’ MDE
Advisory Committee Report, 104,
available at https://www.accessboard.gov/guidelines-and-standards/
health-care/about-this-rulemaking/
advisory-committee-final-report. The
MDE Advisory Committee
recommended that armrests not be
required, but if provided they cannot
obstruct transfer supports. Additionally,
the Committee noted that transfer
supports meeting the final requirements,
would provide support like that of
armrests and enhance patient stability if
left in place after a transfer from a
mobility device. Id.
After review of the comment and the
recommendations of the MDE Advisory
Committee, the Access Board is
persuaded that requiring armrests as
well as transfer supports is redundant
and has the potential to cause conflict
between the two devices. Therefore, the
Access Board has removed the provision
requiring armrests from the final rule.
3. Lift Compatibility Exception
The MDE NPRM proposed that
diagnostic equipment used by patients
in the supine, prone or side-lying
position and diagnostic equipment used
by patients in the seated position be
usable with portable patient lifts. The
proposed rule specified base clearance
requirements to ensure lift compatibility
(M301.4 and M302.4, respectively). The
preamble to the MDE NPRM sought
comment on whether the final rule
should exempt certain diagnostic
equipment from these requirements if
the equipment was specifically designed
to be used with a fixed overhead lift.
NPRM, 77 FR at 6927, question 27.
Eleven commenters responded to
question 27. Six of the ten commenters
(one manufacturer, three medical
associations, and two government
entities) concurred with the proposed
scenario that if equipment was designed
for use with overhead lifts then that
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
equipment should be exempted from the
proposed base clearance requirements.
One commenter, a manufacturer, agreed
that equipment designed for use with an
overhead lift should be excepted, and
also stated that portable floor lifts
should be designed to be compatible
with exam and procedure tables, not
that the tables be redesigned to be
compatible with floor lifts. Four of the
commenters (three disability rights
organizations and an accessibility
consultant) were opposed to this
exemption and expressed concern that
the overhead lift would not be available
when needed if the diagnostic
equipment was moved to another room
or the lift was not functioning. The final
commenter, a manufacturer, opposed
the exemption unless the overhead lift
was included as part of the equipment
when sold.
The MDE Advisory Committee
reviewed this issue and recommended
the use of overhead lifts as an
alternative for imaging equipment
where portable floor lifts are not
feasible. Specifically, the MDE Advisory
Committee explained:
Overhead lifts can provide an alternate
means of access instead of clearances around
the bases of imaging equipment required for
portable lifts. Table structural design and/or
room layout may be such that providing the
clearances in and around the base may be
either technically difficult or impractical. In
these cases, a ceiling-mounted lift may be a
better method for some types of imaging
equipment because the portable lift would
need to access the diagnostic imaging table
from the side or far end. Some imaging
systems already use overhead lifts to assist
patients . . . [Overhead lifts] may offer
flexibility over a portable lift because it can
transfer the patient from either side placing
the patient in the desired imaging
orientation, and the ability to move
completely out of the way when not needed.
MDE Advisory Committee Report, 107,
available at https://www.access-board.gov/
guidelines-and-standards/health-care/aboutthis-rulemaking/advisory-committee-finalreport.
After review of the comments
received and the recommendations from
the MDE Advisory Committee, the
Access Board has concluded that fixed
overhead lifts may be appropriate and
even preferred in certain circumstances.
However, the Access Board believes that
the determination of the circumstances
where an exception is warranted and
the types of diagnostic equipment that
should be excepted from the portable
floor lift requirement is more
appropriately left to the enforcing
authority. Accordingly, the final rule
provides a limited exception to the lift
compatibility requirements for fixed
overhead lifts in situations where: (1) A
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2821
fixed overhead lift is provided; (2) the
diagnostic equipment is clearly labeled
as not compatible with portable floor
lifts; and (3) the use of the overhead lift
with that diagnostic equipment is
specifically permitted by the enforcing
authority. The exception applies only if
all three conditions are met.
4. Exception From the Requirements of
M301 for Certain Examination Chairs
That Comply With M302
The Access Board proposed in
M101.2 in the MDE NPRM to require
diagnostic equipment to meet the
standards for each patient position
supported, meaning that if diagnostic
equipment was designed to support a
patient in multiple positions then the
equipment would have to meet the
technical criteria for each of those
positions. The Access Board sought
public input in question three in the
preamble in the MDE NPRM, on
whether organizing the technical criteria
functionally by patient position was
clear. 77 FR at 6919.
Fifteen commenters responded, with
only two disability advocates and one
medical association agreeing that the
division of the MDE Standards was
clear. The manufacturers raised
concerns about applying the MDE
Standards for multiple patient positions
to a single piece of equipment. Multiple
commenters recommended that when
diagnostic equipment that fits in
multiple categories, one category should
take precedence. Medical Association
and Accessibility Consultants
recommended reorganizing the
standards by types of facilities or by
feature and one manufacturer
recommended harmonizing M301 and
M302 into one requirement.
Additionally, commenters raised
concerns about diagnostic chairs which
could be reclined into a supine position
after transfer; such as podiatry and
dental chairs. These commenters argued
that requiring the equipment to be
designed to accommodate transfer in
both positions would not achieve any
objective benefit and would impose
transfer surface width requirements that
would not be appropriate and would be
overly burdensome. The MDE Advisory
Committee did not make a
recommendation on this provision.
However, the subcommittee for tables
and chairs did explain that while the
primary function of examination chairs
is to support patients in a seated
position, they are also capable of being
reclined. The ability to recline is a
secondary, rather than a primary
purpose. The subcommittee asserted
that these types of chairs should be
covered by M302.
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
2822
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
In response to the comments and
Advisory Committee discussions, the
Access Board acknowledges that one of
the most important features of making
diagnostic equipment used by patients
in either the supine, prone, or side-lying
position or the seated position
accessible, is to ensure the patient has
the opportunity to transfer
independently to the maximum extent
possible. The Access Board concurs
with the commenters that there are
certain examination chairs, such as
dentistry and podiatry chairs, where the
patient is only intended to transfer
while the chair is in a seated position
but is then reclined into a supine
position while the diagnostic procedure
is being performed. The Access Board
concurs with commenters that in this
limited situation it is unnecessary for
the examination chair, which complies
with the technical requirements in
M302, to also have to comply with the
technical requirements in M301.
Therefore, in the final rule the Access
Board has added an exception to
M301.1 which states that examination
chairs that comply with M302 and, after
the patient transfers into the seat,
reclines to facilitate diagnosis, do not
have to comply with M301.
Additionally, the Board has added a
new definition for examination chair in
M102.1 in the final rule to assist with
the application of this exception. The
other commenter concerns regarding the
proposed application provision,
M101.2, are addressed below in the
Section-by-Section Analysis.
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
5. Exception From the Requirements of
M302 for Weight Scales With Integral
Seats
The MDE NPRM proposed that
diagnostic equipment which could be
used by patients in multiple positions
must comply with the technical criteria
for all positions in which it could be
used (proposed M101.2). In the
preamble in the MDE NPRM the Access
Board proposed an exception to this
requirement for folding seats on
diagnostic equipment used by patients
seated in a wheelchair. The MDE NPRM
proposed that this type of diagnostic
equipment would have to meet the
technical requirements of M302
(diagnostic equipment used by patients
in the seated position) and M303
(diagnostic equipment used by patients
seated in a wheelchair), with the
exception of the lift compatibility
requirements in M302.4. NPRM, 77 FR
at 6927. The Board explained that
because the patients can use the
equipment while seated in their
wheelchairs, the seat does not have to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
provide the clearance necessary to be
usable with a portable floor lift. Id.
In the MDE NPRM preamble the
Access Board sought comment with two
questions, 28 and 37. Question 37 asked
whether a folding or removable seat
should be required on weight scales for
use in the standing position. NPRM, 77
FR at 6930. Four commenters
responded: Three concurred (an
accessibility consultant, disability rights
organization, and a state agency
concerned with accessibility); and one
commenter (a manufacturer) agreed it
should be an option, but not a
requirement. Six commenters responded
to question 28, which asked whether a
folding seat provided on diagnostic
equipment with a wheelchair space
should be required to comply with the
technical criteria in proposed M302 for
transfer surfaces and supports. NPRM,
77 FR at 6927. Five of the commenters
(three disability rights organizations, a
state agency concerned with
accessibility, and an accessibility
consultant) asserted that if a seat is
provided it should have to comply with
the technical provisions for diagnostic
equipment used by a patient in the
seated position. One of these
commenters explained that not all
people with disabilities who need to
transfer are wheelchair users and some
wheelchair users may choose to transfer,
even if the device is designed for use in
a wheelchair. The remaining
commenter, a medical association,
noted that it was unaware of any
diagnostic equipment with a folding
seat, but asserted that if patients can use
the equipment in wheelchairs, then they
should not be transferred onto the
folding seat, and the chair should not
have to meet the requirements in
proposed M302.
The MDE Advisory Committee
discussed weight scales, noting the
importance of obtaining a patient’s
weight for medical treatment and the
difficulty patients in wheelchairs
confront with obtaining an accurate
weight. See MDE Advisory Committee
Report, 66, available at https://
www.access-board.gov/guidelines-andstandards/health-care/about-thisrulemaking/advisory-committee-finalreport. However, the MDE Advisory
Committee did not make specific
recommendations for requiring a folding
seat on diagnostic equipment used in
the standing position, nor did it make
any specific recommendations for an
exception to M302 for seats on weight
scales with wheelchair spaces. The
Subcommittee on Weight Scales, in
explaining its recommendations on size
and ramp slope, recognized that ‘‘space
constraints are of consideration . . . as
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
medical equipment and adequate space
in the acute care or in the medical office
setting are often competing. Scales that
can be wall mounted or that are portable
would facilitate where there are space
constraints.’’ Subcommittee Report—
Weight Scales, 7, available at https://
www.access-board.gov/guidelines-andstandards/health-care/about-thisrulemaking/advisory-committee-finalreport/appendix-b-supportingdocuments.
After reviewing the comments and the
Subcommittee on Weight Scales Report,
the Access Board has determined that
weight scales that are designed to be
used by patients seated in a wheelchair,
but also provides a seat integral to the
equipment, present a unique situation
which warrants an exception to the
general provision of M302.1 in the final
rule. The primary purpose of the
technical requirements for diagnostic
equipment used by patients in the
seated position is to facilitate
independent transfer from a mobility
device onto the diagnostic equipment.
Some wheelchair accessible scales also
provide a seat for patients who ambulate
onto the scale, but due to stability or
fatigue issues, may need to sit in order
to be weighed. On many of these scales
the seat folds down into the wheelchair
space to accommodate the ambulatory
patient who needs to sit. The MDE
Advisory Committee notes that space is
already at a premium for weight scales.
To require a seat integral to the weight
scale to meet the provisions of M302,
when it already meets the requirements
of M303 would require the weight scale
platform to be significantly larger than
a weight scale which just provides a
wheelchairs space. To accommodate
both a wheelchair space and seat
permitting transfer from a mobility
device, the platform would have to be
large enough to accommodate
individuals in their mobility devices
and also provide enough space to allow
for a side or perpendicular transfer from
the mobility device onto the seat.
Because weight scales with wheelchair
spaces and seats are intended to be used
by patients remaining in their
wheelchairs or ambulating onto the
scale, the Access Board has concluded
that it is not necessary to require the
weight scale to provide the wheelchair
space for the patient to use the weight
scale in a wheelchair and also provide
the space for the patient to wheel onto
the weight scale and then transfer onto
the seat. Accordingly, the Access Board
has excepted integral seats on weight
scales that also contain wheelchair
spaces meeting all the requirements of
M303 from complying with M302. Due
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
to the addition of this exception from all
of the M302 requirements, the exception
in proposed M302.4, which exempted
the folding seat from complying with
the lift compatibility requirements, has
been removed from the final rule as it
is now encompassed under the new
exception.
The Access Board acknowledges the
comments recommending that
accessible diagnostic equipment used in
the standing position also provide a
seat. However, the Access Board has
declined to include such a provision in
the final rule because of the potential
space impact and because, it will
ultimately be up to the enforcing
authority to determine what types of
diagnostic equipment and how many of
each type must be provided in medical
settings. However, if diagnostic
equipment used in a standing position
does provide a seat, but does not
provide a wheelchair space, then it
would have to comply with the
requirements of M302 and M304 in the
final rule.
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
C. M303 Diagnostic Equipment Used by
Patients Seated in a Wheelchair
M303 contains the technical
requirements for diagnostic equipment
used by patients seated in wheelchairs.
In the final rule the Access Board made
four significant changes to this section:
Two significant changes to
accommodate the unique challenges of
mammography equipment; one
significant change to the ramped
running slope requirement; and a final
significant change to the width and
depth of wheelchair spaces.
1. Width and Depth of Wheelchair
Spaces
The MDE NPRM proposed to require
diagnostic equipment to have a
wheelchair space that is at least 36
inches wide (proposed M303.2.2). The
MDE NPRM further proposed two
alternative depth requirements: 48
inches for wheelchair spaces that are
entered from the front or rear, and 60
inches for wheelchair spaces entered
from the side (proposed 303.2.3). The
MDE NPRM preamble also noted that
the Access Board was considering
adding exceptions in the final rule to
the width and depth requirements for
wheelchair spaces on raised platforms.
NPRM, 77 FR at 6928–6929. The Access
Board sought input in questions 31, 32,
and 33, regarding the required size of
wheelchair spaces on raised platforms,
the use of scooters on raised platforms,
and the associated costs. Id.
No commenters responded to
questions 31 and 33; four commenters
responded to question 32. Question 32
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
asked whether equipment with
wheelchair spaces on raised platforms,
such as weight scales, can accommodate
patients who use scooters, and if they
currently cannot, should the width and
depth be changed so the equipment is
usable by patients who use scooters.
One commenter (a disability rights
organization) asserted that if diagnostic
equipment is accessible for wheelchairs
it should also be accessible to scooters
and recommended enlarging the space
beyond 36 inches. Another disability
rights organization opined that most
weight scales in healthcare settings are
inaccessible to wheelchair users,
asserting that even the ‘‘accessible’’
weight scales are only 24 inches wide
by 30 inches deep and are too small to
accommodate manual wheelchairs and
definitely would not accommodate the
longer wheelbases of many power
wheelchairs and scooters. This
commenter recommended taking a
‘‘universal design’’ approach with a
requirement of 34 inches wide by 58
inches deep for raised platforms on
weight scales. The other two
commenters (an academic and state
agency concerned with accessibility)
agreed that diagnostic equipment with
wheelchair spaces on raised platforms
should be usable by scooters, but did
not provide any suggested dimensions.
The MDE Advisory Committee
recommended a minimum platform size
of 32 inches clear width and 40 inches
clear length (depth). The Committee
noted that their proposed
recommendation sought to address the
unique considerations of weight scales
with raised platforms. The Committee
stated that this size ‘‘accommodates
both manual and power wheeled
mobility devices including small and
mid-size scooters.’’ MDE Advisory
Committee Report, 109, available at
https://www.access-board.gov/
guidelines-and-standards/health-care/
about-this-rulemaking/advisorycommittee-final-report. The Committee
relied on the Wheeled Mobility
Anthropometry Project findings of
wheelbase measurements and the
Wheeled Mobility Anthropometry
Project’s recommendation of a
minimum flat surface of 40 inches in
length for platforms to accommodate
wheeled mobility devices, including
scooters. Id. at 110. The Committee
explained that ‘‘[t]o have an accurate
weight, the entire wheelbase (either 3 or
4 wheels) of a mobility device must rest
on and make contact with the platform.
The foot pedals, footrests, scooter deck
and tip wheels can overhang or extend
beyond the platform and still get an
accurate weight.’’ Id.
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2823
In order to reconcile the public
comments and the MDE Advisory
Committee recommendations, the final
rule retains the proposed M303.2.2
requirement for minimum width of 36
inches for wheelchair spaces, but
provides an exception to permit
wheelchair spaces on raised platforms
to be a minimum of 32 inches wide.
This width restriction assumes that the
elbows and hands of persons using
mobility devices would overhang the
width of the platform and they would
still be able to propel themselves.
Because the final rule also requires
raised platforms over 11⁄2 inches in
height to provide edge protection that is
a minimum of 2 inches high from the
surface of the platform (See M303.2.6
final rule), it was necessary to restrict
the height of this edge protection for
platforms using the exception of 32
inches wide to 4 inches. This height
restriction is to ensure that a clear space
is provided above any edge protection to
allow the mobility device’s casters and
footrests or other components to extend
over the edge protection.
For the depth of the wheelchair space,
the final rule has retained both
alternative depth requirements in
proposed M303.2.3: 60 inches for
wheelchair spaces entered from the
side, and 48 inches for wheelchair
spaces entered from the front or rear,
discussed below in Section VI.10.c
(Section-by-Section Analysis—
M303.2.3). However, the Access Board
has included an additional requirement
for wheelchair spaces that are entered
from the front or rear and permit passthrough from one end to the other. This
provision requires wheelchair spaces
that permit pass-through to have a
minimum depth of 40 inches. Less
space is required in these circumstances
because the wheelchair user does not
have to turn around or back out to exit
the diagnostic equipment, but can enter
and exit continuing on in one direction.
Due to the addition of the new
requirement, the Board reorganized this
provision in the final rule to M303.2.3.1
(front or rear entry depth), M303.2.3.2
(Pass Through Entry), and M303.2.3.3
(side entry depth).
2. Equipment Clearances for Breast
Platforms
The MDE NPRM proposed knee and
toe clearance requirements for
diagnostic equipment used by patients
seated in wheelchairs that paralleled the
knee and toe clearance requirements
from the 2004 ADA and ABA
Accessibility Guidelines. NPRM, 77 FR
at 6929. The proposed rule included a
requirement that 17 inches minimum
and 25 inches maximum of the 48-inch
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
2824
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
wheelchair space depth include knee
and toe clearance. The knee and toe
clearance would be permitted to be
located beneath the diagnostic
equipment, such as an optometrist
diopter. The proposed rule contained a
different requirement for breast
platforms on mammography equipment,
that of the 48-inch depth minimum of
the wheelchair space, the knee and toe
clearance under a breast platform would
be 25 inches deep (proposed M303.2.4).
Two commenters, one manufacturer
and one disability rights organization,
commented on the knee and toe
clearance under breast platforms. The
disability rights organization raised
concerns that existing machines do not
provide deep enough clearance and that
during the examination the breast
platform will hit the patient’s knees.
The manufacturer also raised concerns
with the size of the knee and toe
clearance and recommended basing the
requirements in relation to the height of
the breast platform. Additionally, this
commenter raised concerns that
mammography equipment must have a
stabilizing flange or foot at its base to
prevent the equipment from tipping
when the gantry is extended. This flange
protrudes into the knee and toe
clearance. Specifically, this commenter
explained that the flange can be
designed for optimal accessibility, but is
necessary for the safety of the
equipment.
The MDE Advisory Committee
reviewed this provision and gave
multiple recommendations regarding
the necessary clearances for breast
platforms. The Advisory Committee
noted that mammography equipment
presents a unique challenge for
individuals seated in wheelchairs
because the mammography exam
requires the patient’s breasts to be
placed on top of the breast platform
thereby requiring the knees and toes to
go deeper beneath the equipment. The
MDE Advisory Committee
recommended changes to the proposed
requirements for knee and toe clearance
to create a deeper knee space under
breast platforms. The MDE Advisory
Committee did not suggest revisions to
the proposed knee and toe clearances
for diagnostic equipment used by
patients seated in wheelchairs, other
than for mammography equipment.
The knee and toe clearance
requirements were adopted from the
2004 ADA and ABA Accessibility
Guidelines and typically will allow a
person seated in a wheelchair to pull
underneath a work surface or equipment
component or permit forward access to
a control located above equipment
overhanging the knee and toe space. We
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
are persuaded by the MDE Advisory
Committee report that mammography
equipment presents a unique use and
requires different specifications for the
knee and toe clearance to ensure that
the patient’s breast can rest on top of the
platform. The knee and toe clearance
underneath mammography equipment
must provide sufficient space to allow
the patient to get close enough for their
breast to be placed on the breast
platform in order for the diagnostic
procedure to be performed. Thus, the
Access Board has reorganized the
equipment clearances provision in the
final rule into two separate
requirements; breast platforms and other
equipment. The requirements for breast
platforms (M303.2.4.2 in the final rule)
account for obstructions in the knee and
toe clearance necessary to stabilize the
mammography equipment and the
location of the patient’s body within the
depth of the wheelchair space, such that
more of the overall space is allocated to
knees and toes. As discussed above,
these factors result in an exception to
allow equipment components of a low
profile to extend into the toe end of the
wheelchair space. The requirements for
other equipment (M303.2.4.2 in the final
rule) are substantively unchanged from
the NPRM, and are discussed below in
the Section VI.C.10.d (Section-bySection Analysis—M303.2.4).
a. Knee and Toe Clearance
The proposed rule recommended a
knee and toe clearance depth for breast
platforms of 25 inches. There were no
comments received on this requirement.
The MDE Advisory Committee
recommended increasing the overall
knee and toe space to a minimum 28
inches deep. MDE Advisory Committee
Report, 115–116, available at https://
www.access-board.gov/guidelines-andstandards/health-care/about-thisrulemaking/advisory-committee-finalreport. The MDE Advisory Committee
asserted that a minimum of 28 inches in
overall knee and toe clearance would
accommodate 95 percent of the
population. Id.
The Access Board concurs with the
MDE Advisory Committee’s conclusion
that an increase in the overall knee and
toe clearance under breast platforms is
warranted. However, the Board is
concerned that if the Advisory
Committee’s recommendation is
adopted without change, it would
significantly impact the requirement in
the final rule for a 48-inch deep
wheelchair space. Because at least 25
inches of the space must accommodate
knees and toes, only 23 inches remains
to accommodate that portion of the
occupied wheelchair not including
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
knees and toes. If the Access Board were
to require 28 inches minimum knee and
toe clearance, only 20 inches would
remain. After reviewing all the evidence
before the MDE Advisory Committee,
the Access Board has decided to make
a number of changes to the requirements
for the knee and toe clearances for
breast platforms. These new
requirements are described in the
Section VI.C.10.d (Section-by-Section
Analysis—M303.2.4). The requirements
are intended to ensure that there is
adequate space for a patient seated in a
wheelchair to position underneath the
equipment and align themselves against
the breast platform so that the
diagnostic procedures can be performed.
b. Exception for Base Support
Allowance and Unobstructed Knee and
Toe Space
In the proposed rule, obstructions
were not permitted within the knee and
toe clearance space. This is consistent
with the requirement in the existing
accessibility guidelines and standards.
One manufacturer commented on this
provision, asserting that mammography
equipment poses unique challenges and
requires separate consideration. The
commenter explained that the gantry of
a mammography machine includes a
base lip which is required for structural
and seismic stability, and protrudes into
the knee and toe clearance. This
commenter recommended revisions to
allow for a base lip on mammography
equipment.
The MDE Advisory Committee
recommended allowing obstructions
into the knee and toe clear space, up to
a height and depth that still permits the
footrests of wheelchairs to pass over it.
Specifically, the Committee
recommended allowing base supports to
be a maximum of 11⁄2 inches high and
allowing an additional sloped region
above the base support at a depth of 25
inches from the front edge of the breast
platform at 11⁄2 inches above the floor,
which can extend to a height of 4 inches
above the floor at a depth of 28 inches.
The MDE Advisory Committee
explained its recommendation, noting
that:
The base support is of fundamental
importance to mammography equipment and
provides structural support, seismic stability,
and installation safety. It does obstruct the
floor space in front of the gantry and, thus,
may limit how close a wheelchair can get to
the equipment. To respond to this issue,
industry proposed a configuration that would
cause minimal obstruction to the floor space
in front of the gantry and would allow
footrests to ride over it.
To discuss the maximum base support
height, the sub-committee looked at
anthropomorphic data regarding footrest
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
heights. The footrest height data measures
the height from the floor to the top surface
of the footrest at its proximal outside corner.
To determine the necessary clearance for the
footrests, the Committee used the footrest
height data and subtracted the thickness of
the footrests (∼0.5 inch). Allowing a
maximum base support height of 1.5 inches
will provide room for the structural
components necessary for an effective base
support design and will also be accessible by
around 92% of manual chair users and over
95% of power chair users. MDE Advisory
Committee Report, 123–127, available at
https://www.access-board.gov/guidelinesand-standards/health-care/about-thisrulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report.
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
The Access Board concurs with the
need for permitting base components in
the knee and toe clear space for
mammography equipment. While the
Access Board recognizes that this is a
deviation from existing accessibility
guidelines and standards, the Board
believes that mammography equipment
presents special challenges due to the
diagnostic, structural, and seismic
requirements of the diagnostic
equipment. In the final rule, the Access
Board has created an exception to the
height requirement for breast platforms.
This exception permits the profile of
base components to extend into the
wheelchair space at a height of 11⁄2
inches maximum between 17 inches
minimum and 25 inches maximum in
depth measured from the leading edge
of the breast platform. In addition, the
Access Board has found that the profile
of the base components should increase
toward the rear of the clearance space
where a patient’s foot and toes will be
higher than the heel supporting portion
of the footrest. Therefore, the final rule
requires that from 25 inches to 28
inches measured from the leading edge
of the breast platform, the height of the
component above 11⁄2 inches must be
beveled at a rate of 2.5:3. This exception
preserves a 17-inch minimum of
unobstructed floor space measured from
the leading edge of the breast platform.
3. Exception to Ramp Running Slope
The MDE NPRM proposed that where
there is a change in level at the entry of
a wheelchair space that is greater than
11⁄2 inches, the entry shall be ramped
and have a running slope not steeper
than 1:12 (proposed M303.3). The
Access Board explained in the MDE
NPRM preamble that this provision is
consistent with the 2004 ADA and ABA
Accessibility Guidelines’ technical
criteria for changes in level. NPRM, 77
FR at 6929. No commenters addressed
this provision. The MDE Advisory
Committee, during its discussion of
wheelchair spaces on weight scales,
extensively addressed the permissible
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
slopes of ramps on raised platforms.
Specifically, the Committee noted:
[It] considered the needs of a ramped
surface to access the platform on the
accessible scale. Because there are
different types of scales with different
platform heights, the Committee
developed a three tiered ramp slope
proposal to fit different situations. The
Committee reviewed and discussed the
provisions on slopes for ramps as they
apply to architectural elements in the
built environment. The maximum slope
for a ramp in the 2010 Standards is a
rise of 1 vertical inch for each 12 inches
of horizontal distance slope. Under very
limited conditions in the built
environment, the 2010 Standards allow
a steeper ramp for a limited rise. A ramp
in the built environment to which this
exception applies may use a 1:2 grade
slope on a short rise ramp.
Industry experts spoke to the concern
for facility space often expressed by
healthcare entities. The space
constraints affect the desirability of
accessible scales since space is often
expensive and tight in many medical
facilities. Scales that can be wall
mounted or portable enhance the
flexibility of scales and allow use in
tight environments. Currently, these
types of accessible scales use the short
rise ramp to facilitate easy storage or
mounting.
Existing technology for weight cell
load allows for a platform profile to go
as low as 3⁄4 to 11⁄2 inches. As the height
of the platform lowers, the length of the
ramp can decrease. The trend in the
scale industry is to develop lower
weight cell technology. However,
industry currently does not know if
lower profiles are possible. MDE
Advisory Committee Report, 111–112,
available at https://www.accessboard.gov/guidelines-and-standards/
health-care/about-this-rulemaking/
advisory-committee-final-report.
The MDE Advisory Committee
recommended a three tiered approach
for allowable ramp runs on raised
platforms: Allowing a slope of 1:2 at 0
to 11⁄2 inches, a slope of 1:8 at a height
greater than 11⁄2 inches to 21⁄2 inches,
and a slope of 1:12 at a height greater
than 21⁄2 inches. Id.
The Access Board agrees with the
MDE Advisory Committee that
additional allowances in the slope of
ramp runs of diagnostic equipment used
by patients seated in a wheelchair with
raised platforms, primarily weight
scales, is appropriate. However, for
usability and safety reasons, the Access
Board has determined that slopes of
such ramp runs should not exceed the
long standing maximum slope for
accessible ramps of 1:8 that is allowable
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2825
in certain circumstances in the 2004
ADA and ABA Accessibility Guidelines.
The Board also notes that the Guidelines
only permit changes in level up to 1⁄2
inch e.g., thresholds to be steeper than
1:8.
Therefore, the Access Board has
decided to add an exception in the final
rule to the requirement that ramped
entry wheelchair spaces have ramp runs
with a running slope no steeper than
1:12 (M303.3.3.1). This exception
permits a running slope not steeper than
1:8 for ramp runs with a maximum
height of 21⁄2 inches. Consistent with the
MDE Advisory Committee
recommendations, ramp runs over 21⁄2
inches in height will have to comply
with the general requirement of running
slopes of not steeper than 1:12.
4. Breast Platform Adjustability
The MDE NPRM proposed to require
diagnostic equipment used by patients
seated in a wheelchair that have
components which are used to examine
specific body parts to be capable of
examining the body parts of a patient
while seated in a wheelchair (proposed
M303.4). Additionally, the Access Board
proposed specific technical
requirements for breast platforms of
mammography equipment. The MDE
NPRM proposed a height range for
breast platforms of 30 inches minimum
and 42 inches maximum above the floor
(proposed M303.4.1). In the preamble to
the MDE NPRM, the Access Board
sought input in question 36, on whether
the breast platform height range
proposed was sufficient to
accommodate a patient seated in a
wheelchair. NPRM, 77 FR at 6930.
Three commenters responded to this
question. One commenter, a medical
association, concurred with the
proposed provisions. Two other
commenters, a disability rights
organization and a manufacturer
disagreed. The disability rights
organization recommended adopting a
minimum height range of 24 to 26
inches. The manufacturer indicated that
the proposed height range of 30 inches
to 42 inches is sufficient, but also noted
that several manufacturers lower the
breast platform to 25 to 28 inches due
to requests for accessibility. This
manufacturer also recommended
requiring a minimum range of travel for
the breast platform instead of a specific
minimum and maximum height.
The MDE Advisory Committee
recommended changing the breast
platform height requirement from a
specified height range to a required
minimum range bounded by a required
high height of 42 inches and a required
low height of 26 inches which
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
2826
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
constitutes the minimum range of travel
allowed. MDE Advisory Committee
Report, 132, available at https://
www.access-board.gov/guidelines-andstandards/health-care/about-thisrulemaking/advisory-committee-finalreport. The MDE Advisory Committee
Report noted that industry
representatives explained that:
equipment currently manufactured ranges
anywhere between 25 and 28 inches for the
lowest measurement of the breast platform.
There were various reasons cited for each of
the positions. Recommendations from
accessibility experts who developed
mammography protocols for women with
disabilities identified a need for a breast
platform height of 24 inches. Because this
recommendation evolved from technologist
experience on equipment with less knee
space, disability advocates supported the
rationale for 26 inches as the minimum. One
member cited the diversity of body types and
sizes for persons with disabilities as the
rationale for the 26 inches. Another member
emphasized the importance of considering
patients of short stature in addition to
considering patients seated in a wheelchair.
Many industry organization members
supported the 28-inch minimum. Reasons
cited included providing more flexibility for
manufacturers and concern that the lower
minimum could result in more leg injuries as
the technologist lowered the breast platform
so close to the lap of the patient using a
wheelchair.
The MDE Advisory Committee
recommended, by strong majority, a
minimum low height of 26 inches and
a minimum high height of 42 inches.
After review of the comments and the
MDE Advisory Committee
recommendations, the Access Board has
accepted the MDE Advisory
Committee’s recommendation of low
and high minimum heights. The Access
Board believes that this requirement
will ensure that the breast platform can
be lowered or raised to the proper
height for a patient seated in a
wheelchair and is also within the range
requested from manufacturers for
patient accessibility. Therefore, the final
rule requires at M303.4.1 that breast
platforms have a minimum low height
of 26 inches, a minimum high height of
42 inches, and be continually adjustable
between the minimum low and high
heights.
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
5. Edge Protection
The MDE NPRM proposed edge
protection on the ramps leading up to
the raised platform (proposed
M303.3.3.4), but did not require edge
protection on the raised platforms
themselves. The Access Board sought
public input with question 30 in the
MDE NPRM preamble, on whether there
is diagnostic equipment with
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
wheelchair spaces on raised platforms
that does not provide edge protection.
The Access Board received two
comments from disability rights
organizations. These commenters
recommended requiring edge protection
on platforms and one commenter
suggested that the edge protection
should not encroach into the wheelchair
space on the platform and should be
designed according to the edge
protection requirements from the 2010
ADA Standards.
The Advisory Committee made two
recommendations for requiring edge
protection on raised platforms; for
single ramped entry platforms, the
Committee recommended requiring a
minimum two-inch high edge protection
on the back of the platform opposite the
entry ramp and on the two sides of the
platform, and for double ramped entry
platforms, the Committee recommended
a minimum two-inch high edge
protection on both sides of the platform.
The Advisory Committee explained that
edge protection ‘‘provides an additional
safety feature and guides users of
wheeled mobility devices onto the
platform.’’ The edge protection prevents
the patient from over-shooting the
platform, driving off either side, tipping,
or falling. MDE Advisory Committee
Report, 112–113, available at https://
www.access-board.gov/guidelines-andstandards/health-care/about-thisrulemaking/advisory-committee-finalreport.
The Access Board concurs with the
Advisory Committee that edge
protection is necessary on raised
platforms to provide a mechanism to
ensure that wheelchair users do not fall
off the platform. Therefore, the final rule
requires in M303.2.6 that platforms with
wheelchair spaces that are raised more
than 11⁄2 inches in height to provide a
minimum 2-inch-high edge protection,
measured from the surface of the
platform, on each side of the platform
not providing entry to or exit from the
diagnostic equipment.
D. M304 Diagnostic Equipment Used by
Patients in a Standing Position
M304 provides the technical
requirements for diagnostic equipment
used by patients in a standing position.
There was only one significant change
made to the requirement of standing
supports on the diagnostic equipment.
1. Standing Supports
The proposed rule included a
provision requiring standing supports
on each side of the standing surface and
compliance with the technical
requirements for standing supports in
proposed M305.3 (proposed M304.3).
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Question 38 in the MDE NPRM
preamble requested input on the
standing support configurations
currently provided, their effectiveness
for patients with disabilities, whether
alternative criteria would be
appropriate, whether angled standing
supports are effective, and whether
there are any industry standards for
structural strength requirements. NPRM,
77 FR at 6931.
Two commenters responded to this
question. One commenter, a medical
association, indicated that standing
supports for imaging equipment vary
widely based on the type of
environment and specific imaging
equipment being used. For example, the
standing support on a chest x-ray
machine and mammography equipment
is much different than a support on a
fluoroscopic room table that can be
moved from a recumbent to standing
position. The second commenter, a
manufacturer, expressed concerns that
the proposed rule was treating supports
on breast platforms as standing
supports, explaining that this was not
the supports’ intended purpose. This
commenter argued that these supports
are actually arm supports intended to
ensure proper patient positioning
during the diagnostic exam, and were
not intended as an accessibility feature
to assist the patient in standing.
The MDE Advisory Committee
addressed the issue of standing supports
for mammography equipment as well as
that of standing supports for wheelchair
spaces with raised platforms. For
mammography equipment, the MDE
Advisory Committee came to a
consensus agreeing with the commenter
that the ‘‘standing supports’’ on
mammography equipment were actually
positioning supports and the ‘‘primary
use of these supports is for positioning
of the arms during the imaging process
to keep them out of the field of view of
the image.’’ MDE Advisory Committee
Report, 135, available at https://
www.access-board.gov/guidelines-andstandards/health-care/about-thisrulemaking/advisory-committee-finalreport. The MDE Advisory Committee
noted that ‘‘[i]ndustry representatives
posited that if a patient has limitations
or balance issues severe enough to need
standing assistance, then the healthcare
provider should position her in a seated
position for safe imaging.’’ Id. The MDE
Advisory Committee recommended
removing the requirements for standing
supports on mammography equipment
and instead adding a requirement for
positioning supports. Additionally, the
MDE Advisory Committee noted that:
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
since the supports mount to the c-arm on
many types of mammography equipment,
they will move up and down with the breast
platform. In these cases, they do not need to
be as long as 18 inches to provide sufficient
flexibility for patients to reach them. Industry
representatives also indicated that there are
controls in the area where these positioning
supports are located. It is important that the
patients’ hands do not accidentally hit these
controls when they are holding the
positioning supports. For this reason,
industry will sometimes intentionally
shorten the length of these handholds to less
than the 18-inch proposal. Considering these
factors, the full Committee agreed that a 12inch long positioning support would be
sufficient if it moved with the movable breast
platform. Id.
The MDE Advisory Committee made
two recommendations for standing
supports on raised platforms with
wheelchair spaces: One for singleramped entry raised platforms, and a
second for dual-ramped entry raised
platforms. These recommendations
would apply when the diagnostic
equipment is designed to accommodate
both persons seated in wheelchairs and
standing persons. For single-ramped
entry raised platforms, the MDE
Advisory Committee recommended
maintaining the requirement for
standing supports on both sides of the
diagnostic equipment. To address
concerns raised by industry
representative on the MDE Advisory
Committee regarding the space on the
platform needed to attach two sets of
standing supports which must be
outside the minimum clear space
required for a wheelchair, the
Committee recommended that dualramped entry raised platforms require
only one standing support on one side
of the platform. The MDE Advisory
Committee explained that patients may
have a stronger side, right or left, and
therefore with only one standing
support provided, they would need to
be able to use their preferred side to
hold onto the standing support. With a
single entry ramp, supports on both
sides are necessary to allow patients to
choose to use the right or left side of
their body, but on a dual entry ramp the
patient can enter or exit on opposing
sides to allow them to use their
preferred side of their body with only
one support. Id.
The Access Board concurs with the
commenters and the MDE Advisory
Committee that the supports on
mammography equipment were
intended as positioning supports, not
standing supports. However, the Board
has determined that an exception is not
necessary due to the restructuring of
this requirement in the final rule. In the
final rule, standing supports are only
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
required on diagnostic equipment used
by patients in a standing position that
provide a surface on which a patient
would stand. This is discussed in
greater detail below in Section V.C.
(Section-by-Section Analysis—M304.2).
Additionally, as discussed below in
Section IV.E.1. (Significant Changes—
Positioning Supports), the Access Board
has elected not to include positioning
supports for mammography equipment
in the final rule.
With regard to the MDE Advisory
Committee recommendations regarding
standing supports on diagnostic
equipment with raised platforms, the
Access Board has decided to include an
exception in the final rule for diagnostic
equipment with entry and exit that
permit pass-through from one end to the
other to provide a standing support on
only one side of the standing surface,
provided that the standing support
complies with the requirements in
M305.3 for standing supports in a
horizontal position. This exception
would not just apply to diagnostic
equipment on a raised platform
designed both for people seated in
wheelchairs and in standing positions,
it would also apply to equipment
designed solely for patients in a
standing position and would apply
regardless of whether the standing
surface is raised on a platform or
combined with a wheelchair space. For
all other standing surfaces, the Access
Board has retained the original
requirement of standing supports on
two sides of the standing surface from
the proposed rule. While the MDE
Advisory Committee spoke in terms of
raised platforms, the Access Board
believes the exception should be
permitted where entry and exit permits
pass-through from one end to the other,
regardless of whether the standing
surface is raised. Accordingly, the
Access Board has decided to apply this
exception to all diagnostic equipment
which permits this type of entry and
exit in final rule (M304.2.2).
E. M305 Supports
M305 provides the technical
requirements for supports on medical
diagnostic equipment. There were
multiple significant changes made to the
transfer supports section, including the
addition of new requirements as well as
the removal of structural strength
requirements from the final rule.
Additionally, changes were made to the
vertical and horizontal standing
supports requirements.
1. Transfer Supports
The MDE NPRM proposed
requirements for transfer supports that
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2827
applied to all transfer surfaces
(proposed M305.2). The requirements
were the same for transfer surfaces on
diagnostic equipment used by patients
in the supine, prone, or side-lying
position, as well as diagnostic
equipment used by patients in the
seated position. The proposed standards
required transfer supports to be located
within reach of the transfer surface and
not obstruct transfer, be capable of
resisting vertical and horizontal forces
of 250 pounds applied to all points, and
not rotate in their fittings. The latter two
requirements were taken from the 2004
ADA and ABA Accessibility Guidelines
for grab bars. 36 CFR part 1191, App. D.
In the preamble to the MDE NPRM, the
Access Board posed multiple questions
about whether the final rule should
include more specific requirements
regarding location, length, size, height,
and angle for transfer supports; and
whether transfer supports should be
allowed to rotate in their fittings. The
Access Board received 31 comments to
these questions and the MDE Advisory
Committee made 10 recommendations
regarding the transfer support section.
In response to the comments and the
recommendations of the MDE Advisory
Committee, and in consideration of the
changes to the final rule regarding types
of transfer surfaces, the Access Board
has made multiple changes and
additions to the transfer support
requirements, located at M305.2.
Specifically, the Access Board has
added technical specifications to the
requirements for location (M305.2.1)
and length (M305.2.2) based on the type
of transfer support required; has added
new technical requirements for height
(M305.2.3), cross section (M305.2.4),
absence of surface hazards (M305.2.5),
gripping surfaces (M305.2.6), and
clearance (M305.2.7); and has made
changes to the fittings provision
(M305.2.8). These new and revised
provisions are based on the 2004 ADA
and ABA Accessibility Guidelines for
grab bars and handrails, 36 CFR part
1191, App. D. Finally, the Access Board
has removed the requirement for
structural strength for transfer supports
and has decided not to add any
positioning support requirements in the
final rule. Each requirement is
discussed in detail in the Section-bySection Analysis below.
a. Structural Strength
The MDE NPRM proposed to require
transfer supports to be capable of
resisting vertical and horizontal forces
of 250 pounds at all points (proposed
M305.2.2). The Access Board sought
input in question 18, on whether
current transfer supports are capable of
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
2828
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
resisting vertical and horizontal forces
of 250 pounds at all points. NPRM, 77
FR at 6925. Four commenters (three
manufacturers and one accessibility
consultant) addressed this requirement:
The accessibility consultant concurred
with the proposal and the other three
commenters opposed this provision.
Two of those opposing the 250-pound
requirement asserted that very few
supports would be able to withstand
250 pounds of force applied to all points
in all directions and that the
requirements should differ depending
on the force vector or live load applied.
The remaining opposing commenter
supported compliance with the
prevailing industry standard IEC 60601
instead of the proposed provision.
The MDE Advisory Committee
recommended revising the language
proposed in the MDE NPRM to require
transfer supports to resist vertical and
horizontal forces of 250 pounds at
locations determined by the intended
use of the equipment. The Committee
indicated that ‘‘during committee
discussions manufacturers stated that
industry is required to test the most
vulnerable spots on the transfer support.
Industry must follow testing parameters
found in other standards.’’ MDE
Advisory Committee Report, 103,
available at https://www.accessboard.gov/guidelines-and-standards/
health-care/about-this-rulemaking/
advisory-committee-final-report.
After reviewing the comments
received and the recommendations from
the MDE Advisory Committee, the
Access Board has decided to remove
this section in the final rule. The
prevailing standard used by industry,
IEC 60601 adopted under the ANSI/
AAMI ES 60601 series in the U.S.,
contains provisions that address the
structural strength of supports. ANSI/
AAMI ES60601–1:2005/(R)2012,
available at https://my.aami.org. The IEC
60601 Standard applies to a wide range
of medical equipment including much
of the diagnostic equipment covered by
the MDE Standards and contains
allowances for risk assessment not
found in accessibility standards, such
that support features on diagnostic
equipment that will sustain transfers in
a safe manner even without a specific
provision in the MDE Standards. Id.
Accordingly, it is not necessary for the
Access Board to address the structural
strength of transfer supports in the final
rule as it is already covered by industry
standards.
b. Positioning Supports
The Access Board noted in the MDE
NPRM preamble that it was considering
adding positioning supports to the final
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
rule and sought public input with
question 24 on whether positioning
supports should be required in the final
rule. NPRM, 77 FR at 6927. Six
commenters responded: Two
commenters (disability rights
organizations) recommended adding
positioning supports; two commenters
(manufacturers) recommended
providing positioning supports within
reach of the patient; one commenter (an
accessibility consultant) recommended
flexibility to allow for design based on
use; and the final commenter (a
manufacturer) raised concerns about the
technical impact for MRI machines.
Additionally, as discussed above in
Section IV.D.1 (Significant Changes—
Standing Supports) and below in
Section V.C.17 (Section-by-Section
Analysis—M305.2), the MDE Advisory
Committee made recommendations to
add requirements for positioning
supports on mammography equipment
and imaging equipment with transfer
surfaces having depths greater than 24
inches.
After review of the comments and the
MDE Advisory Committee’s
recommendations, the Access Board has
decided not to require positioning
supports in the final rule. Although the
Access Board considers positioning
supports to be helpful, even necessary
in some instances, given the wide range
of diagnostic equipment addressed by
the final rule, we have insufficient
information on which to base a
meaningful requirement that could
apply to all types of equipment.
Additionally, where transfer supports
are provided, they can also serve to
assist patients to position themselves.
2. Standing Supports
The proposed rule provided technical
criteria for vertical and horizontal
standing supports. For horizontal
standing supports, the Access Board
proposed a gripping surface of 4 inches
long minimum, the top of which would
be required to be located 34 inches
minimum and 38 inches maximum
above the standing surface (proposed
M305.3.1). For vertical standing
supports, the Access Board proposed a
gripping surface of 18 inches long
minimum, the bottom of which would
be required to be located 34 inches
minimum and 37 inches maximum
above the standing surface (proposed
M305.3.2). In the preamble to the MDE
NPRM the Access Board sought input
with question 38 on: (a) The current
configurations of standing supports, and
their effectiveness for persons with
disabilities; (b) if there were any
alternative technical criteria that would
be appropriate; (c) whether angled
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
supports are effective; and (d) whether
there are industry standards for the
structural strength of standing supports.
NPRM, 77 FR at 6931. The Access Board
received two comments, one of which
addressed standing supports on
mammography equipment (discussed
above in Section IV.D.1 (Significant
Changes—Standing Supports)) and one
commenter (medical association) who
noted that angled standing supports
would be effective and that they are
unaware of any industry standards
regarding structural strength.
The MDE Advisory Committee
reviewed the standing supports
provision and while it supported the
technical criteria in the proposed rule,
the MDE Advisory Committee
recommended adding additional criteria
for standing supports on raised
platforms with wheelchair spaces based
on the recommended changes in
requirements for standing supports for
such diagnostic equipment (discussed
above in Section IV.D.1 (Significant
Changes—Standing Supports)). The
Committee recommended that for
single-ramped entry raised platforms
with wheelchair spaces, the standing
supports located on two sides of the
platform have a minimum of 34 inches
between supports, be integrated into the
platform, and be a minimum of 32
inches in length (at least 80 percent of
the platform length) at the platform
entry edge. MDE Advisory Committee
Report, 136–137, available at https://
www.access-board.gov/guidelines-andstandards/health-care/about-thisrulemaking/advisory-committee-finalreport. For standing supports on dualramped entry raised platforms with
wheelchair spaces, the MDE Advisory
Committee recommended the standing
support, required on one side of the
platform, be integrated into the platform
and stretch the full length of the
platform (40-inch minimum). Id.
The Access Board concurs with most
of the MDE Advisory Committee’s
recommendations; however, although
the Committee’s recommendations
pertained to diagnostic equipment with
wheelchair spaces and standing spaces
on raised platforms, the Access Board
has decided to apply the recommended
criteria to all diagnostic equipment for
patients in a standing position that also
contains a wheelchair space, regardless
of whether the equipment standing
surface is raised. In addition, the
exception permitting only one standing
support is conditioned on that support
being positioned horizontally in relation
to the standing surface, not vertically.
Additionally, the Access Board has
adopted the Committee’s
recommendation regarding the length of
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
these standing supports necessitating
the Access Board to restructure the
standing support provision, dividing it
into length and height. In the final rule
the Access Board permits diagnostic
equipment that is required to have
standing supports that also provides a
wheelchair spaces with one entry to
have standing supports with a gripping
surface length equal to or greater than
80 percent of the overall length of the
platform. For such diagnostic
equipment with wheelchair spaces that
permit pass-through from one end to the
other, the final rule requires the length
of the gripping surface of the standing
support to be at least equal to the length
of the platform.
V. Section-by-Section Analysis
A. Chapter 1: Application and
Administration
In the final rule Chapter 1 establishes
the purpose and the general
requirements for the application of the
MDE Standards. This chapter received
21 comments and no recommendations
from the MDE Advisory Committee. The
Access Board made a few editorial
changes to some of the provisions, and
added one provision M101.3 Existing
Diagnostic Equipment, which is
discussed below.
M101
General
This is an introductory section.
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
M101.1
Purpose
The MDE NPRM proposed that the
purpose of the MDE Standards was to
establish technical criteria for diagnostic
equipment that is accessible to and
usable by patients with disabilities and
to provide patients with disabilities
independent access to and use of
diagnostic equipment to the maximum
extent possible. One commenter, a
manufacturer, responded to the
proposed provision. The commenter
asserted that this provision was unclear
without a list of applicable disabilities
and an explanation on how the
maximum extent possible would be
determined.
In response to the commenter, the
Access Board notes that the term
‘‘disability’’ is defined in the Americans
with Disabilities Act (ADA), 42 U.S.C.
12102. None of the Standards and
Guidelines promulgated by the Access
Board include a list of applicable
disabilities. Rather, they rely on the
definition of disability provided in the
ADA. As for determining whether
diagnostic equipment provides
independent access and egress to the
maximum extent possible, that is a
decision left to the enforcing authorities
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
that adopt and implement this standard.
The Access Board, therefore, declines to
implement the commenter’s suggested
changes. The Access Board has,
however, made two editorial changes to
this provision clarifying that ‘‘medical
diagnostic equipment’’ is referred to as
‘‘diagnostic equipment,’’ and that these
standards are referred to as ‘‘MDE
Standards’’ throughout the rule text.
M101.2 Application
In the NPRM the Access Board
proposed that the MDE Standards
would be applied to diagnostic
equipment based on the patient position
the equipment is designed to support.
Additionally, this provision stated that
where the equipment was designed to
support more than one patient position,
the MDE Standards for each patient
position supported would be applied to
the equipment. Fifteen commenters
responded to this provision asserting
that some diagnostic equipment should
not have to comply with more than one
patient position requirement. These
concerns have resulted in two added
exceptions to the final rule. The first is
to exempt examination chairs which
comply with M302 and can be reclined
to facilitate diagnosis after the patient
transfers onto the seat from complying
with M301. (M301.1, Exception). This
exception is discussed above in Section
IV.B.4 (Significant Changes—Exception
from the Requirements of M301 for
Certain Examination Chairs that Comply
with M302). Additionally, the final rule
also exempts weight scales which
contain a wheelchair space complying
with M303 and that have a seat integral
to the equipment from complying with
M302 (M302.1, Exception). This
exception is discussed above in Section
IV.B.5. (Significant Changes—Exception
from the Requirements of M302 for
Weight Scales with Integral Seats). In
the final rule, the application provision
was revised due to the addition of the
exceptions and a few editorial changes
were made for clarity. This provision
now requires that sections M301
through M304 of the MDE Standards be
applied to diagnostic equipment based
on the patient position that the
equipment supports during patient
transfer and diagnostic use and sections
M306 and M307 will be applied to
diagnostic equipment that contains
communication features or operable
parts that are provided for patient use.
M101.3 Existing Diagnostic Equipment
The MDE NPRM did not address
when or how the MDE Standards would
be applied to existing medical
diagnostic equipment. Commenters
raised concerns about the cost of
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2829
immediate compliance for the more
expensive imaging equipment, noting
the high cost and the concern that
rooms are designed specifically for such
equipment. Specifically, at the public
hearing on March 14, 2012, two
commenters recommended phasing in
these requirements for imaging
equipment based on when it is replaced.
The public hearing transcript is
available at https://
www.regulations.gov/docket?D=ATBCB2012-0003.
The MDE Standards are advisory and
are not binding until adopted by an
enforcing authority. The Access Board’s
mandate was to establish only the
minimum technical criteria, however
enforcing authorities may establish
scoping requirements in the future. In
response to the commenters’ concerns
regarding existing equipment, the
Access Board has decided to add a new
provision which clarifies that the MDE
Standards do not address the
accessibility of existing diagnostic
equipment and that the enforcing
authority will determine whether and
how diagnostic equipment will be
regulated.
M101.4 Equivalent Facilitation
The MDE NPRM proposed to permit
the use of alternative designs or
technologies that are substantially
equivalent to or provide greater
accessibility and usability than strict
compliance with provisions in the MDE
Standards. One commenter, a
manufacturer, requested that the Access
Board include examples of acceptable
methods for providing equivalent
facilitation.
The Access Board is unable to provide
examples of acceptable methods of
equivalent facilitation, as this section is
intended to encompass those design
solutions which the Access Board is
unaware at the time that this rule is
published. Additionally, the final
determination of whether a particular
design or technology meets this
provision will be determined by the
enforcing authorities. Therefore, the
only change to this provision was to
adjust the section number to allow for
the addition of the new provision,
M101.3 Existing Diagnostic Equipment.
M101.5 Dimensions
The MDE NPRM proposed that the
MDE Standards be based on adult
dimensions and anthropometrics. One
commenter and the MDE Advisory
Committee raised concerns about
providing standards for obese patients
and pediatric patients. While the Access
Board acknowledges that these are
additional issues of accessibility, the
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
2830
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
final rule follows the MDE NPRM
framework and provides technical
requirements based on adult dimensions
and anthropometrics, only. At this point
in time the Access Board is focusing on
adult dimensions and anthropometrics
however, the Access Board may address
potential expansions of the MDE
Standards to other groups in future
rulemakings. The only change to this
provision was adjustment of the section
number to allow for the addition of the
new provision, M101.3 Existing
Diagnostic Equipment.
M101.6 Dimensional Tolerances
The MDE NPRM proposed that
dimensions were to be subject to
conventional industry tolerances for
manufacturing processes, material
properties, and field conditions. In the
preamble of the MDE NPRM, the Access
Board sought public input in question
five on available information or
resources concerning conventional
industry tolerances for medical
diagnostic equipment. NPRM, 77 FR at
6920. Six commenters responded to the
question. Three commenters (two
manufacturers and one medical
association) indicated that tolerances
vary based on the manufacturer, product
design, and manufacturing process and
that they are unaware of any industry
standard. One commenter, a
manufacturer, referenced ASME Y14.5–
1994 for dimensional tolerances.
Another commenter, a medical
association, asserted that tolerances are
in operator manuals. The final
commenter, a manufacturer,
recommended providing tolerances
when dimensions are specified and
recommended defining a specific
tolerance, such as +/¥ 0.5 inch for
linear dimensions.
After considering the comments
received, the Access Board has decided
to retain the original provision. The
Access Board was persuaded by
arguments from the commenters that
there is not one industry-wide standard
that can be applied to all MDE and
concurs that the Access Board should
not attempt to establish manufacturing
tolerances. Where available, tolerances
are best addressed by industry standards
for the specific materials and methods
employed in the manufacturing process.
The only change to this provision was
to adjust the section number to allow for
the addition of a new section, M101.3
Existing Diagnostic Equipment.
M101.7 Units of Measurement
In the MDE NPRM there was no
explanation of the units of measurement
used throughout the rule text. In order
to avoid confusion and to align this final
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
rule with the other accessibility
guidelines and standards promulgated
by the Access Board; this provision has
been added to explain that the values
stated in each system (U.S. customary
and metric units) may not be exact
equivalents, and each system must be
used independently of the other.
M102 Definitions
This is an introductory section.
M102.1 Defined Terms
The MDE NPRM proposed definitions
for enforcing authority, medical
diagnostic equipment, operable parts,
and transfer surface. The Access Board
sought input in question six in the
preamble of the MDE NPRM, on
whether there were other terms in the
proposed standards that should be
defined. NPRM, 77 FR at 6920. Ten
commenters responded to this question.
One commenter, a medical association,
did not offer other terms that should be
defined, but stated that there were many
instances where the Board used
acronyms without a definition.
However, this commenter failed to
provide any examples. Another
commenter, a disability rights
organization, suggested modifying the
definition of medical diagnostic
equipment to clarify that the standard is
intended for all medical equipment in
which any part of the equipment is used
for diagnostic purposes for any amount
of time. Another commenter, a
manufacturer, recommended changing
the term ‘‘operable part’’ to ‘‘applied
part’’ and adding a new definition of
operable part as ‘‘caregiver operated
parts,’’ asserting that this aligns with
IEC 60601. Other commenters
(manufacturers, medical associations,
disability rights organizations, and an
individual) suggested the following
terms be defined: health care provider,
breast platform, patient support surface,
transfer supports, positioning supports,
prone position, supine position,
examination tables, diagnostic purposes,
maximum extent possible, landing area,
exam table, procedure table, and
procedure chair.
After review of the comments, the
Access Board declines to add any of the
suggested terms to the defined terms
section. The definition of medical
diagnostic equipment was taken directly
from Section 510 of the Rehabilitation
Act and thus for consistency has not
been altered. 29 U.S.C. 794f. Some of
the definitions proposed by commenters
are not terms used in the MDE final rule
and, therefore, providing the requested
definitions would serve no purpose. The
definitions for other proposed terms
used in the final rule are the same as the
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
ordinarily accepted meanings in the
context that applies, and the Access
Board does not believe that the reader
would be significantly aided in
understanding the final rule by adding
the requested definitions. However, the
Access Board has decided to add six
additional terms to this section; end
transfer surface, examination chair,
imagining equipment with bores,
imagining bed, side transfer surface, and
wheelchair space. As described above in
Section IV.B.1.b. (Significant Changes—
Transfer Surface Location), the Access
Board has added definitions for ‘‘end
transfer surface’’ and ‘‘side transfer
surface’’ to this provision to describe the
two types of transfer surfaces for
diagnostic equipment used by patients
in the supine, prone, or side-lying
position. The ‘‘wheelchair space’’
definition was taken from the 2004 ADA
and ABA Accessibility Guidelines and
adopted in the MDE final rule to
provide consistency across Access
Board rulemakings. Examination chair,
imagining equipment with bores, and
imagining bed were added to help
clarify application of exceptions added
in the final rule. (See M301.1, M301.2.3,
and M305.2.2.2). Finally, the Access
Board also made a minor editorial
change to the title of ‘‘operable part’’ so
that all components and parts are
referred to in the plural.
M102.2 Undefined Terms
The MDE NPRM proposed that the
meaning of terms not defined in
proposed M102.1 or in regulations or
policies issued by an enforcing
authority, be defined by collegiate
dictionaries in the sense that the context
implies. There were no comments and
no MDE Advisory Committee
recommendations on this provision. In
the final rule, the Access Board has
changed this provision to indicate that
the meaning of terms not defined in
M102.1 will be given their ordinarily
accepted meaning in the context that
applies.
M102.3 Interchangeability
The MDE NPRM proposed that
singular and plural words, terms, and
phrases are used interchangeably. There
were no comments on this requirement
and no changes have been made.
B. Chapter 2: Scoping
In the final rule, Chapter 2 establishes
that the enforcing authority will
determine the number and types of
diagnostic equipment to which the MDE
Standards will apply. The Access Board
did not receive any comments regarding
Chapter 2 as written; however, several
commenters expressed concern
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
regarding the ability of certain types of
diagnostic equipment to comply with
the MDE Standards. These concerns,
discussed above in Section IV.A.1.
(Significant Changes—General
Exception), resulted in the addition of
the M201.2 General Exception,
described below. In addition, the Access
Board made one editorial change to
M201.1.
M201 General
This is an introductory section.
M201.1 Enforcing Authority
The MDE NPRM proposed to explain
that the enforcing authority would
specify the minimum number of types
of accessible diagnostic equipment that
would be required to comply with the
MDE Standards. There were no public
comments regarding this provision. The
Access Board has decided to make an
editorial change to this section to clarify
that the enforcing authority will specify
the minimum number and types of
accessible diagnostic equipment that
will be required to comply with the
MDE Standards.
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
M201.2 General Exception
The MDE NPRM did not propose a
general exception for diagnostic
equipment that was not capable of
meeting the MDE Standards. As
described in Section IV.A.1. (Significant
Changes—General Exception), the
Access Board received public comments
and MDE Advisory Committee
recommendations regarding certain
types of diagnostic equipment that are
unable to meet all of the requirements
in the MDE Standards. In response, the
Access Board has added a new
provision excepting diagnostic
equipment from compliance with an
applicable requirement in the MDE
Standards in the rare circumstance
where compliance would alter
diagnostically required structural or
operational characteristics of the
equipment, and would prevent the use
of the equipment for its intended
diagnostic purpose. Any equipment
falling under this exception must
comply with the provision(s) in
question to the maximum extent
practicable, and must fully comply with
all other provisions not utilizing this
exception.
C. Chapter 3: Technical Requirements
In the final rule, Chapter 3 establishes
the technical requirements for
accessible medical diagnostic
equipment based on how the diagnostic
equipment is used by the patients,
including: Diagnostic equipment used
by patients in a supine prone, or side-
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
lying position (M301); diagnostic
equipment used by patients in a seated
position (M302); diagnostic equipment
used by patients seated in a wheelchair
(M303); and diagnostic equipment used
by patients in a standing position
(M304). Chapter 3 also provides
technical criteria for supports (M305),
communication (M306), and operable
parts (M307). This chapter underwent
significant reorganization and changes
as described in Section IV.B through
IV.E (Significant Changes—M301
through M305). Additionally, the
Access Board made editorial changes
which are described below in the
applicable Section-by-Section Analysis.
M301 Diagnostic Equipment Used by
Patients in a Supine, Prone, or SideLying Position
M301 in the final rule establishes the
technical criteria for diagnostic
equipment used by patients in a supine,
prone, or side-lying position such as,
examination tables, imaging tables,
hospital beds, and stretchers.
M301.1 General
The MDE NPRM proposed that all
diagnostic equipment used by patients
in a supine, prone, or side-lying
position must comply with the technical
requirements of proposed section M301.
As discussed in Section IV.B.4.
(Significant Changes—Exception from
the Requirements of M301 for Certain
Examination Chairs that Comply with
M302), in response to public comment
and recommendations from the MDE
Advisory Committee, in the final rule
the Access Board has added an
exception to this requirement for
examination chairs that can be reclined
to facilitate diagnosis after the patient
transfers. This new exception exempts
these diagnostic chairs from compliance
with M301’s requirements, as long as
the examination chairs comply with the
requirements in M302.
M301.2 Transfer Surface
This is an introductory section.
M301.2.1 Adjustability
The MDE NPRM proposed a transfer
surface height range for diagnostic
equipment used by patients in the
supine, prone, or side-lying position of
17 inches minimum and 19 inches
maximum. The Access Board received
multiple comments on this provision
and the MDE Advisory Committee
provided four recommendations. As
discussed in Section IV.B.1.a.
(Significant Changes—Transfer Surface
Adjustability), in the final rule the
Access Board has renamed this
provision and now requires the transfer
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2831
surface height to be adjustable to: (1) A
low transfer height of 17 inches
minimum and 19 inches maximum; (2)
a high transfer height of 25 inches; (3)
at least four additional transfer heights
located between the low and high
transfer heights, separated by one inch
minimum increments; and (4) the
transfer surface height will be measured
from the floor to the top of the
uncompressed transfer surface.
M301.2.2 Sunset Provision
As discussed in Section IV.B.1.a.
(Significant Changes—Transfer Surface
Adjustability), this is a new provision
that was added to the final rule in
conjunction with the new requirement
of a low height range in M301.2.1. It
provides a sunset for the low transfer
height provision of five years from the
date of publication of this rule in the
Federal Register. The Access Board
intends to complete the necessary
research to determine an appropriate
minimum low transfer height prior to
the effective date of the sunset, and will
update this provision in a subsequent
rulemaking.
M301.2.3 Size
The MDE NPRM proposed a transfer
surface size for diagnostic equipment
used in the supine, prone, or side-lying
position of 30 inches wide and 15
inches deep minimum. (proposed
M301.2.2). The Access Board received
multiple comments on this provision as
well as multiple recommendations from
the MDE Advisory Committee. As
discussed in Section IV.B.1.c
(Significant Changes—Transfer Surface
Size), in the final rule the Access Board
has revised this provision to account for
the two types of transfer surfaces (end
and side), requiring end transfer
surfaces to be a minimum of 28 inches
wide and 17 inches long and side
transfer surfaces to be a minimum of 28
inches wide and 28 inches long and has
added an exception for transfer surfaces
for imagining equipment with bores.
M301.2.4 Unobstructed Transfer
In the MDE NPRM the Access Board
proposed that each transfer side provide
unobstructed access to the transfer
surface, with an exception to permit
temporary obstructions as long as they
could be repositioned during transfer.
Examples of temporary obstructions
include folding armrests, removable
side rails, retractable footrests, and
stirrups. NPRM, 77 FR at 6924. There
were no comments received on the
proposed provision and the MDE
Advisory Committee did not make any
recommendations. The final rule retains
the requirement for unobstructed
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
2832
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
transfer, but has reworded the
requirement to specify that each transfer
surface must provide two unobstructed
sides for the patient to transfer.
Additionally, the Access Board sought
public input on whether an additional
exception to the requirement of
unobstructed transfer should be added.
NPRM, 77 FR at 6924. Specifically, the
Access Board asked whether equipment
parts should be permitted to extend a
maximum of three inches horizontally
beyond the edge of the transfer sides,
provided they do not extend above the
top of the transfer surface. The Access
Board received multiple comments and
recommendations from the MDE
Advisory Committee on this topic. As
discussed above in the Section IV.B.1.d.
(Significant Changes—Unobstructed
Transfer), the final rule includes a
second exception to the unobstructed
transfer provision which permits
obstructions of no more than three
inches to extend beyond the transfer
side of the transfer surface, provided
that such obstructions do not protrude
above the top of the transfer surface.
M301.3 Supports
This is an introductory section. An
editorial change was made to this
section as a result of the change in
M301.3.2, described below, to replace
the word ‘‘stirrups’’ with the term ‘‘leg
supports.’’
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
M301.3.1 Transfer Supports
The MDE NPRM proposed to require
transfer supports to be provided for use
with transfer sides on diagnostic
equipment used by patients in the
supine, prone, or side-lying position,
and that these transfer supports comply
with the technical requirements for
transfer support in M305.2. There were
no public comments and no
recommendations by the MDE Advisory
Committee on this provision. The only
change in the final rule was to update
the cross reference to applicable transfer
surfaces to accommodate the changes
made to transfer surfaces, described
above in Section IV.B.1. (Significant
Changes—Transfer Surface).
M301.3.2 Leg Supports
In the MDE NPRM, the Access Board
proposed to place the requirements for
stirrups on diagnostic equipment used
by patients in the supine, prone, or sidelying position in M301. In the final rule
the Access Board has decided to move
the technical requirements for stirrups
to M305, which includes all of the
technical requirements for supports.
Therefore, in the final rule, this
provision instructs that when stirrups
are provided on diagnostic equipment
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
used in the supine, prone, or side-lying
position leg supports must also be
provided and comply with the technical
requirements in M305.4. Additionally,
in the final rule, the Access Board has
made an editorial change in
terminology, from stirrups to leg
supports, in response to an MDE
Advisory Committee recommendation
to draw a distinction between stirrups
which often only support the feet and
leg supports which would support the
legs when the patient’s feet are in the
stirrups and to provide consistency with
the headings of other support provisions
which are based on the body part
supported.
M301.3.3 Head and Back Support
In the MDE NPRM the Access Board
proposed to place the requirements for
head and back support for diagnostic
equipment used by patients in the
supine, prone, or side-lying position in
M301. In the final rule, the Access
Board has decided to move the technical
requirements for head and back support
to M305, which includes all of the
technical requirements for supports.
Therefore, in the final rule, this
provision instructs that where
diagnostic equipment is used in a
reclined position it must provide head
and back support that complies with the
technical requirements in M305.5.
M301.4 Lift Compatibility
The MDE NPRM proposed to require
that diagnostic equipment used by
patients in the supine, prone, or sidelying position be usable with a patient
lift and comply with either the proposed
clearance in base (proposed M301.4.1)
or clearance around base (proposed
M301.4.2) technical requirements. One
manufacturer commented on this
provision, asserting that the proposed
requirement was unclear and should
clearly state that the diagnostic
equipment only has to be compatible
with either the clearance around base or
the clearance in base provisions. The
Access Board considered this comment,
but finds that the language is clear as
written. This provision clearly states
that diagnostic equipment shall comply
with clearance in base or clearance
around base. In the final rule the Access
Board has made an editorial change to
clarify the type of lift; namely portable
patient lift, and a change to clarify that
the clearance provisions only apply
when the diagnostic equipment is being
used with the portable patient lift.
Additionally, question 27 in the MDE
NPRM preamble requested input on
whether the final rule should provide an
exception from the lift compatibility
requirements where the diagnostic
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
equipment is designed for use with
overhead lifts. As discussed above in
Section IV.B.3. (Significant Changes—
Lift Compatibility Exception), the
Access Board has decided to add this
exception for diagnostic equipment that
meets the following three criteria: Fixed
overhead patient lifts are provided for
use with the diagnostic equipment; the
use with the fixed overhead patient lift
with the diagnostic equipment is
permitted by an enforcing authority; and
the diagnostic equipment is clearly
labeled as not compatible with portable
patient lifts.
M301.4.1 Clearance in Base
The MDE NPRM proposed certain
clearance requirements beneath the
diagnostic equipment to allow sufficient
space for the legs of a portable patient
lift to fit underneath the equipment so
that the patient could be raised out of
their mobility device, moved over to the
medical diagnostic equipment, and then
be lowered onto the transfer surface.
The proposed requirement could be met
by providing an open area beneath the
equipment, or by configuring the
equipment with a wide slot recessed
into the base enclosure. NPRM, 77 FR at
6927. The MDE NPRM proposed a
clearance in the base of 44 inches wide
minimum, 6 inches high minimum
measured from the floor, and 36 inches
deep minimum measured from the edge
of the examination surface. Where the
width of the equipment is less than 36
inches wide, the proposed rule required
the clearance to extend the full width of
the equipment. Id. Additionally, the
Access Board proposed to permit
equipment components to be located
within 8 inches maximum of the
centerline of the clearance width. Id.
The Access Board sought input in
question 25 in the MDE NPRM
preamble, on whether the proposed
dimensions for the clearance in base
requirement is sufficient to allow for the
use of portable floor lifts. Id.
Six commenters responded to the
question. One commenter, a
manufacturer, concurred with the
proposed provision. Another
commenter, a medical association,
explained that portable lifts are a
problem in older outpatient facilities
due to limited space. Another
commenter, a manufacturer, raised
concerns about requiring floor based
patient lifts with MRI systems,
explaining the concern about the
significant structural support required
in the patient bed which makes the
under bed clearance impractical and the
concern about requiring non-ferrous
materials in the MRI room. This
commenter explained a preference for
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
fixed overhead lifts. Three commenters
(two manufacturers and one medical
association) raised concerns with the
six-inch vertical clearance measured
from the floor requirement. One
manufacturer explained that the
proposed six-inch vertical clearance
requirement would encompass 100
percent of all portable patient lifts on
the market, and that several portable
patient lifts only require 2.5 inches
clearance, such as those designed to be
used with stretchers. This commenter
asserted that the proposed six-inch
vertical clearance would require
redesign of every medical bed and
stretcher on the market, and
recommended reducing the required
clearance. One commenter (medical
association) noted that it would be
difficult to meet the six-inch clearance
from the floor when the table is lowered
to 17 inches to allow for transfer. The
final commenter explained that a
standard that only required either
compliance with clearance in the base
or clearance around the base, was
attainable, but warned that if both were
required it would impose significant
redesign costs and would increase
product costs. This commenter further
posited that it would be more cost
effective to redesign the lift than the
diagnostic equipment. These three
commenters also raised concerns that
this provision was in conflict with the
prevailing standard used by
manufacturers for medical beds and
stretchers, IEC 60601–2–52, which
contains requirements for lift clearance
under the equipment.
The MDE Advisory Committee
recommended reducing the equipment
base clearance for stretchers from 44
inches wide minimum to 39 inches
wide minimum. The Committee noted
that this was to harmonize the MDE
Standards with IEC 60601–2–52, which
provides requirements for stretchers and
includes lift clearance at the 39-inch
width. MDE Advisory Committee
Report, 106–107, available at https://
www.access-board.gov/guidelines-andstandards/health-care/about-thisrulemaking/advisory-committee-finalreport.
The Access Board has reviewed the
comments and the recommendations
from the MDE Advisory Committee and
is persuaded by the arguments in favor
of harmonizing the lift clearance
requirements with the IEC 60601–2–52.
Accordingly, the Access Board has
adopted the recommendation from the
MDE Advisory Committee, but has
decided to apply the reduction in lift
clearance width to all medical
diagnostic equipment that complies
with the clearance in base provision
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
because a lift that deploys effectively
under a stretcher should also function
properly under other less constrained
diagnostic equipment. Secondly, the
Access Board has decided to retain the
six-inch height clearance requirement
but agrees with the commenters that the
diagnostic equipment should not have
to meet the six-inch height clearance
requirement when in position for
independent transfer. Therefore, the
final rule clarifies that the lift
compatibility requirements only apply
when the diagnostic equipment is being
used with the portable lift, as a lift will
only be used when independent transfer
is not possible.
M301.4.2 Clearance Around Base
The MDE NPRM proposed certain
requirements to provide clearance
around the base of the diagnostic
equipment to allow the legs of the
portable floor lift to straddle the base of
the diagnostic equipment with a solid
base that sits on or close to the floor.
The proposed rule required a minimum
clearance of 6 inches high measured
from the floor and 36 inches deep
measured from the edge of the
examination surface. NPRM, 77 FR at
6927. The width of the base permitted
within this clearance would be 26
inches maximum at the edge of the
examination surface and was permitted
to increase at a rate of 1 inch in width
for every 3 inches in depth. Id. In
addition, where the width of the
examination surface is less than 26
inches, the clearance depth would be
the full width of the examination
surface. Id. The Access Board sought
public input in question 26 in the MDE
NPRM, on whether the proposed
dimensions for clearance around the
base of the equipment was sufficient to
allow for the use of portable floor lifts.
Id.
Two commenters, both
manufacturers, responded to this
question. One commenter recommended
clarifying that the exam table must be
compatible with a patient lift and meet
the six-inch clearance, but not when the
table is at its lowest level for
independent transfer. This manufacturer
indicated that its adjustable table does
not have a six-inch minimum clearance
when at its lowest position, but does
meet the standard when the table is
raised. The other commenter asserted
that the proposed dimensions are not
sufficient to accommodate the various
portable floor lifts and recommended
that the Access Board instead provide
technical criteria for the portable patient
lift to be usable with diagnostic
equipment since it is more cost effective
to change the floor lift, than to change
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2833
the diagnostic equipment. Additionally,
this manufacturer reported that all but
one of its examination and procedure
tables currently meet the clearance
around base provision, but opined that
if the proposed increase in width of the
transfer surface of examination tables
and chairs to 30 inches by 15 inches is
adopted then it would be required to
redesign the examination tables and
chairs to have a larger base which
would interfere with the ability to meet
this clearance around base provision.
The MDE Advisory Committee did not
address this provision, and thus
provided no recommendations on the
clearance around the base requirements.
The Access Board has reviewed the
comments and has decided to retain the
provision from the proposed rule. In the
final rule, the Access Board has decided
to decrease the size of the transfer
surface (See final M301.2.3) and thus
the commenter’s concern regarding an
increase in base size is not applicable.
As described above, M301.4 does not
require the 6-inch height clearance to be
maintained when the equipment is
lowered to the minimum low height for
independent transfer as required by
M301.2.1, because portable patient lifts
will only be used when independent
transfer is not possible. Finally, a
portable patient lift is not medical
diagnostic equipment and, therefore, not
within the purview of the Access
Board’s regulatory jurisdiction.
However, portable patient lifts are
integral to ensuring that patients with
disabilities who are unable to
independently transfer are otherwise
able to use the medical diagnostic
equipment. Therefore, the Access Board
has provided the technical criteria
necessary for the portable floor lift to be
usable with medical diagnostic
equipment.
M302 Diagnostic Equipment Used by
Patients in a Seated Position
M302 in the final rule establishes the
technical criteria for diagnostic
equipment used by patients in a seated
position such as examination chairs.
M302.1 General
The MDE NPRM proposed that all
diagnostic equipment used by patients
in a seated position must comply with
the technical requirements of proposed
section M302. As discussed in Section
IV.B.5. (Significant Changes—Exception
from the Requirements of M302 for
Weight Scales with Integral Seats), in
response to public comment and
evidence presented to the MDE
Advisory Committee, in the final rule
the Access Board has added an
exception to this requirement for weight
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
2834
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
scales that contain wheelchair spaces
and also provide a seat integral to the
equipment. This new exception exempts
these weight scales from compliance
with M302’s requirements for the seat,
as long as the wheelchair space
complies with the requirements in
M303.
M302.2 Transfer Surface
This is an introductory section.
M302.2.1 Adjustability
The MDE NPRM proposed a transfer
surface height range for diagnostic
equipment used by patients in a seated
position of 17 inches minimum and 19
inches maximum. The Access Board
received multiple comments on this
provision and the MDE Advisory
Committee provided four
recommendations. As discussed in
Section IV.B.1.a. (Significant Changes—
Transfer Surface Adjustability) in the
final rule the Access Board has renamed
this provision and now requires the
transfer surface to be adjustable to: (1)
A low transfer position height at or
between 17 inches and 19 inches; (2) a
high transfer position of 25 inches; (3)
at least four additional transfer positions
located between the low and high
transfer positions and separated by one
inch minimum increments; (4)
measured from the floor to the top of the
uncompressed transfer surface.
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
M302.2.2 Sunset Provision
As discussed in Section IV.B.1.a.
(Significant Changes—Transfer Surface
Adjustability), this is a new provision
added to the final rule in conjunction
with the new requirement of a low
height range in M302.2.1. It provides a
sunset for the low transfer height
provision of five years from the date of
publication of this rule in the Federal
Register. The Access Board intends to
complete the necessary research to
determine an appropriate minimum low
transfer height prior to the effective date
of the sunset, and will update this
provision in a subsequent rulemaking.
M302.2.3 Size
The MDE NPRM proposed a transfer
surface size for diagnostic equipment
used by patients in the seated position
of 21 inches wide and 15 inches deep
(proposed M302.2.2). The Access Board
also solicited comment in question 16
on whether the transfer surface size
proposed for seated position diagnostic
equipment was sufficient to facilitate
independent transfer. NPRM, 77 FR at
6924. Two of the seven commenters
who responded supported the proposed
requirements. One commenter, a
manufacturer, although in agreement
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
with the 21-inch width, stated that the
15 inches deep requirement should be
increased to 17 inches, a disability
advocate recommended increasing the
width to 23 inches, two of the
commenters, accessibility consultant
and disability advocate, stated that the
proposed dimensions were insufficient
citing concerns for persons of larger
stature or who are obese and may be
unable to safely transfer to a surface of
that size. One commenter, a
manufacturer, recommended
harmonizing with the requirements for
the seated position with those of the
supine, prone, or side-lying position
transfer surface size.
The MDE Advisory Committee
considered the dimensions for
rectangular seats in roll-in showers from
the 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible
Design and the ‘‘ideal’’ chair width
recommended in Architectural Graphic
Standards for auditorium seating. MDE
Advisory Committee Report, 77,
available at https://www.accessboard.gov/guidelines-and-standards/
health-care/about-this-rulemaking/
advisory-committee-final-report. The
Committee also reviewed
anthropometric data from a variety of
sources. Id. Many Committee members
expressed concern about the adequacy
of the transfer surface depth. Id. The
Committee recommended increasing the
minimum depth of the transfer surface
from 15 inches to 17 inches, noting that
existing equipment already meets or
exceeds this dimension. Id. The
Committee recommended retaining the
21-inch width requirement, noting that
it was sufficient to facilitate
independent transfer. Id.
Based on the commenters’ responses
and the MDE Advisory Committee
recommendations, the Access Board has
decided to increase the transfer surface
size for equipment used by patients in
a seated position to 17 inches deep and
retain the 21-inch-wide requirement
from the proposed rule.
M302.2.4 Transfer Sides
In the MDE NPRM, the transfer side
provision for diagnostic equipment used
by patients in the seated position
required transfer surfaces to have the
option to transfer from a mobility device
onto one short side (depth) and one long
side (width) of the surface, and provide
unobstructed transfer to the surface. The
Access Board received multiple
comments and recommendations from
the MDE Advisory Committee, which
are discussed above in Section IV.B.1.b.
(Significant Changes—Transfer Surface
Location). In the final rule, the Access
Board retained this provision, but made
editorial changes to clarify the location
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
of the transfer sides and to relocate the
language concerning unobstructed
transfer into a new section M302.2.5.
The transfer sides are still intended to
allow a patient to choose to transfer
onto either of two adjoining sides of the
transfer surface. Additionally, based on
comments and recommendations from
the MDE Advisory Committee, the
Access Board has decided to add an
exception to this provision to
accommodate chairs with fixed footrests
which prevent transfer onto the
adjoining sides. This is discussed in
Section IV.B.1.b. (Significant Changes—
Transfer Surface Location). As
explained above, in order to provide
patients with the ability to choose what
side of their body they use to transfer,
chairs with fixed footrests will provide
the ability to transfer from either
opposing side of the transfer surface.
This allows the patient to choose to
transfer from their right or left side and
prevents the patient from having to
transfer onto a fixed footrest.
M302.2.5 Unobstructed Transfer
In the MDE NPRM the Access Board
proposed that each transfer side provide
unobstructed access to the transfer
surface, with an exception to permit
temporary obstructions as long as they
could be repositioned during transfer.
This requirement is identical to the
unobstructed transfer requirement in
M301.2.4, and this provision is
discussed in the Section V.C.2.d.
(Section-by-Section Analysis—
M301.2.4). The final rule retains the
requirement for unobstructed transfer,
but has been reworded to specify that
each transfer surface must provide two
unobstructed sides for the patient to
transfer.
Additionally, as discussed above in
the Section IV.B.1.d. (Significant
Changes—Unobstructed Transfer), the
final rule includes a second exception to
the unobstructed transfer provision
which permits obstructions of no more
than three inches to extend beyond the
transfer side of the transfer surface,
provided that such obstructions do not
protrude above the top of the transfer
surface.
M302.3 Supports
This is an introductory section. An
editorial change was made to this
section as a result of the change in
M302.3.2, described below, to replace
the word ‘‘stirrups’’ with the term ‘‘leg
supports.’’
M302.3.1 Transfer Supports
In the MDE NPRM the Access Board
proposed that transfer supports must be
provided for use with transfer sides on
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
diagnostic equipment used by patients
in the seated position, and that these
transfer supports must comply with the
technical requirements in M305.2 of the
proposed rule. There were no comments
on this provision and no
recommendations by the MDE Advisory
Committee. Based on the restructure of
the transfer surface provisions,
described above in Section IV.B.1.b.
(Significant Changes—Transfer Surface
Location), and the additional technical
criteria added to the transfer supports
provisions, discussed above in Section
IV.E.1 (Significant Changes—Transfer
Supports), the Access Board has made
editorial changes to this section. The
technical requirements for transfer
supports is in M305.2 of the final rule
and has been reorganized to mirror the
two types of transfer surfaces (end and
side) in the final rule for diagnostic
equipment used by the patient in the
supine, prone, or side-lying position.
The transfer surface required for
diagnostic equipment used by patients
in the seated position is similar to the
new end transfer surface and therefore,
diagnostic equipment used by patients
in the seated position is required to
comply with the transfer support
provisions for end transfer supports.
Additionally, the Access Board has
included cross-references to the new
transfer support requirements in
M305.2.
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
M302.3.2
Leg Supports
The MDE NPRM did not propose to
require stirrups to provide a method of
supporting, positioning, and securing
the patient’s legs for diagnostic
equipment used by patients in the
seated position. However, in response to
question 23, on whether diagnostic
equipment used by patients in a seated
position that provide stirrups should
have to provide such support, the Board
received six comments. NPRM, 77 FR at
6926. All six commenters concurred
that when stirrups are provided for use
with diagnostic equipment used by
patients in the seated position, a method
must be provided for supporting,
positioning, and securing the patient’s
legs. The MDE Advisory Committee did
not address this provision.
The Access Board concurs with the
commenters, and the final rule requires
that where stirrups are provided on
seated diagnostic equipment, leg
supports must also be provided and
must comply with the technical
requirements for leg supports in
M305.4. This will ensure that patients
with limited leg strength and control
will be able to keep their legs in the
appropriate position for examination.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
M302.3.3
Head and Back Support
In the MDE NPRM the Access Board
proposed to place the requirements for
head and back support for diagnostic
equipment used by patients in the
seated position in M302. In the final
rule the Access Board has decided to
move the technical requirements for
head and back support to M305 which
includes all of the technical
requirements for supports. Therefore, in
the final rule, this provision instructs
that where diagnostic equipment is used
in a reclined position it must provide
head and back support that complies
with the technical requirements in
M305.5.
M302.4
Lift Compatibility
The MDE NPRM proposed to require
that diagnostic equipment used by
patients in the seated position be usable
with a patient lift and comply with
either the proposed clearance in base
(proposed M302.4.1) or clearance
around base (proposed M302.4.2)
technical requirements. This
requirement is identical to the lift
compatibility requirement for diagnostic
equipment used by patients in the
supine, prone, or side-lying position,
and is discussed in the Section-by
Section Analysis for M301.4. In the final
rule the Access Board has made an
editorial change to clarify the type of
lift; namely portable patient lift,
reduced the lift clearance to 39 inches
and clarified that the clearance
provisions only apply when the
diagnostic equipment is being used with
the portable patient lift. See Section
V.C.4. (Section-by-Section Analysis—
M301.4.) Additionally, as discussed
above in Section IV.B.3. (Significant
Changes—Lift Compatibility Exception),
the Access Board has added an
exception for diagnostic equipment that
meets the following three criteria: Fixed
overhead patient lifts are provided for
use with the diagnostic equipment; the
use with the fixed overhead patient lift
with the diagnostic equipment is
permitted by an enforcing authority; and
the diagnostic equipment is clearly
labeled as not compatible with portable
patient lifts.
M303 Diagnostic Equipment Used by
Patients in a Wheelchair
M303 in the final rule establishes the
technical requirements for diagnostic
equipment used by patients seated in a
wheelchair, such as weight scales with
wheelchair spaces and mammography
equipment.
M303.1
General
This is an introductory section.
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
M303.2
2835
Wheelchair spaces
This is an introductory section.
M303.2.1
Orientation
The MDE NPRM proposed to require
wheelchair spaces to be designed so that
a patient in a wheelchair using
diagnostic equipment would be oriented
in the same direction that other nonwheelchair using patients using the
equipment are typically oriented.
NPRM, 77 FR at 6927. The Access Board
received one comment about this
requirement. The commenter, an
accessibility consultant, recommended
that patient positioning be addressed
along with orientation of the
wheelchair, noting that there are many
cases where it is insufficient to simply
position the user facing the same
direction as a non-wheelchair user. The
commenter asserted that body
positioning is key for obtaining accurate
results when using diagnostic devices,
such as x-ray equipment, and
recommends amending the rule text to
require wheelchair spaces to be
designed so that the patient orients and
positions their body in the same
position as someone who is not in a
wheelchair. There was no
recommendation from the MDE
Advisory Committee on this
requirement. The Access Board has
retained the original requirement in the
final rule. The Board did not include
requirements for patient body
positioning because the diagnostic
equipment cannot override the position
in which an individual is seated in his
or her wheelchair. Wheelchairs often are
contoured to fit the specific and unique
needs of the user and to provide support
where it is needed. However, the design
of a wheelchair space often influences
whether a wheelchair user can orient
with respect to diagnostic components.
For example, without knee and toe
space beneath an optometrist diopter,
the patient cannot look into the lens.
M303.2.2
Width
The MDE NPRM proposed to require
that diagnostic equipment used by
patients seated in a wheelchair provide
a wheelchair space that was at least 36
inches wide. There were no public
comments and no MDE Advisory
Committee recommendations regarding
this requirement. Thus, the final rule
retains the 36-inch wheelchair space
width requirement. However, the Board
added a new exception for wheelchair
spaces on raised platforms, as discussed
in Section IV.C.1. (Significant
Changes—Width and Depth of
Wheelchair Spaces), and discussed
briefly below.
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
2836
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
In the preamble to the MDE NPRM,
the Access Board sought input on
whether an exception to the width
requirement was needed for wheelchair
spaces on raised platforms. Multiple
commenters responded to this provision
and the MDE Advisory Committee
recommended reducing the width
requirement for wheelchair spaces on
raised platforms. The Access Board has
added an exception in the final rule that
permits wheelchair spaces on raised
platforms to be 32 inches wide
minimum with edge protection no
higher than 4 inches, measured from the
platform surface.
M303.2.3 Depth
The MDE NPRM proposed two
wheelchair space depth requirements
based on how the wheelchair user
enters the space: For spaces entered
from the front or rear, 48 inches deep
minimum; and for spaces that can only
be entered from the side, 60 inches deep
minimum. In the preamble in the MDE
NPRM, the Access Board noted it was
considering increasing the minimum
depth for wheelchair spaces entered
from the front or rear to 58 inches and
sought input in question 29 on whether
the Access Board should increase this
minimum depth requirement. NPRM, 77
FR at 6928.
The Access Board received eight
comments in response to this question.
Three commenters (two disability rights
organizations and a state agency
concerned with accessibility)
recommended increasing the depth of
front or rear entered spaces to 58 inches.
The other five commenters
(manufacturers, medical associations
and accessibility consultants)
recommended retaining the proposed
requirement in the MDE NPRM of 48
inches minimum, raising concerns that
the size of the rooms in which the
diagnostic equipment are located are
insufficient to provide additional space.
The MDE Advisory Committee did not
make recommendations regarding the
general requirement for depth for
wheelchair spaces, but did make
recommendations regarding the depth of
wheelchair spaces on raised platforms,
which is discussed in above in Section
IV.C.1. (Significant Changes—Width
and Depth of Wheelchair Spaces).
First, the Access Board clarifies that
this provision is not a clear space
requirement for wheelchair approach,
but is instead the wheelchair space
integral to diagnostic equipment for a
patient seated in a wheelchair, such as
mammography equipment or
wheelchair accessible scales. Second,
based on the comments received and the
absence of recommendations from the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
MDE Advisory Committee to change the
proposed requirement, the Access Board
has retained the MDE NPRM’s
requirements for a minimum depth of
48 inches for wheelchair spaces entered
from the front or rear, and a minimum
depth of 60 inches for wheelchair
spaces entered from the side. However,
the Access Board has reorganized this
provision into three separate
requirements based on how the
wheelchair space is entered, made an
editorial change to clarify that front or
rear entry is where the wheelchair space
entry and exit is provided at only one
end, and as discussed in Section IV.C.1.
(Significant Changes—Width and Depth
of Wheelchair Spaces), added an
additional requirement to the depth
provision for wheelchair spaces entered
from the front or rear to permit a
minimum of 40 inches if the wheelchair
space provides pass-through from one
end to the other.
M303.2.4 Equipment Clearances
The MDE NPRM proposed knee and
toe clearance for diagnostic equipment
used by patients seated in wheelchairs
to allow for components in the
wheelchair space which the patient
could approach successfully to use for
its intended diagnostic purpose. The
proposed requirements for equipment
clearances paralleled the knee and toe
clearance requirements from the 2004
ADA and ABA Accessibility Guidelines.
The proposed rule provided one
additional requirement for breast
platforms on mammography equipment,
proposing the knee and toe clearance
under a breast platform to be 25 inches
deep (proposed M303.2.4). The MDE
NPRM preamble sought input with
question 34 on whether the dimensions
recommended by the Wheeled Mobility
Anthropometry Project should be
adopted.10 Three commenters
responded. A manufacturer asserted that
adopting a different requirement than
what is already required under existing
accessibility guidelines and standards
would cause confusion and increase
costs. A medical association asserted
that to the best of their knowledge,
imaging equipment already meets the
Wheeled Mobility Anthropometry
Project recommendations. The final
commenter, a state agency concerned
with accessibility, recommended
adopting the new Wheeled Mobility
Anthropometry Project
recommendations. The MDE Advisory
Committee only provided
10 The Wheeled Mobility Anthropometry Project
recommended a toe clearance that is 5 inches deep
maximum at 14 inches above the floor and a knee
clearance that is 12 inches deep minimum at 28
inches above the floor.
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
recommendations pertaining to the knee
and toe clearance for mammography
equipment.
The Access Board has determined that
mammography equipment presents a
unique challenge. Mammography
equipment contains breast platforms
which patients seated in wheelchairs
must approach, and successfully
maneuver their lower body under the
platform enough to allow their chest to
be flush with the leading edge of the
platform. A separate set of equipment
clearance requirements is necessary to
address the unique positioning at
mammography equipment. Therefore, in
the final rule the Access Board has
separated out the knee and toe clearance
requirements into two provisions; breast
platforms and other equipment. Breast
platform requirements address the knee
and toe clearance requirements for
mammography equipment which is
usable by patients seated in a
wheelchair and is discussed in Section
IV.C.2. (Significant Changes—
Equipment Clearances for Breast
Platforms). All other diagnostic
equipment used by patients seated in a
wheelchair must comply with the other
equipment clearances requirements.
For all other equipment, the Access
Board has decided to retain the original
requirements in the proposed rule for
knee and toe clearance. The Access
Board is not persuaded to adopt the
Wheeled Mobility Anthropometry
Project recommendations for knee and
toe clearances at this time. These
recommendations represent a significant
departure from the 2004 ADA and ABA
Accessibility Guidelines. Therefore, the
Board has elected in the final rule to
retain the proposed provisions in the
NPRM for knee and toe clearance for
other equipment (M303.2.4.2). Due to
the reorganization of the equipment
clearances provision in the final rule,
the knee and toe clearance requirements
for the other equipment section have
been renamed depth and height and
relocated to M303.2.4.2. In addition, the
Access Board has made an editorial
change to the toe height requirement to
clarify that the measurement is taken
from the toe end of the wheelchair
space.
M303.2.5 Surfaces
The MDE NPRM proposed to require
diagnostic equipment used by patients
seated in a wheelchair to provide a
wheelchair space with a surface that
does not slope more than 1:48 in any
direction. This provision is consistent
with the 2004 ADA and ABA
Accessibility Guidelines. There were no
comments on this section and it was not
addressed by the MDE Advisory
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
Committee. There have been no changes
made to this provision.
M303.2.6 Edge Protection
The MDE NPRM proposed edge
protection on the ramps leading up to
the raised platform (proposed
M303.3.3.4), but did not require edge
protection on the raised platforms
themselves. The Access Board received
two comments and two
recommendations from the MDE
Advisory Committee regarding edge
protection on raised platforms. As
discussed in Section IV.C.5. (Significant
Changes—Edge Protection), the final
rule requires platforms with wheelchair
spaces that are raised more than 11⁄2
inches in height to provide a minimum
2-inch-high edge protection, measured
from the surface of the platform, on each
side of the platform not providing entry
to or exit from the diagnostic
equipment.
M303.3 Entry
This is an introductory section.
M303.3.1 Vertical
The MDE NPRM proposed that for
equipment with a change in level at the
entry to the wheelchair space, level
changes of up to 1⁄4 inch high are
permitted to be vertical. This provision
is consistent with the 2004 ADA and
ABA Accessibility Guidelines. There
were no comments on this section and
it was not addressed by the MDE
Advisory Committee. There have been
no changes made to this provision.
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
M303.3.2 Beveled
The MDE NPRM proposed that for
equipment with a change in level at the
entry to the wheelchair space, level
changes greater than 1⁄4 inch but not
greater than 1⁄2 inch would be required
to be beveled with a slope not steeper
than 1:2. This provision is consistent
with the 2004 ADA and ABA
Accessibility Guidelines. There were no
comments on this section and it was not
addressed by the MDE Advisory
Committee. There have been no changes
made to this provision.
M303.3.3 Ramped
The MDE NPRM proposed that for
equipment with a change in level at the
entry of a wheelchair space, level
changes greater than 1⁄2 inch high would
be required to be ramped and comply
with technical requirements for running
slope, cross slope, clear width, edge
protection, and handrails. The Access
Board received one comment on this
provision. The commenter, a medical
association, concurred with the
requirement for handrails on diagnostic
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
equipment with ramps over six inches
in height. The MDE Advisory
Committee only reviewed and gave
recommendations on the portion of the
provision addressing running slope.
Therefore, the Access Board has
retained the proposed requirements for
cross slope, clear width, edge
protection, and handrails in the final
rule.
Regarding running slope, the MDE
NPRM proposed that ramp runs have a
running slope not steeper than 1:12.
There were no comments on this
section; however, as discussed in
Section IV.C.3. (Significant Changes—
Exception to Ramp Running Slope), the
MDE Advisory Committee made a threetiered recommendation for the
allowable running slope. After careful
consideration of the Advisory
Committee’s recommendations, the
Access Board has retained in the final
rule the original requirement for
running slope, but has added an
exception that permits a running slope
not steeper than 1:8 for ramp runs with
a maximum height of 21⁄2 inches. See
Section IV.C.3. (Significant Changes—
Exception to Ramp Running Slope) for
a full discussion of the rationale for this
exception.
M303.4 Components
The MDE NPRM proposed to require
diagnostic equipment used by patients
seated in a wheelchair which has
components that are used to examine
specific body parts, be capable of
examining those body parts of the
patient while the patient is seated in a
wheelchair. For example, an x-ray
platform on which a patient places an
arm or hand would have to be capable
of examining the arm or hand of the
patient while seated in a wheelchair.
NPRM, 77 FR at 6930. There were no
comments on this requirement and it
was not addressed by the MDE Advisory
Committee. There have been no changes
made to this requirement.
M303.4.1 Breast Platform Adjustability
The MDE NPRM proposed a
mammography breast platform height
range of 30 inches high minimum and
42 inches high maximum above the
floor. The Access Board received three
comments on this provision, and the
MDE Advisory Committee made several
recommendations for changes. As
discussed above in the Section IV.C.4.
(Significant Changes—Breast Platform
Adjustability), the Access Board has
revised this provision to require the
breast platform to be continually
adjustable from a low height of 26
inches to a high height of 42 inches
above the floor and made an editorial
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2837
change to the provision title changing it
from height to adjustability.
M304 Diagnostic Equipment Used by
Patients in Standing Position
M304 in the final rule establishes the
technical criteria for diagnostic
equipment used by patients in a
standing position such as a weight scale
or x-ray equipment that is used in a
standing position for certain diagnostic
procedures.
M304.1
General
This is an introductory section.
M304.2
Standing Surface
The MDE NPRM proposed to require
that the standing surface on which
patients stand be slip resistant. In
preparing the final rule, the Board has
determined that as previously drafted
this provision unintentionally placed
requirements on the facility floor, as
opposed to restricting the requirements
to the diagnostic equipment itself.
While the Access Board may choose to
promulgate requirements for the
building under its other rulemaking
authority at a later date, this type of
requirement is outside the scope of the
MDE Standards and therefore M304 in
the final rule has been restructured. The
requirement for slip resistant and
standing supports has been moved
under this new requirement applying to
standing surfaces. This reorganization
ensures that only diagnostic equipment
used by patients in a standing position
that provides a surface for the patient to
stand on must be slip resistant
(M304.2.1) and provide standing
supports (M304.2.2) in the final rule.
Both of these requirements are
discussed below.
M304.2.1
Slip Resistant
The MDE NPRM proposed to require
that the standing surface on which
patients stand be slip resistant. One
manufacturer commented on this
requirement, requesting that the rule
provide clarification on how to define or
measure a standing surface as ‘‘slip
resistant.’’ This provision was not
addressed by the MDE Advisory
Committee. The Access Board has
decided to retain the original
requirement in the final rule as it is the
Board’s understanding that various
industries employ different testing
methods, there is no universally
adopted or specified test for slip
resistance, and the assessed level varies
according to the measuring method
used. Other than the change to clarify
that the provision applies only to
standing surfaces that are part of the
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
2838
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
diagnostic equipment, there have been
no changes to this provision.
M304.2.2 Standing Supports
The MDE NPRM proposed requiring
standing supports on each side of the
standing surface of diagnostic
equipment used by patients in the
standing position, and compliance with
the technical requirements for standing
supports in proposed M305.3. The
Access Board received multiple
comments and two recommendations
from the MDE Advisory Committee. As
discussed above in the Section IV.D.1.
(Significant Changes—Standing
Supports) and IV.E.2. (Significant
Changes—Standing Supports), the final
rule retains the general requirement that
standing supports be provided on two
sides of the standing surface. In
addition, the Access Board has added a
new exception for diagnostic equipment
with entry and exit that permits passthrough from one end to another to
provide one standing support provided
it complies with the requirements for
standing supports in the horizontal
position in M305.3 in the final rule.
M305 Supports
M305 in the final rule provides the
technical requirements for transfer
supports, standing supports, leg
supports, and head and back supports.
Transfer supports are required for
diagnostic equipment complying with
M301 and M302 and standing supports
are required for diagnostic equipment
complying with M304. Leg supports and
head and back supports apply, where
provided, to diagnostic equipment
complying with M301 and M302.
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
M305.1 General
This is an introductory section.
M305.2 Transfer Supports
This is an introductory section. As
discussed above in Section IV.E.1.
(Significant Changes—Transfer
Supports), the Access Board
strengthened the transfer support
requirements and added additional
requirements in the final rule to ensure
that supports are capable of assisting
with independent transfer onto and off
of the diagnostic equipment. With the
changes to the final rule, the Board
sought to harmonize as much as
possible, these requirements with the
2004 ADA and ABA Accessibility
Guidelines for grab bars.
M305.2.1 Location
The MDE NPRM proposed that
transfer supports be located within
reach of the transfer surface and not
obstruct transfer onto or off of the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
surface when in position (proposed
M305.2.1). In the preamble to the MDE
NPRM, the Access Board noted it was
considering requiring transfer supports
to be located no further than 11⁄2 inches
from the transfer surface, when
measured horizontally, and requiring
the transfer support to be located on the
side of the transfer surface opposite the
transfer side. NPRM, 77 FR at 6925. The
Access Board sought public comment
with question 19, which asked for input
on multiple proposed changes to the
transfer support provision, including
whether the proposed location of the
transfer support, and the requirement
that it be located 11⁄2 inches from the
transfer surface, would be sufficient to
facilitate transfers. Id.
Eight commenters responded to
question 19, but only six of the
commenters addressed the location of
transfer supports. Two commenters, a
manufacturer and a state agency
concerned with accessibility, concurred
with the technical requirements
proposed in question 19 for the transfer
support location. Another commenter, a
disability rights organization, stated that
transfer supports should be required on
both sides of the equipment. A
manufacturer noted that if the proposed
transfer surface size of 30 inches wide
is adopted, then a transfer support
opposite the transfer side would be
useless as the patient would be unable
to reach the support until nearly fully
on the diagnostic equipment. This
commenter noted that an adjacent
transfer support would be more
effective, but would conflict with the
provider expectations of bed and
stretcher side rails. The final two
commenters, a manufacturer and a
medical association, raised concerns
about requiring any transfer supports on
imaging equipment, specifically MRI
and CT machines, asserting that the
supports may interfere with the image
quality.
The MDE Advisory Committee made
three separate recommendations for the
location of transfer supports: A general
requirement, a requirement for
stretchers, and a requirement for
imaging equipment. For the general
provision, the MDE Advisory
Committee recommended requiring
transfer supports on both sides of the
transfer surface that can be removed or
repositioned during transfer and are
located at a maximum distance of 11⁄2
inches from the transfer surface. The
Committee explained that ‘‘transfer
supports or handholds on adjustable
medical equipment facilitate transfers
onto a transfer surface by giving the
individual something to hold or grab
onto while transferring. This
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
recommendation for placement of
supports on both sides of the equipment
will increase the options during patient
transfers.’’ MDE Advisory Committee
Report, 86, available at https://
www.access-board.gov/guidelines-andstandards/health-care/about-thisrulemaking/advisory-committee-finalreport.
For stretchers, the MDE Advisory
Committee noted that patients enter
from either of the long sides, rather than
on one long side and one short side, and
this change in orientation necessitated a
different location for the transfer
supports so that the support would be
reachable during transfer. The MDE
Advisory Committee recommended
locating the transfer support ‘‘along the
long side of the transfer surface on the
opposite side of the transfer.’’ MDE
Advisory Committee Report, 87–88,
available at https://www.accessboard.gov/guidelines-and-standards/
health-care/about-this-rulemaking/
advisory-committee-final-report.
Additionally, the Committee
recommended a horizontal distance
from the transfer surface of no more
than 3 inches from the edge of the
patient support surface, indicating that
stretcher transfer supports are part of a
rail system that needs to fold and store
out of the way and therefore require
more space to articulate. Id. at 96.
For imaging equipment, the MDE
Advisory Committee recommended
requiring transfer supports when the
transfer surface was 24 inches deep or
less, and requiring positioning supports
for transfer surface depths of greater
than 24 inches. Id. at 88–89. The
Committee recommended requiring one
support on the opposite side of the
transfer side regardless of whether it
was a transfer support or positioning
support. The Committee noted that:
Because of the size, diversity, and use of
diagnostic imaging tables, this support will
carry out different functions on different
tables . . . This two-part recommendation
recognizes the different use of the supports
based on the table width. The Committee
used a 24-inch dividing point for table width
to accommodate the dimensions for the
maximum reach range. For transfer surface
depths on tables less than 24 inches wide, a
transfer support must be available on the side
opposite the entry of the transfer surface . . .
For transfer surface depths on tables greater
than 24 inches wide, a positioning support
must be available on the side opposite the
entry to the transfer surface. Id.
After review of the public comments
and the MDE Advisory Committee
recommendations, the Access Board has
determined that there is a need for two
types of transfer supports, based on the
orientation of the transfer surface. As
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
described in Section
IV.B.1.b.(Significant Changes—Transfer
Surface Location), the Access Board has
designated two types of transfer surfaces
based on orientation for diagnostic
equipment used by patients in the
supine, prone, or side-lying position:
End and side transfer surfaces, either of
which can be employed depending on
the configuration and use of the
particular equipment. Here, a similar
dual approach is warranted for transfer
supports. While the MDE Advisory
Committee recommended separate
requirements based on the type of
diagnostic equipment, stretchers and
imaging equipment, the Access Board
believes that the type of support should
be based on where the transfer surface
is located on the examination surface.
Therefore, the Access Board has
separated the location provision into
end transfer supports and side transfer
supports. End transfer supports cover
diagnostic equipment used by patients
in the supine, prone, or side-lying
position with end transfer surfaces,
M301.2.3.1 in the final rule, and all
diagnostic equipment with transfer
surfaces used by patients in the seated
position, M302.2 in the final rule. Side
transfer supports cover diagnostic
equipment used by patients in the
supine, prone, or side-lying position
with side transfer surfaces, this includes
stretchers and most imaging equipment,
M301.2.3.2.
In the final rule the Access Board has
decided for end transfer supports to
require at least one support located on
the long side of the transfer surface,
opposite the transfer side. For side
transfer supports, the Access Board has
decided to require a transfer support
which is capable of supporting transfer
on each side of the transfer surface. A
side transfer surface could contain one
transfer support which is capable of
being repositioned from one side to the
other side depending on which side the
patient chooses to transfer or it is
acceptable to have two transfer
supports, one on each long side, which
are both capable of being removed or
repositioned on the side the patient
chooses to transfer. Additionally, the
final rule requires both end and side
transfer supports to be located a
maximum of 11⁄2 inches measured
horizontally from the nearest edge of the
transfer surface to the transfer support.
In reviewing the MDE Advisory
Committee’s recommendations, the
Access Board agrees that transfer
supports that fold, collapse, or articulate
need more space, but disagrees with the
MDE Advisory Committee that an
allowance for more space should apply
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
only to stretchers and imaging
equipment. The Access Board finds that
other types of diagnostic equipment,
such as hospital beds, also have transfer
supports that collapse on either side to
allow transfer. Therefore, the Access
Board has provided an exception to the
general provision which permits
supports that fold, collapse, or articulate
to be located three inches maximum
from the nearest edge of the transfer
surface to the transfer support.
Additionally, as discussed in Section
IV.E.1.b (Significant Changes—
Positioning Supports), the Access Board
has decided not to include positioning
supports in the final rule.
M305.2.2 Length
In the MDE NPRM there was no
requirement for length of the transfer
support; however, the MDE NPRM
preamble noted that the Access Board
was considering requiring the transfer
supports to extend the entire depth of
the transfer surface and be a minimum
of 15 inches in length. NPRM, 77 FR at
6925. The Access Board specifically
sought public input with question 19,
asking if the proposed length of the
transfer supports would be sufficient to
facilitate transfer and maintain position
on the diagnostic equipment. Id.
Three commenters responded to this
issue, two manufacturers and a state
agency concerned with accessibility.
The state agency concurred with the 15inch requirement. One commenter did
not support a 15-inch length transfer
support. This commenter (a
manufacturer) stated that a transfer
support that is a minimum of 15 inches
in length would make it even more
difficult to comply with load bearing
requirements and recommended that
this length requirement be reduced. The
second commenter, a manufacturer,
recommended revising the proposed
provision from requiring the transfer
support to extend horizontally the entire
depth of the transfer surface, to extend
horizontally along the transfer surface to
within three inches, to allow for
manufacturing tolerances.
The MDE Advisory Committee made
three transfer support length
recommendations, one for each type of
transfer support recommended by the
Committee, described above. For the
general provision, the MDE Advisory
Committee recommended a transfer
support with a length of 15 inches
minimum, that overlaps the minimum
depth of the transfer surface by 80
percent. The Committee explained that
the transfer support length provides the
gripping surface for the patient to grasp
or maintain balance while transferring.
MDE Advisory Committee Report, 90,
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2839
available at https://www.accessboard.gov/guidelines-and-standards/
health-care/about-this-rulemaking/
advisory-committee-final-report. For
stretchers, the MDE Advisory
Committee also recommended 15 inches
in length stating that this would provide
continuous support for patients and still
accommodate the articulation that is
necessary for the head and back support
on stretchers. Id. For imaging equipment
with transfer surfaces less than or equal
to 24 inches deep, the Committee
recommended requiring a transfer
support to extend horizontally along the
side of the patient table at the
designated transfer location for at least
the minimum width of the transfer
surface, with a minimum length of 28
inches. For transfer surfaces greater than
24 inches deep, the MDE Advisory
Committee recommended requiring a
positioning support instead of a transfer
support, which extends horizontally
along the side of the patient table 12 to
16 inches and is located at a position to
accommodate clinical use. Id. at 91–92.
The Access Board agrees with the
MDE Advisory Committee that the
addition of a requirement for a transfer
support length provision is necessary
and has adopted many of the MDE
Advisory Committee’s
recommendations for transfer support
length in the final rule. The Board
restructured the Committee’s
recommendations to fit within the end
and side transfer supports discussed
above. For end transfer supports the
Access Board has adopted the general
provision recommended by the MDE
Advisory Committee and determined
that the required length will be 15
inches minimum. Additionally, the
Access Board acknowledges that
manufacturers need some flexibility
with respect to the location of the
support to account for clearances with
other equipment components that may
articulate or move. Therefore, the final
rule requires that the 15-inch minimum
length transfer support be positioned
along 131⁄2 inches minimum of the
depth of the transfer surface.
For side transfer supports the Access
Board adopted the MDE Advisory
Committee recommendation for imaging
equipment, that this support be a
minimum of 28 inches long positioned
along the width of the transfer surface.
In addition, the Board has added two
exceptions to the requirements for side
transfer supports to address the
concerns raised by the MDE Advisory
Committee. The first exception
addresses articulating patient surfaces,
primarily stretchers, where a continuous
28-inch transfer support may conflict
with other supports or railings as the
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
2840
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
equipment is adjusted. In such cases,
the support may be reduced to no less
than 15 inches in length. The second
exception applies to transfer supports
on imaging bed surfaces of more than 24
inches in width, such as large x-ray
tables, where the support is likely to be
used in the latter stages of a transfer
from a prone or side-lying position. In
these cases, the Access Board finds that
permitting the transfer support to be no
less than 12 inches long is appropriate.
While the exception is based on an
Advisory Committee recommendation
using the term ‘‘positioning support,’’
this is still transfer support, that can
assist with transfer onto the transfer
surface and will likely be used to
reposition in the later stages of a
transfer.
In question 19 part (e) the Access
Board sought input on whether angled
or vertical transfer supports should be
permitted. 77 FR at 6925. Three
commenters, a manufacturer, an
accessibility consultant, and a disability
rights organization, responded and all
concurred with the proposal. The MDE
Advisory Committee did not specifically
address this proposal, however, in its
recommendations for the length of
transfer supports on imaging equipment,
it did recommend that the transfer
support should extend horizontally
along the side of the patient table. MDE
Advisory Committee Report, 90–91,
available at https://www.accessboard.gov/guidelines-and-standards/
health-care/about-this-rulemaking/
advisory-committee-final-report. The
Access Board considered the public
comments and the MDE Advisory
Committee’s recommendation, and has
decided not to require that transfer
supports be horizontal, allowing
manufacturers flexibility to contour
supports appropriate for the diagnostic
purpose of the equipment.
M305.2.3 Height
In the MDE NPRM there was no
specific requirement regarding the
height of the transfer support, only that
it be ‘‘within reach’’ of the patient
(proposed M305.2.1). The Access Board
sought input from the public in question
20 of the MDE NPRM preamble, on
whether a transfer support height
requirement of 6 inches minimum and
19 inches maximum above the transfer
surface would be usable by patients
with disabilities. NPRM, 77 FR at 6925.
Six commenters responded to question
20. Four commenters (two
manufacturers, one disability rights
organization, and a state agency
concerned with accessibility) supported
the proposed height range. Three
commenters (a manufacturer, a medical
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
association, and a disability rights
organization) did not support the
proposal. The manufacturer opposing
the proposed range raised concerns with
its ability to attain a 19-inch height on
its diagnostic equipment. The medical
association asserted that radiography
exam tables are not equipped with
transfer bars, and if required should
retract fully into the surface of the table
and the disability rights organization
expressed concern that 19 inches was
too high to facilitate safe transfer.
The MDE Advisory Committee
supported adding a requirement setting
the height of transfer supports within
the range described in question 20 in
the MDE NPRM preamble, of 6 inches
minimum and 19 inches maximum. The
MDE Advisory Committee explained
that the manufacturers on the
Committee determined that this
recommendation did not conflict with
the IEC 60601–2–52, which provides
requirements for side rails to prevent
entrapment hazards, and would allow
the equipment to be designed to provide
accessibility and safety from entrapment
hazards. MDE Advisory Committee
Report, 94, available at https://
www.access-board.gov/guidelines-andstandards/health-care/about-thisrulemaking/advisory-committee-finalreport. Additionally, for transfer
surfaces that are greater than 24 inches
deep, the MDE Advisory Committee
recommended requiring a positioning
support instead of a transfer support,
with a height of three to six inches
above the transfer surface. Id.
The Access Board considered the
public comments and the MDE
Advisory Committee’s
recommendations, and has decided to
include a new provision, M305.2.3 in
the final rule, that requires the tops of
transfer support gripping surfaces to be
located 6 inches minimum and 19
inches maximum higher than the top of
the associated uncompressed transfer
surface during use. This range allows
the manufacturer to choose a height
between 6 inches and 19 inches to place
their transfer supports; it does not
require that the transfer supports be 19
inches high. The transfer support is
permitted to be horizontal, angled,
curved, or a combination of these as
long as the top of any point along the
gripping surface is located at or between
6 inches and 19 inches. Thus, the
commenter’s concern about reaching the
19-inch height is not warranted.
Secondly, as discussed above in Section
IV.E.1.b (Significant Changes
—Positioning Supports), the Access
Board has declined to include the MDE
Advisory Committee’s recommended
positioning supports in the final rule;
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
however, the Access Board does concur
with the MDE Advisory Committee that
for imaging equipment with transfer
surfaces that exceed 24 inches in width,
a lower transfer support is warranted.
Therefore, in the final rule, the Access
Board has provided an exception that
permits transfer supports to be located
three inches minimum and six inches
maximum higher than the tops of the
transfer surfaces for imagining beds that
are greater than 24 inches wide.
M305.2.4 Cross Section
The proposed rule did not provide
specific requirements for the cross
section of transfer supports. However, in
the MDE NPRM preamble, the Access
Board noted that it was considering
adopting the cross sectional dimensions
for grab bars from the 2004 ADA and
ABA Accessibility Guidelines for
transfer supports. NPRM, 77 FR at
6925–6926. Specifically, the Access
Board indicated it was considering
requiring circular cross sections to have
an outside diameter of 11⁄4 inches
minimum and 2 inches maximum, and
transfer supports with non-circular
cross sections to have a cross section
dimension of 2 inches maximum, and a
perimeter dimension of 4 inches
minimum and 4.8 inches maximum. Id.
The Access Board sought input in MDE
NPRM preamble question 21, on
whether the gripping surfaces of current
transfer supports on different types of
equipment meet the cross sectional
dimensions specified above and
whether handholds that meet the above
cross section dimensions could be
integrated into armrests that are also
cushioned to support arms and elbows.
Id.
Five commenters responded to
question 21. Two commenters (one
manufacturer and one accessibility
consultant) were opposed to permitting
non-rounded cross sections, noting
concern that harsh edges or angles may
not allow users to comfortably and
adequately grasp the support. One
commenter (a manufacturer) asserted
that because currently there are no
standards, existing products would
likely not meet the proposed provision.
Another commenter (a manufacturer)
was concerned that the requirement
could preclude the use of cushioned
arm pads.
The MDE Advisory Committee
expressed confidence ‘‘in reliance on
the cross section dimensions in the 2010
Standards.’’ MDE Advisory Committee
Report, 99, available at https://
www.access-board.gov/guidelines-andstandards/health-care/about-thisrulemaking/advisory-committee-finalreport. The Committee further opined:
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
Allowing both noncircular cross sections
and circular cross sections gives
manufacturers flexibility to employ the best
configuration for use of the equipment, hand,
grip strength, and power grab functions.
While a majority of the Committee members
supported a recommendation allowing both
noncircular and circular cross sections, some
members noted ergonomic considerations
support the better functionality of circular
cross section gripping surface. Id.
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
After review of the comments and the
MDE Advisory Committee’s
recommendations, the Access Board has
decided to apply the 2004 ADA and
ABA Accessibility Guidelines for grab
bar cross sections to transfer supports in
the final rule. Accordingly, the final rule
includes a new provision, M305.2.4,
requiring transfer supports to have one
of two cross sections: circular cross
sections, with an outside diameter of
11⁄4 inches minimum and 2 inches
maximum; or non-circular cross
sections, a cross section dimension of 2
inches maximum and a perimeter
dimension of 4 inches minimum and 4.8
inches maximum.
M305.2.5 Surface Hazards
The proposed rule did not provide
any specific restrictions regarding
surface hazards around the transfer
supports. No public comments were
submitted on this issue, but the MDE
Advisory Committee voiced concern
about surface hazards stating, ‘‘gripping
surface configurations must provide an
effective and safe surface for patients to
hold onto. Sharp edges or abrasive
elements may injure and cause the
patient to lose their grip during
positioning or transfer.’’ The MDE
Advisory Committee recommended that
a provision be added to the final rule
requiring ‘‘gripping surfaces to be free of
sharp or abrasive elements and have
rounded edges.’’ The Committee based
this recommendation on related
provisions in the 2004 ADA and ABA
Accessibility Guidelines for handrails
and grab bars. MDE Advisory
Committee Report, 101, available at
https://www.access-board.gov/
guidelines-and-standards/health-care/
about-this-rulemaking/advisorycommittee-final-report.
The Access Board concurs with the
MDE Advisory Committee’s
recommendation and views the
proposed provision as beneficial and
consistent with the cross section
requirements of M305.2.4, above.
Therefore, the Access Board has added
a new provision to the final rule,
M305.2.5 Surface Hazards, to ensure
that transfer supports and surfaces
adjacent to transfer supports are free of
sharp or abrasive components and have
eased edges.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
M305.2.6 Gripping Surfaces
The proposed rule did not provide
any specific requirements regarding
gripping surfaces on transfer supports.
However, in the MDE NPRM preamble
the Access Board repeatedly noted that
it was considering applying many of the
provisions from the 2004 ABA and ADA
Accessibility Guidelines for grab bars
and handrails to transfer supports.
NPRM, 77 FR at 6924–6926. The MDE
Advisory Committee explained that:
[t]ransfer supports may contain elements to
provide structural support or prevent patient
entrapment. The elements, bars, pickets,
spacers, panels, and similar features, connect
to the transfer support and may interrupt the
gripping surface. At the point of connection,
these features impede the ability to grasp
completely around the cross section of the
gripping surface. MDE Advisory Committee
Report, 102, available at https://www.accessboard.gov/guidelines-and-standards/healthcare/about-this-rulemaking/advisorycommittee-final-report. The Committee
recommended requiring the bottom of the
transfer support to have no obstructions
affecting more than 20 percent of the transfer
support’s length. Id.
The Access Board concurs with the
recommendation of the MDE Advisory
Committee and views the proposed
provision as beneficial and consistent
with the existing accessibility
guidelines. Therefore, the Access Board
has added this new provision to the
final rule, M305.2.6, which ensures that
an adequate surface area for gripping is
provided to the patient.
M305.2.7 Clearance
In the MDE NPRM, the Access Board
did not provide any specific
requirements for clearances around the
transfer support. However, in the
preamble to the MDE NPRM the Access
Board noted that it was considering
applying the 2004 ADA and ABA
Accessibility Guidelines for clearance
around grab bars to the transfer support
provision in the final rule. NPRM, 77 FR
at 6926. Specifically, the Access Board
sought input from the public in question
22, on whether transfer supports on
diagnostic equipment could provide 11⁄2
inches minimum clearance around the
gripping surface. Id. Two commenters
responded, both manufacturers, and
indicated that transfer supports could
provide 11⁄2 inches minimum clearance
around the transfer support. The MDE
Advisory Committee concurred with the
commenters and expressed support for
the use of the 2010 ADA Standards and
International Building Code
Requirements (ICC/ANSI A117.1–2009),
and recommended adding the
requirements to the final rule. MDE
Advisory Committee Report, 100,
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2841
available at https://www.accessboard.gov/guidelines-and-standards/
health-care/about-this-rulemaking/
advisory-committee-final-report.
Based on public commenter responses
and MDE Advisory Committee
recommendations, the Access Board has
added a new provision to the final rule,
M305.2.7, requiring a 11⁄2 inch
minimum clearance between the
transfer support gripping surface and
adjacent surfaces or obstructions.
M305.2.8 Fittings
The MDE NPRM proposed to require
that transfer supports not rotate in their
fittings (proposed M305.2.3). Five
commenters addressed this provision.
Four of the commenters disagreed with
this requirement and explained the need
for transfer supports to be able to rotate
in their fittings. Specifically, one
commenter (manufacturer) asserted that
the technical criteria from the 2004
ADA and ABA Accessibility Guidelines
for grab bars in bathrooms should not be
applied to exam tables as they would
restrict the ability for the transfer
supports to be moved out of the way
after transfer. Further, this commenter
noted that the requirement conflicts
with proposed M302.2.3, which allows
for temporary obstructions such as
armrests, footrests, and side rails that
can be repositioned to allow for transfer.
Another commenter (manufacturer)
pointed out that bed rails, which are
common on hospital beds, require a
latched position and an unlatched
position, which allows them to rotate in
their fittings when not latched. A
different manufacturer stated that its
seated diagnostic equipment uses
armrests as transfer supports, which can
be pushed back toward the rear of the
equipment to allow entry. An
accessibility consultant recommended
swing-away or removable armrests for
chairs to allow for transfer on either
side. The only commenter (accessibility
consultant) opposed to allowing transfer
supports to rotate in their fittings,
expressed concern for the potential for
injury if transfer supports rotated
unexpectedly during transfer.
The MDE Advisory Committee
recommended amending this provision
to allow transfer supports to rotate in
their fittings, but to require that they not
rotate when they are locked into place
for transfer. The Committee noted that
it is advantageous to allow supports to
perform the needed movement, but they
should not do so when locked. MDE
Advisory Committee Report, 102–103,
available at https://www.accessboard.gov/guidelines-and-standards/
health-care/about-this-rulemaking/
advisory-committee-final-report.
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
2842
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
The Access Board concurs with the
majority of the commenters and the
MDE Advisory Committee. As noted in
proposed M302.2.3, the Access Board
intended to allow manufacturers to
provide temporary obstructions such as
armrests and bedrails that can be
repositioned, or rotate in their fittings,
and then be locked into place when
needed as a transfer support. Therefore,
the Access Board has revised this
provision in the final rule to require that
transfer supports do not rotate in their
fittings when in place for transfer
(M305.2.8).
M305.3 Standing Supports
M305.3 provides the technical
requirements for standing supports
which are required on diagnostic
equipment covered by M304. This
provision has been reorganized in the
final rule into requirements for length
and height, as opposed to vertical and
horizontal.
In the MDE NPRM preamble, the
Access Board noted that it was
considering adopting the cross section
dimensions for grab bars from the 2004
ADA and ABA Accessibility Guidelines
and applying them to standing supports.
The Access Board sought public input
in questions 39 and 40 in the MDE
NPRM preamble on whether the cross
section dimensions for gripping surfaces
should be applied to standing supports
and whether standing supports can
provide a 11⁄2 inch minimum clearance
around the gripping surface. Three
commenters responded to question 39 (a
medical association, accessibility
consultant, and a state agency
concerned with accessibility). All three
concurred with adding cross section
dimension requirements to standing
supports. Two commenters responded
to question 40 (one medical association
and a state agency concerned with
accessibility), and both concurred that
diagnostic equipment could provide a
11⁄2 inch minimum clearance around the
gripping surface of standing supports.
The MDE Advisory Committee did not
address the cross section and clearance
proposal for standing supports. Unlike
transfer supports, standing supports can
be horizontal or vertical and thus there
will be variations in the configuration of
standing supports dependent on the
equipment configuration. Due to this
wide variety of allowable standing
supports and the significant difference
in the nature of how a standing support
is used versus a transfer support, the
Access Board has decided not to adopt
cross section dimensions or require a
minimum clearance around the gripping
surface for standing supports in the final
rule.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
Additionally, one commenter
(manufacturer) requested that
requirements for structural strength be
added to the standing support
provision. For the same reasons the
Access Board has removed the
requirement of structural strength for
transfer supports (See Section IV.E.1.a.
(Significant Changes—Structural
Strength) the Access Board declines to
adopt such a requirement for standing
supports in the final rule.
M305.3.1 Length
In the MDE NPRM, the Access Board
proposed a gripping surface length of
four inches minimum for horizontal
standing supports. No public comments
were submitted on this requirement.
The MDE Advisory Committee
supported the proposed technical
provisions, but recommended adding
additional criteria for standing supports
on raised platforms with wheelchair
spaces. As discussed above in the
Section IV.E.2. (Significant Changes—
Standing Supports), the final rule
requires that horizontal standing
supports be positioned horizontally in
relation to standing surfaces and retains
the proposed requirement of four inches
minimum length. The Access Board
added a new provision applying to
diagnostic equipment containing a
wheelchair space that also requires
standing supports. This provision,
M305.3.1.2 in the final rule, has added
two new requirements for this type of
equipment. First, for diagnostic
equipment containing wheelchair
spaces with one entry that also serves as
the exit, the length of the gripping
surface for horizontal standing supports
must be equal to or greater than 80
percent of the overall length of the
platform. Second, for diagnostic
equipment with wheelchair spaces that
permit pass-through from one end to the
other, the length of the gripping surface
for the horizontal standing support must
be at least equal to the length of the
platform. In the final rule these
requirements are located in M305.3.1.1
Horizontal Position and M305.3.1.2
Diagnostic Equipment Containing a
Wheelchair Space.
For vertical standing supports, the
MDE NPRM proposed a gripping surface
length of 18 inches minimum. There
were no public comments submitted on
this requirement, and the MDE Advisory
Committee supported the proposed
technical provisions. In the final rule,
the Access Board retained the original
requirement for gripping surface length
and clarified that the vertical standing
supports must be positioned vertically
in relation to the standing surface. Both
requirements are included in the new
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
M305.3.1.3 Vertical Position provision
in the final rule.
M305.3.2 Height
For horizontal supports, the MDE
NPRM proposed a gripping surface
height of 34 inches minimum and 38
inches maximum above the standing
surface. There were no public comments
on this requirement, and the MDE
Advisory Committee supported the
proposed technical provisions. In the
final rule the Access Board retains the
original requirement. This requirement
has been relocated to M305.3.2.1 in the
final rule.
For vertical supports, the MDE NPRM
proposed that the bottom end of the
support be 34 inches high minimum
and 37 inches high maximum above the
standing surface. There were no public
comments on this requirement, and the
MDE Advisory Committee supported
the proposed technical provisions. In
the final rule the Access Board retains
the original requirement, but made a
few minor editorial changes to the text.
This requirement has been relocated to
M305.3.2.2 in the final rule.
M305.3.3 Fittings
The MDE NPRM proposed to prohibit
standing supports from rotating in their
fittings. There were no comments on
this section and it was not addressed by
the MDE Advisory Committee. The
Access Board made no changes to this
provision.
M305.4 Leg Supports
As discussed above in Section V.C.3.b
(Section-by-Section Analysis—
M301.3.2) and Section V.C.7.b (Sectionby-Section Analysis—M302.3.2), the
technical requirements for leg supports
from M301 and M302 have been
relocated to M305 Supports. The MDE
NPRM proposed that where stirrups are
provided, they must provide a method
to support, position, and secure the
patients legs. Four commenters (medical
association, accessibility consultant,
disability rights organization, and a state
agency) agreed with requiring leg
supports when stirrups are provided.
The MDE Advisory Committee agreed
that, for procedures that use stirrups
and require the leg to be stable, there
must be a method to support the
patient’s legs. The Committee
referenced ANSI/AAMI HE75 which
recommends that ‘‘[f]or patients with
limited leg strength and control, instead
of stirrups that support only the foot
and require active user leg strength, leg
supports that support both the foot and
the leg should be used to assist patients
in keeping their legs in the appropriate
position.’’ MDE Advisory Committee
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
Report, 105, available at https://
www.access-board.gov/guidelines-andstandards/health-care/about-thisrulemaking/advisory-committee-finalreport. The MDE Advisory Committee
recommended adding additional
language to this provision to clarify that
‘‘where the equipment provides
stirrups, it must also provide an
alternate method to support, position,
and secure the patients legs (specifically
including sufficient support of the
patient’s thigh, knee, and calf to
stabilize the leg). This method will
either supplement or serve as a
substitute for the stirrups.’’ Id.
After reviewing the MDE Advisory
Committee recommendations, the
Access Board has decided that the
proposed provision is sufficient to
require the leg support advocated by the
MDE Advisory Committee and has
therefore not adopted the MDE Advisory
Committee recommendation to require
an alternate method of leg supports.
However, in the final rule the Access
Board has made an editorial change in
terminology, from stirrups to leg
supports, in response to the MDE
Advisory Committee recommendation
and to provide consistency with the
headings of other support provisions
that are based on the body part
supported.
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
M305.4
Head and Back Support
As discussed above in Section V.C.3.c
(Section-by-Section Analysis—
M301.3.3) and Section V.C.7.c. (Sectionby-Section Analysis—M302.3.3), the
technical requirements for head and
back supports from M301 and M302
have been relocated to M305 Supports.
The MDE NPRM proposed to require
diagnostic equipment used by patients
in the supine, prone, or side-lying
position and the seated position that can
be adjusted to a reclined position to
provide head and back support
throughout the entire range of the
incline. Three manufacturers
commented on this provision. One
manufacturer asserted that this
requirement was ambiguous and that he
had to read it multiple times to
understand it; however, this commenter
also indicated that the tables it currently
manufactures meet the proposed
requirement. Another manufacturer
noted that existing MRI equipment
meets this requirement. The final
manufacturer asserted that a reclining
backrest necessarily provides head and
back support, unless the Access Board
intended a different meaning for
‘‘support.’’ The MDE Advisory
Committee did not review the proposed
requirement for head and back support,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
and thus provided no recommendations
on this requirement.
After review of the comments, the
Access Board has decided not to make
any changes to this provision in the
final rule. All of the commenters on this
topic agree that current diagnostic
equipment meets the proposed
requirement and the Access Board
believes that this requirement is clearly
articulated. Therefore, the final rule
requires that where diagnostic
equipment can be adjusted to a reclined
position, head and back support must be
provided.
M306 Communication
M306 in the final rule provides the
technical criteria for communication
from the diagnostic equipment to the
patient.
M306.1 General
The MDE NPRM proposed that, where
diagnostic equipment communicates
instructions or other information to the
patient, the instructions or information
must be provided in at least two of the
following methods: Audible, visible, or
tactile (proposed M306.1). The Access
Board sought public input in question
41 in the preamble to the MDE NPRM,
on whether diagnostic equipment that
communicates instructions or other
information to the patient should
provide information in all three
methods of communication, and what
the cost to provide all three methods
would be. NPRM, 77 FR at 6931. Seven
commenters responded. Three
commenters (a manufacturer, a medical
association, and a state agency
concerned with accessibility) concurred
with the proposed requirement to
provide two methods of
communication. Three commenters (two
disability rights organizations and one
medical association) supported
requiring all three modes of
communication, and the final
commenter (a manufacturer)
recommended requiring one mode of
communication if the medical provider
is present and three modes of
communication for home use devices.
The MDE Advisory Committee did not
address this provision.
The Access Board carefully
considered the public comments;
however, it has decided to retain the
provision from the proposed rule,
requiring diagnostic equipment that
communicates instructions or other
information to the patient to provide the
communication in two methods. The
commenters were split in their support
of two or three methods of
communication and the commenters
supporting the increase to three
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2843
methods of communication provided no
additional information to warrant the
increase. The commenter that
recommended different requirements for
home-use equipment is not dispositive
as this rule does not cover any home use
equipment. The Access Board has
concluded that providing two means of
communication will serve the majority
of people and that there was not enough
information provided to warrant an
increase in this requirement in the final
rule.
M307 Operable Parts
M307 in the final rule provides the
technical criteria for operable parts used
by patients to activate, deactivate, or
adjust the diagnostic equipment. For
example, equipment used for an
auditory examination may require the
patient to press a button when sounds
are heard. M307 does not apply to
controls used only by health care
personnel or others who are not
patients. There were no comments
received on the proposed provisions,
and as discussed below, the provisions
from the proposed rule have been
retained in the final rule.
The Access Board did receive
comments in response to question 43,
which sought public input on whether
the final rule should include reach
range requirements such as those in the
2004 ADA and ABA Accessibility
Guidelines for an unobstructed forward
reach or side reach for the operable
parts provision. Five commenters
responded, one commenter (state agency
concerned with accessibility)
recommended adopting the reach ranges
and four commenters (one medical
association, one academic, and two
disability rights organizations)
recommended against adding reach
ranges for operable parts to the final
rule. One of these commenters
(disability rights organization)
explained that the 2004 ADA and ABA
requirements are not appropriate for
application to operable parts of medical
diagnostic equipment. The MDE
Advisory Committee did not address
this provision. Based on the majority of
the commenters response, the Access
Board has decided not to add reach
ranges to the operable parts section at
this time.
M307.1 General
This is an introductory section.
M307.2 Tactilely Discernible
The MDE NPRM proposed that
operable parts intended for patient use
be tactilely discernible without
activation. Patients who are blind or
have low vision have difficulty
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
2844
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
distinguishing a flat membrane button
or similar control unless it is tactilely
discernible from the surrounding
surface and any adjacent controls. The
most common method to ensure that
buttons and similar controls are tactilely
discernible is to raise part or all of the
control surface above the surrounding
surface and at a distance from any
adjacent controls such that a relief of
each individual control can be
determined by touch. There were no
public comments on this section and it
was not addressed by the MDE Advisory
Committee. There have been no changes
made to this provision.
M307.3
Operation
The MDE NPRM proposed to require
operable parts to be operable with one
hand and not require tight grasping,
pinching, or twisting of the wrist. There
were no public comments on this
section and it was not addressed by the
MDE Advisory Committee. There have
been no changes made to this provision.
M307.4
Operating Force
The MDE NPRM proposed to restrict
the force required to activate operable
parts to 5 pounds. The Access Board
sought public input on this provision in
question 42 on whether the operating
force should be reduced to 2 pounds.
NPRM, 77 FR at 6932. One commenter,
a state agency concerned with
accessibility, responded and concurred
with the suggested reduction. The MDE
Advisory Committee did not address
this requirement. Although the Access
Board initially considered a reduction
in the force required to activate operable
parts, upon further consideration, the
Board found no reason to deviate from
the long-established maximum of 5
pounds in the 2004 ADA and ABA
Accessibility Guidelines. 36 CFR part
1191, App. D 309.4. Therefore, there
have been no changes made to this
provision.
VI. Regulatory Process Matters
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
A. Final Regulatory Assessment (E.O.
13563 and E.O. 12866)
Executive Orders 13563 and 12866
direct agencies to propose or adopt a
regulation only upon a reasoned
determination that its benefits justify its
costs; tailor the regulation to impose the
least burden on society, consistent with
obtaining the regulatory objectives; and,
in choosing among alternative
regulatory approaches, select those
approaches that maximize net benefits.
Important goals of regulatory analysis
are to (1) establish whether federal
regulation is necessary and justified to
achieve a market failure or other social
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
goal and (2) demonstrate that a range of
reasonably feasible regulatory
alternatives have been considered and
that the most efficient and effective
alternative has been selected. Executive
Order 13563 also recognizes that some
benefits are difficult to quantify and
provides that, where appropriate and
permitted by law, agencies may
consider and discuss qualitatively those
values that are difficult or impossible to
quantify, including equity, human
dignity, fairness, and distributive
impacts.
The final rule, which sets forth the
MDE Standards, is a significant
regulatory action within the meaning of
Executive Order 12866. See E.O. 12866
§ 3(f)(4), 58 FR 51735 (Oct. 4, 1993)
(defining ‘‘significant regulatory action’’
as, among other things, regulatory action
that raises novel legal or policy issues).
Accordingly, we prepared a final
regulatory assessment (Final RA) to
accompany the MDE Standards. The
Final RA is available on the Access
Board’s Web site (www.accessboard.gov), as well the federal
government’s online rulemaking portal
(www.regulations.gov). Summarized
below are some of the key findings of
this regulatory assessment.
Section 510 of the Rehabilitation Act,
as amended by the Patient Protection
and Affordable Care Act, requires the
Access Board, in coordination with the
Food and Drug Administration, to issue
accessibility standards that contain
minimum technical criteria to ensure
that medical diagnostic equipment is
accessible to and usable by patients
with disabilities. Examples of such
diagnostic equipment include
examination tables and chairs, weight
scales, mammography equipment, and
other imaging equipment. The Access
Board is now issuing the final rule
pursuant to this authority.
The MDE Standards set forth
minimum technical criteria for medical
diagnostic equipment to facilitate access
and use of medical diagnostic
equipment by persons with disabilities,
most particularly those with mobilityor communication-related impairments.
However, under Section 510, the Access
Board is statutorily tasked only with
promulgation (and revision) of these
Standards. Although the MDE Standards
do not have legal effect until adopted (in
whole or in part) by an enforcing
authority, they can advance accessibility
to medical services for persons with
disabilities by providing specific
guidance concerning accessible medical
diagnostic equipment that can be used
by service providers in a voluntary
manner.
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
At this point, the Board does not
know whether enforcing authorities will
adopt the MDE Standards, nor (if they
do) to what extent health care practices
or particular types of medical diagnostic
equipment will be required to comply
with the Standards’ technical
requirements. For this reason, the Board
cannot estimate the incremental
monetary or quantitative impacts of the
final rule.
Nevertheless, the Board is able to
characterize qualitatively some of the
potential impacts of these Standards. If
enforcing agencies adopt the MDE
Standards as mandatory for entities
regulated under their jurisdiction, the
Standards could affect health care
providers, medical device
manufacturers, and individuals with
disabilities. Once health care providers
and facilities are required to acquire
accessible medical equipment, they
could incur compliance costs, to the
extent that their equipment is not
already accessible. Medical device
manufacturers would then decide
whether to incur incremental costs to
meet the demand for accessible
equipment, and some or many
manufacturers may have an economic
incentive to produce accessible
equipment. Finally, given the many
barriers to health care that patients with
disabilities encounter due to
inaccessible medical diagnostic
equipment, individuals with mobility
and communication disabilities will
benefit from access to and use of
diagnostic equipment meeting the MDE
Standards. Consequently, they may be
able to receive health care comparable
to that received by their non-disabled
counterparts.
In addition, the Standards could yield
some immediate benefits, even before
any adoption by implementing agencies
in formal rulemaking. First, the
technical specifications for accessible
MDE incorporated in the Standards will
benefit enforcing agencies that are
considering similar accessibility
requirements for entities under their
jurisdiction. Although enforcing
agencies have full authority over
whether to adopt the Access Board’s
final rule (in whole or in part), the
technical specifications in the MDE
Standards reflects the input from a
diverse set of stakeholders and provide
solid groundwork for any future
rulemaking pertaining to the
accessibility of medical diagnostic
equipment. Second, the Standards will
serve as a best-practice document for the
medical device industry and for health
care providers and facilities. While the
MDE Standards are non-binding, health
care providers can use this final rule as
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
guidance on how to provide equitable
access to medical diagnostic equipment
for people with mobility and
communication disabilities.
Manufacturers can also use the MDE
Standards as they target their research
and development efforts at producing
diagnostic equipment that can be used
by a larger segment of population—one
that includes more people with
disabilities and older adults.
The Board thus concludes that the
potential benefits of the MDE Standards
justify the potential costs; that the MDE
Standards will impose the least burden
on society, consistent with achieving
the regulatory objectives; and that the
regulatory approach selected will
maximize net benefits.
B. Regulatory Flexibility Act
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA)
requires federal agencies to analyze the
impact of regulatory actions on small
entities, unless an agency certifies that
the rule will not have a significant
impact on a substantial number of small
entities. 5 U.S.C. 604, 605(b). The MDE
Standards do not impose any mandatory
requirements on any entity, including
small entities. Therefore, we did not
prepare a final regulatory flexibility
analysis for the final rule.
C. Executive Order 13132: Federalism
The MDE Standards do not impose
any mandatory requirements on state
and local governments. The MDE
Standards do not have any direct effects
on the state governments, the
relationship between the national
government and state governments, or
the distribution of power and
responsibilities among the various
levels of government. The MDE
Standards do not preempt state law.
Therefore, the consultation and other
requirements of Executive Order 13132
(Federalism) do not apply.
D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
The proposed standards do not
impose any mandatory requirements on
state, local, or tribal governments or the
private sector. Therefore, the Unfunded
Mandates Reform Act does not apply.
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
E. Paperwork Reduction Act
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act
(PRA), federal agencies are generally
prohibited from conducting or
sponsoring a ‘‘collection of information’’
as defined by the PRA, absent OMB
approval. See 44 U.S.C. 3507 et seq. The
MDE Standards do not impose any new
or revised collections of information
within the meaning of the PRA.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
List of Subjects in 36 CFR Part 1195
Health care, Individuals with
disabilities, Medical devices.
Approved by vote of the Board on
September 14, 2016.
David M. Capozzi,
Executive Director.
For the reasons stated in the preamble,
the Access Board adds part 1195 to title
36 of the Code of Federal Regulations to
read as follows:
■
PART 1195—STANDARDS FOR
ACCESSIBILE MEDICAL DIAGNOSTIC
EQUIPMENT
Sec.
1195.1 Standards.
Appendix to Part 1195—Standards for
Accessible Medical Diagnostic
Equipment
Authority: 29 U.S.C. 794f.
§ 1195.1
Standards.
The standards for accessible medical
diagnostic equipment are set forth in the
appendix to this part. Other agencies,
referred to as an enforcing authority in
the standards, may adopt the standards
as mandatory requirements for entities
subject to their jurisdiction. Advisory
sections and figures that illustrate the
technical requirements in the appendix
to part 1195 are available on the Internet
at: www.access-board.gov. These
advisory materials provide guidance
only and do not contain mandatory
requirements.
Appendix to Part 1195—Standards for
Accessible Medical Diagnostic
Equipment
Table of Contents
Chapter 1: Application and Administration
M101 General
M102 Definitions
Chapter 2: Scoping
M201 General
Chapter 3: Technical Requirements
M301 Diagnostic Equipment Used by
Patients in Supine, Prone, or Side-Lying
Position
M302 Diagnostic Equipment Used by
Patients in Seated Position
M303 Diagnostic Equipment Used by
Patients Seated in a Wheelchair
M304 Diagnostic Equipment Used by
Patients in Standing Position
M305 Supports
M306 Communication
M307 Operable Parts
Chapter 1: Application and Administration
M101 General
M101.1 Purpose. These Standards (MDE
Standards) contain scoping and technical
requirements for medical diagnostic
equipment (diagnostic equipment) to ensure
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2845
accessibility to, and usability of the
diagnostic equipment by patients with
disabilities. The MDE Standards provide for
independent access to, and use of, diagnostic
equipment by patients with disabilities to the
maximum extent possible.
M101.2 Application. Sections M301
through M304 shall be applied to diagnostic
equipment, based on the patient positions
that the equipment supports, during patient
transfer and diagnostic use. Sections M306
and M307 shall be applied to diagnostic
equipment where communication features or
operable parts are provided for patient use.
M101.3 Existing Diagnostic Equipment.
The MDE Standards do not address the
applicability of scoping or technical
requirements to existing diagnostic
equipment. Enforcing authorities, such as the
Department of Justice or the Department of
Health and Human Services, have authority
over the accessibility of existing equipment
and any regulation of that equipment will be
effective only to the extent required by such
enforcing authorities.
M101.4 Equivalent Facilitation. The use
of alternative designs or technologies that
result in substantially equivalent or greater
accessibility and usability than specified in
the MDE Standards is permitted.
M101.5 Dimensions. The MDE Standards
are based on adult dimensions and
anthropometrics. Dimensions that are not
stated as ‘‘maximum’’ or ‘‘minimum’’ are
absolute.
M101.6 Dimensional Tolerances.
Dimensions are subject to conventional
industry tolerances for manufacturing
processes, material properties, and field
conditions.
M101.7 Units of Measurement.
Measurements are stated in U.S. customary
and metric units. The values stated in each
system (U.S. customary and metric units)
may not be exact equivalents, and each
system shall be used independently of the
other.
M102 Definitions
M102.1 Defined Terms. For the purpose
of the MDE Standards, the following terms
have the indicated meaning:
End Transfer Surface. A transfer surface
located at one end of an examination surface
that allows patient transfer at the end and
one adjoining side of the examination
surface.
Enforcing Authority. An agency or other
governmental entity that adopts the MDE
Standards as mandatory requirements for
entities subject to its jurisdiction. Enforcing
authorities may include, but are not limited
to the United States Departments of Justice
and Health and Human Services.
Examination Chair. Diagnostic equipment
with a seat in which a patient typically is
positioned with buttocks approximately
parallel to the ground and shins
approximately perpendicular to the ground.
Examination chairs typically have back
support and may recline to properly position
the patient during examination. Such chairs
may also have footrests or stirrups.
Examination chairs include, but are not
limited to, equipment used for dental,
ophthalmic, podiatric, gynecological,
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
2846
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
urological, and ear, nose, and throat
examinations.
Imaging bed. A component of diagnostic
scanning equipment that accommodates
patients in supine, prone, or side-lying
positions.
Imaging equipment with bores. Diagnostic
scanning equipment using magnets, x-rays, or
detectors into which a patient and the table
on which the patient lies is inserted into the
equipment through a cylindrical opening
(bore) in order to achieve the positioning
accuracy needed during the scan. Such
equipment includes, but is not limited to,
computerized axial tomography (CT or CAT),
positron emission tomography (PET), and
nuclear medicine (NM) scanning equipment
or a combination thereof.
Medical Diagnostic Equipment (Diagnostic
Equipment). Equipment used in, or in
conjunction with, medical settings by health
care providers for diagnostic purposes.
Operable Parts. Components of diagnostic
equipment that are used by the patient to
activate, deactivate, or adjust the equipment.
Side Transfer Surface. A transfer surface
located within the length of the examination
surface that allows patient transfer on two
opposing sides of the examination surface.
Transfer Surface. Part of diagnostic
equipment onto which patients who use
mobility devices or aids transfer when
moving onto and off of the equipment.
Wheelchair Space. Space for a single
wheelchair and its occupant.
M102.2 Undefined Terms. Terms not
defined in M102.1 or in regulations or
policies issued by an enforcing authority
shall be given their ordinarily accepted
meaning in the sense that the context
implies.
M102.3 Interchangeability. Words, terms,
and phrases used in the singular include the
plural and those used in the plural include
the singular.
Chapter 2: Scoping
M201 General
M201.1 Application by Enforcing
Authority. The enforcing authority shall
specify the number and type of diagnostic
equipment that are required to comply with
the MDE Standards.
M201.2 General Exception. Medical
diagnostic equipment shall not be required to
comply with one or more applicable
requirements in the MDE Standards in the
rare circumstances where compliance would
alter diagnostically required structural or
operational characteristics of the equipment
and would prevent the use of the equipment
for its intended diagnostic purpose.
Diagnostic equipment subject to M201.2 shall
comply to the maximum extent practicable.
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
Chapter 3: Technical Requirements
M301 Diagnostic Equipment Used by
Patients in Supine, Prone, or Side-Lying
Position
M301.1 General. Diagnostic equipment
that supports patients in a supine, prone, or
side-lying position shall comply with M301.
Exception: Examination chairs complying
with M302 that recline to facilitate diagnosis
after patients transfer onto the chair shall not
be required to comply with M301.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
M301.2 Transfer Surface. A transfer
surface shall be provided and shall comply
with M301.2.
M301.2.1 Adjustability. Transfer surfaces
shall be adjustable in height measured from
the floor to the top of the uncompressed
transfer surface and shall provide the
following:
A. A low transfer position at a height of 17
inches (430 mm) minimum and 19 inches
(485 mm) maximum;
B. A high transfer position at 25 inches
(635 mm); and
C. At least 4 additional transfer positions
located between the low and high transfer
positions and separated by 1 inch (25 mm)
minimum.
M301.2.2 Sunset. The low transfer
position height, Item A of M301.2.1, shall
cease to have effect on January 10, 2022.
M301.2.3 Size. The size of the transfer
surface shall comply with M301.2.3.1 or
M301.2.3.2. The size of transfer surfaces shall
be measured from center points of their
opposing sides.
M301.2.3.1 End Transfer Surface. End
transfer surfaces shall be 28 inches (710 mm)
wide minimum and 17 inches (430 mm) long
minimum.
Exception: Transfer surfaces for imaging
equipment with bores shall be permitted to
be 21 inches (535 mm) wide minimum but
shall not be permitted to be less than the full
width of the examination surface provided
for the patient.
M301.2.3.2 Side Transfer Surface. Side
transfer surfaces shall be 28 inches (710 mm)
wide minimum and 28 inches (710 mm) long
minimum.
Exception: Transfer surfaces for imaging
equipment with bores shall be permitted to
be 21 inches (535 mm) wide minimum but
shall not be permitted to be less than the full
width of the examination surface provided
for the patient.
M301.2.4 Unobstructed Transfer. Each
transfer surface shall provide two
unobstructed sides for patient transfer.
Exceptions: 1. Obstructions no more than
3 inches (75 mm) deep shall be permitted to
extend beyond transfer sides of transfer
surfaces provided that such obstructions do
not protrude above the tops of transfer
surfaces.
2. Temporary obstructions shall be
permitted provided that they can be
repositioned during transfer to comply with
M301.2.4, including Exception 1.
M301.3 Supports. Transfer supports, leg
supports, and reclining surfaces shall comply
with M301.3.
M301.3.1 Transfer Supports. Transfer
surfaces required by M301.2 shall provide
transfer supports and shall comply with
M305.2.
M301.3.2 Leg Supports. Where stirrups
are provided, leg supports shall also be
provided and shall comply with M305.4.
M301.3.3 Head and Back Support. Where
the diagnostic equipment is used in a
reclined position, head and back support
shall be provided and shall comply with
M305.5.
M301.4 Lift Compatibility. Diagnostic
equipment shall be usable with portable
patient lifts and, when in use with such lifts,
shall comply with M301.4.1 or M301.4.2.
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Exception: Where fixed overhead patient
lifts are provided, and when their use with
diagnostic equipment is permitted by an
enforcing authority, diagnostic equipment
shall not be required to meet the lift
compatibility requirements of this section
provided that such equipment is clearly
labeled as not compatible with portable floor
lifts.
M301.4.1 Clearance in Base. The base of
diagnostic equipment shall provide a
clearance 39 inches (990 mm) wide
minimum, 6 inches (150 mm) high minimum
measured from the floor, and 36 inches (915
mm) deep minimum measured from the edge
of the examination surface. Where the width
of examination surfaces is less than 36 inches
(915 mm), the clearance depth shall extend
the full width of the equipment. Components
of diagnostic equipment are permitted to be
located within 8 inches (205 mm) maximum
of the centerline of the clearance width.
M301.4.2 Clearance Around Base. The
base of diagnostic equipment shall provide a
clearance 6 inches (150 mm) high minimum
measured from the floor and 36 inches (915
mm) deep minimum measured from the edge
of the examination surface. The width of the
base permitted within this clearance shall be
26 inches (660 mm) wide maximum at the
edge of the examination surface and shall be
permitted to increase at a rate of 1 inch (25
mm) in width for each 3 inches (75 mm) in
depth.
M302 Diagnostic Equipment Used by
Patients in Seated Position
M302.1 General. Diagnostic equipment
that supports patients in a seated position
shall comply with M302.
Exception: Where weight scales contain
wheelchair spaces complying with M303 and
also provide a seat integral to the equipment,
the scales shall not be required to comply
with M302.
M302.2 Transfer Surface. A transfer
surface shall be provided and shall comply
with M302.2.
M302.2.1 Adjustability. Transfer surfaces
shall be adjustable in height measured from
the floor to the top of the uncompressed
transfer surface and shall provide the
following:
A. A low transfer position at a height of 17
inches (430 mm) minimum and 19 inches
(485 mm) maximum;
B. A high transfer position at 25 inches
(635 mm); and
C. At least 4 additional transfer positions
located between the low and high transfer
positions and separated by 1 inch (25 mm)
minimum.
M302.2.2 Sunset. The low transfer
position height, Item A of M302.2.1, shall
cease to have effect on January 10, 2022.
M302.2.3 Size. Transfer surfaces shall be
21 inches (610 mm) wide minimum and 17
inches (430 mm) deep minimum. The size of
transfer surfaces shall be measured from
center points of their opposing sides.
M302.2.4 Transfer Sides. Options to
transfer from a mobility device shall be
provided on two adjoining sides of transfer
surfaces.
Exception: Options to transfer to or from a
mobility device onto opposing sides of
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
transfer surfaces shall be permitted where the
transfer surface is obstructed by fixed
footrests.
M302.2.5 Unobstructed Transfer. Each
transfer side complying with M302.2.4 shall
provide unobstructed access to transfer
surfaces.
Exceptions: 1. Obstructions no more than
3 inches (75 mm) deep shall be permitted to
extend beyond transfer sides of transfer
surfaces provided that such obstructions do
not protrude above the tops of transfer
surfaces.
2. Temporary obstructions shall be
permitted provided that they can be
repositioned during transfer to comply with
M302.2.5, including Exception 1.
M302.3 Supports. Transfer supports, leg
supports and reclining surfaces shall comply
with M302.3.
M302.3.1 Transfer Supports. Transfer
supports shall be provided for use with
transfer sides required by M302.2.4 and shall
comply with M305.2.1.1, M305.2.2.1, and
M305.2.3 through M305.2.8.
M302.3.2 Leg Supports. Where stirrups
are provided, leg supports shall also be
provided and comply with M305.4.
M302.3.3 Head and Back Support. Where
the diagnostic equipment is used in a
reclined position, head and back support
shall be provided and shall comply with
M305.5.
M302.4 Lift Compatibility. Diagnostic
equipment shall be usable with portable
patient lifts and, when in use with such lifts,
shall comply with M302.4.1 or M302.4.2.
Exception: Where fixed overhead patient
lifts are provided, and when their use with
diagnostic equipment is permitted by an
enforcing authority, diagnostic equipment
shall not be required to meet the lift
compatibility requirements of this section
provided that such equipment is clearly
labeled as not compatible with portable floor
lifts.
M302.4.1 Clearance in Base. The base of
the diagnostic equipment shall provide a
clearance 39 inches (990 mm) wide
minimum, 6 inches (150 mm) high minimum
measured from the floor, and 36 inches (915
mm) deep minimum measured from the edge
of the examination surface. Where the width
of the examination surface is less than 36
inches (915 mm), the clearance depth shall
extend the full width of the equipment.
Equipment components are permitted to be
located within 8 inches (205 mm) maximum
of the centerline of the clearance width.
M302.4.2 Clearance Around Base. The
base of the diagnostic equipment shall
provide a clearance 6 inches (150 mm) high
minimum measured from the floor and 36
inches (915 mm) deep minimum measured
from the edge of the examination surface.
The width of the base permitted within this
clearance shall be 26 inches (660 mm) wide
maximum at the edge of the examination
surface and shall be permitted to increase at
a rate of 1 inch (25 mm) in width for each
3 inches (75 mm) in depth.
M303 Diagnostic Equipment Used by
Patients Seated in a Wheelchair
M303.1 General. Diagnostic equipment
used by patients seated in a wheelchair shall
comply with M303.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
M303.2 Wheelchair Spaces. Wheelchair
spaces complying with M303.2 shall be
provided at diagnostic equipment.
M303.2.1 Orientation. Wheelchair spaces
shall be designed so that a patient seated in
a wheelchair orients in the same direction
that a patient not seated in a wheelchair
orients when the diagnostic equipment is in
use.
M303.2.2 Width. Wheelchair spaces shall
be 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum.
Exception: Wheelchair spaces located on
raised platforms shall be permitted to be 32
inches (815 mm) wide minimum to a height
of 4 inches (100 mm) measured from the
platform surface.
M303.2.3 Depth. The depth of wheelchair
spaces shall comply with M303.2.3.
M303.2.3.1 Front or Rear Entry. Where
wheelchair space entry and exit is provided
at only one end (front or rear) the wheelchair
space shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) deep
minimum.
M303.2.3.2 Pass Through Entry. Where
wheelchair space entry and exit permits pass
through from one end to the other, the
wheelchair space shall be 40 inches deep
(1015 mm) minimum.
M303.2.3.3 Side Entry. Where wheelchair
space entry is only from the side, the
wheelchair space shall be 60 inches (1525
mm) deep minimum.
M303.2.4 Equipment Clearances. Where
wheelchair spaces are entered from the rear
and includes space beneath components,
wheelchair spaces shall include knee and toe
clearances complying with M303.2.4.1 for
breast platforms and M303.2.4.2 for all other
equipment.
M303.2.4.1 Breast Platforms. Wheelchair
spaces beneath breast platforms shall comply
with M303.2.4.1.
M303.2.4.1.1 Depth. Wheelchair spaces
shall include knee and toe clearance 25
inches (635 mm) deep minimum and 28
inches (710 mm) deep maximum.
M303.2.4.1.2 Height. Wheelchair spaces
shall include toe clearance 9 inches (230
mm) high minimum above the floor
measured to a depth of 6 inches (150 mm)
maximum from the toe end of the wheelchair
space. Knee clearance shall be provided at a
depth of 19 inches (485 mm) minimum and
22 inches (560 mm) maximum at 9 inches
(230 mm) above the floor and at a depth of
16 inches (405 mm) minimum at 27 inches
(685 mm) above the floor measured from the
leading edge of the breast platform. Between
9 inches (230 mm) and 27 inches (685 mm)
above the floor, the knee clearance shall be
permitted to reduce at a rate of 1 inch (25
mm) in depth for every 6 inches (150 mm)
in height.
Exception: Components shall be permitted
to extend into the wheelchair space at a
height of 11⁄2 inches (38 mm) maximum
between 17 inches (430 mm) minimum and
25 inches (635 mm) maximum in depth
measured from the leading edge of the breast
platform. From 25 inches (635 mm) to 28
inches (710 mm) in depth the height of a
component above 11⁄2 inches (38 mm) shall
be beveled at a rate of 2.5:3 maximum.
M303.2.4.2 Other Equipment. Wheelchair
spaces beneath diagnostic equipment other
than breast platforms shall comply with
M303.2.4.2.
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2847
M303.2.4.2.1 Depth. Wheelchair spaces
shall include knee and toe clearance 17
inches (430 mm) deep minimum and 25
inches (635 mm) deep maximum.
M303.2.4.2.2 Height. Wheelchair spaces
shall include toe clearance 9 inches (230
mm) high minimum above the floor
measured to a depth of 6 inches (150 mm)
maximum measured from the toe end of the
wheelchair space. Knee clearance shall be
provided at a depth of 11 inches (280 mm)
minimum and 25 inches (635 mm) maximum
at 9 inches (230 mm) above the floor and at
a depth of 8 inches (205 mm) minimum at
27 inches (685 mm) above the floor measured
from the leading edge of the equipment.
Between 9 inches (230 mm) and 27 inches
(685 mm) above the floor, the knee clearance
shall be permitted to reduce at a rate of 1
inch (25 mm) in depth for every 6 inches
(150 mm) in height.
M303.2.5 Surfaces. Wheelchair space
surfaces shall not slope more than 1:48 in
any direction.
M303.2.6 Edge Protection. Where
wheelchair spaces are provided on a platform
raised more than 11⁄2 inches (38 mm) in
height, edge protection 2 inches (51 mm)
high minimum measured from the surface of
the platform shall be provided on each side
not providing entry to or exit from the
equipment.
M303.3 Entry. Where there is a change in
level at the entry to wheelchair spaces, the
change in level shall comply with M303.3.
M303.3.1 Vertical. Changes in level of 1⁄4
inch (6.4 mm) high maximum shall be
permitted to be vertical.
M303.3.2 Beveled. Changes in level
between 1⁄4 inch (6.4 mm) high and 1⁄2 inch
(13 mm) high maximum shall be beveled
with a slope not steeper than 1:2.
M303.3.3 Ramped. Changes in level
greater than 1⁄2 inch (13 mm) high shall be
ramped and shall comply with M303.3.3.
M303.3.3.1 Running Slope. Ramp runs
shall have a running slope not steeper than
1:12.
Exception: A running slope not steeper
than 1:8 shall be permitted for ramp runs
with a maximum height of 21⁄2 inches (64
mm).
M303.3.3.2 Cross Slope. The cross slope
of ramp runs shall not be steeper than 1:48.
M303.3.3.3 Clear Width. The clear width
of ramp runs shall be 36 inches (915 mm)
minimum.
M303.3.3.4 Edge Protection. Ramps with
drop offs 1⁄2 inch (13 mm) or greater shall
provide edge protection 2 inches (50 mm)
high minimum on each side with a drop off.
M303.3.3.5 Handrails. Ramps with a rise
greater than 6 inches (150 mm) shall provide
handrails on both sides.
M303.4 Components. Where components
of diagnostic equipment are used to examine
specific body parts, the components shall be
capable of examining the body parts of a
patient seated in a wheelchair. Breast
platforms shall comply with M303.4.1.
M303.4.1 Breast Platform Adjustability.
Breast platforms shall be continuously
adjustable from a low height of 26 inches
(660 mm) to a high height of 42 inches (1065
mm) above the floor.
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
2848
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
M304 Diagnostic Equipment Used by
Patients in Standing Position
M304.1 General. Diagnostic equipment
used by patients in a standing position shall
comply with M304.
M304.2 Standing Surface. Equipment
surfaces on which patients stand must
comply with M304.2
M304.2.1 Slip Resistant. The surface on
which the patient stands shall be slip
resistant.
M304.2.2 Standing Supports. Standing
supports shall be provided on two sides of
the standing surface and shall comply with
M305.3.
Exception: Diagnostic equipment with
entry and exit permitting pass-through from
one end to the other shall be permitted to
provide one standing support on one side of
the standing surface provided that the
standing support complies with the
requirements for standing supports in a
horizontal position in M305.3.
M305 Supports
M305.1 General. Supports shall comply
with M305.
M305.2 Transfer Supports. Transfer
supports shall comply with M305.2.
M305.2.1 Location. Transfer supports
shall comply with M305.2.1.1 or M305.2.1.2
and shall be located 11⁄2 inches (38 mm)
maximum measured horizontally from the
plane defined by the nearest edge of the
transfer surface.
Exception: Where the support folds,
collapses, or articulates, the transfer support
shall be permitted to be located 3 inches (75
mm) maximum from the plane defined by the
nearest edge of the transfer surface.
M305.2.1.1 End Transfer Supports.
Transfer supports for transfer surfaces
complying with M301.2.3.1 and M302.2 shall
be located on the short side (length) opposite
the transfer side.
M305.2.1.2 Side Transfer Supports.
Transfer supports for transfer surfaces
complying with M301.2.3.2 shall be capable
of supporting transfer on each side of the
transfer surface.
M305.2.2 Length. The length of transfer
supports shall comply with M305.2.2.1 or
M305.2.2.2.
M305.2.2.1 End Transfer Supports.
Transfer supports for transfer surfaces
complying with M301.2.3.1 and M305.2.2.1
shall be 15 inches (380 mm) long minimum.
Transfer supports shall be positioned along
131⁄2 inches (345 mm) minimum of the depth
of the transfer surface.
M305.2.2.2 Side Transfer Supports.
Transfer supports for transfer surfaces
complying with M301.2.3.2 shall be 28
inches (710 mm) long minimum and shall be
positioned along the width of transfer
surfaces.
Exceptions: 1. Where transfer surfaces are
part of an articulating surface, the support
shall be permitted to be 15 inches (380 mm)
long minimum.
2. Where the width of an imaging bed is
more than 24 inches (533 mm), transfer
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:12 Jan 06, 2017
Jkt 214001
supports shall be permitted to be 12 inches
(305 mm) long minimum.
M305.2.3 Height. During use, the tops of
transfer support gripping surfaces shall be 6
inches (150 mm) minimum and 19 inches
(485 mm) maximum higher than the top of
the associated uncompressed transfer surface.
Exception: Where the width of the transfer
surface for imaging beds exceed 24 inches
(610 mm), the tops of the gripping surfaces
shall be permitted to be 3 inches (75 mm)
minimum and 6 inches (150 mm) maximum
higher than the top of the associated
uncompressed transfer surface.
M305.2.4 Cross Section. Transfer
supports shall have a cross section
complying with 305.2.4.1 or 305.2.4.2.
M305.2.4.1 Circular Cross Section.
Transfer supports with circular cross sections
shall have an outside diameter of 11⁄4 inches
(32 mm) minimum and 2 inches (51 mm)
maximum.
M305.2.4.2 Non-Circular Cross Section.
Transfer supports with non-circular cross
sections shall have a cross-section dimension
of 2 inches (51 mm) maximum and a
perimeter dimension of 4 inches (100 mm)
minimum and 4.8 inches (120 mm)
maximum.
M305.2.5 Surface Hazards. Transfer
supports and surfaces adjacent to transfer
supports shall be free of sharp or abrasive
components and shall have eased edges.
M305.2.6 Gripping Surface. Transfer
support gripping surfaces shall be continuous
along their length and shall not be obstructed
along their tops or sides. The bottoms of
transfer support gripping surfaces shall not
be obstructed for more than 20 percent of
their length.
M305.2.7 Clearance. Clearance between
the transfer support gripping surface and
adjacent surfaces or obstructions shall be 11⁄2
inches (38 mm) minimum.
M305.2.8 Fittings. Transfer supports shall
not rotate within their fittings when in place
for transfer.
M305.3 Standing Supports. Standing
supports shall provide continuous support
throughout use of the diagnostic equipment
and shall comply with M305.3.
M305.3.1 Length. The length of gripping
surfaces for standing supports shall be based
on the position of the standing supports in
relation to the standing surfaces they serve.
Horizontal standing support gripping
surfaces shall comply with M305.3.1.1,
horizontal standing support gripping surfaces
on diagnostic equipment containing a
wheelchair space shall comply with
M305.3.1.2 and, vertical standing support
gripping surfaces shall comply with
M305.3.1.3.
M305.3.1.1 Horizontal Position. The
length of gripping surfaces on horizontal
standing supports shall be 4 inches (100 mm)
minimum except for diagnostic equipment
containing a wheelchair space which shall
comply with M305.3.1.2.
M305.3.1.2 Diagnostic Equipment
Containing a Wheelchair Space. On
diagnostic equipment containing wheelchair
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
spaces with one entry that also serves as the
exit, the length of the gripping surface of
horizontal standing supports shall be equal to
or greater than 80 percent of the overall
length of the platform. On diagnostic
equipment containing a wheelchair space
and permitting pass-through from one end to
the other, the length of the gripping surface
on horizontal standing supports shall be at
least equal to the length of the platform.
M305.3.1.3 Vertical Position. The length
of the gripping surface on vertical standing
supports shall be 18 inches (455 mm)
minimum.
M305.3.2 Height. The height of gripping
surfaces for standing supports shall be based
on the position of the standing supports in
relation to the standing surfaces they serve.
Horizontal standing support gripping
surfaces shall comply with M305.3.2.1 and
vertical standing support gripping surfaces
shall comply with M305.3.2.2.
M305.3.2.1 Horizontal Position. The
height of the top of the gripping surface on
horizontal standing supports shall be 34
inches (865 mm) minimum and 38 inches
(965 mm) maximum above the standing
surface.
M305.3.2.2 Vertical Position. The height
of the lowest end of the gripping surface on
vertical standing supports shall be 34 inches
(865 mm) minimum and 37 inches (940 mm)
maximum above the standing surface.
M305.3.3 Fittings. Standing supports
shall not rotate within their fittings.
M305.4 Leg Supports. Leg supports shall
provide a method of supporting, positioning,
and securing the patient’s legs.
M305.5 Head and Back Support. Where
the diagnostic equipment is used in a
reclined position, head and back support
shall be provided. Where the incline of the
back support can be modified while in use,
head and back support shall be provided
throughout the entire range of the incline.
M306
Communication
M306.1 General. Where instructions or
other information necessary for performance
of the diagnostic procedure is communicated
to the patient through the diagnostic
equipment, the instructions and other
information shall be provided in at least two
of the following methods: Audible, visible, or
tactile.
M307 Operable Parts
M307.1 General. Operable parts for
patient use shall comply with M307.
M307.2 Tactilely Discernible. Operable
parts shall be tactilely discernible without
activation.
M307.3 Operation. Operable parts shall
be operable with one hand and shall not
require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting
of the wrist.
M307.4 Operating Force. The force
required to activate operable parts shall be 5
pounds (22.2 N) maximum.
[FR Doc. 2016–31186 Filed 1–6–17; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 8150–01–P
E:\FR\FM\09JAR4.SGM
09JAR4
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 82, Number 5 (Monday, January 9, 2017)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 2810-2848]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2016-31186]
[[Page 2809]]
Vol. 82
Monday,
No. 5
January 9, 2017
Part IV
Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
36 CFR Part 1195
Standards for Accessible Medical Diagnostic Equipment; Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 82 , No. 5 / Monday, January 9, 2017 / Rules
and Regulations
[[Page 2810]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
ARCHITECTURAL AND TRANSPORTATION BARRIERS COMPLIANCE BOARD
36 CFR Part 1195
RIN 3014-AA40
Standards for Accessible Medical Diagnostic Equipment
AGENCY: Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board.
ACTION: Final rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board
(Access Board or Board) is issuing accessibility standards for medical
diagnostic equipment. The standards for medical diagnostic equipment
(MDE Standards) contain minimum technical criteria to ensure that
medical diagnostic equipment, including but not limited to, examination
tables, examination chairs, weight scales, mammography equipment, and
other imaging equipment used by health care providers for diagnostic
purposes are accessible to, and usable by, individuals with
disabilities. The MDE Standards will allow independent entry to, use
of, and exit from the equipment by individuals with disabilities to the
maximum extent possible. The MDE Standards do not impose any mandatory
requirements on health care providers or medical device manufacturers.
However, other agencies, referred to as enforcing authorities in the
MDE Standards, may issue regulations or adopt policies that require
health care providers subject to their jurisdiction to acquire
accessible medical diagnostic equipment that complies with the MDE
Standards.
DATES: The final rule is effective February 8, 2017.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Earlene Sesker, U.S. Access Board,
1331 F Street NW., Suite 1000, Washington, DC 20004-1111. Telephone
numbers: 202-272-0022 (voice) or 202-272-0091 (TTY). Email address:
board.gov">sesker@access-board.gov. Or Rex Pace, U.S. Access Board, 1331 F Street
NW., Suite 1000, Washington, DC 20004-1111. Telephone numbers: 202-272-
0023 (voice) or 202-272-0050 (TTY). Email address: board.gov">pace@access-board.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
I. Executive Summary
A. Purpose and Legal Authority
The Access Board is an independent federal agency established by
Section 502 of the Rehabilitation Act (29 U.S.C. 792). The Access Board
is responsible for developing accessibility guidelines and standards
under various laws to ensure that individuals with disabilities have
access to and use of buildings and facilities, transportation vehicles,
and information and communication technology. Pursuant to these laws,
other federal agencies have adopted the Access Board's guidelines and
standards as mandatory requirements for entities subject to their
jurisdiction.
On March 23, 2010, Section 4203 of the Patient Protection and
Affordable Care Act (ACA) amended Title V of the Rehabilitation Act,
which established the rights and protections for individuals with
disabilities, by adding Section 510. Public Law 111-148, 124 Stat.
570). Section 510 of the Rehabilitation Act charges the Access Board,
in consultation with the Commissioner of the Food and Drug
Administration, with issuing standards that set forth the minimum
technical criteria to ensure that medical diagnostic equipment
(diagnostic equipment) used in (or in conjunction with) ``physician's
offices, clinics, emergency rooms, hospitals, and other medical
settings, is accessible to, and usable by, individuals with
accessibility needs, and shall allow independent entry to, use of, and
exit from the equipment by such individuals to the maximum extent
possible.'' 29 U.S.C. 794f.
The statute gives examples of diagnostic equipment, including
``examination tables, examination chairs (including chairs used for eye
examinations or procedures, and dental examinations or procedures),
weight scales, mammography equipment, x-ray machines, and other
radiological equipment commonly used for diagnostic purposes by health
professionals.'' 29 U.S.C. 794f. This list is not considered
exhaustive, but is illustrative of types of medical diagnostic
equipment.
Section 510 of the Rehabilitation Act instructs the Access Board to
promulgate technical standards regarding accessibility of medical
diagnostic equipment, but does not give the Access Board authority to
enforce these standards. Compliance with the MDE Standards becomes
mandatory only when an enforcing authority adopts the MDE Standards as
mandatory for entities subject to its jurisdiction. Additionally, the
enforcing agencies will determine the application and scope of these
standards, such as who must comply and the extent to which medical
diagnostic equipment used by covered entities must comply with these
MDE Standards. As discussed below, the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ)
may adopt the MDE Standards as mandatory requirements for health care
providers pursuant to its authority under Titles II and III of the
Americans with Disabilities Act. Other federal agencies may adopt the
standards as mandatory requirements for health care providers pursuant
to their authority under Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act.
Private parties, including individuals with disabilities, have also
entered into settlement agreements with health care providers to
enforce the ADA and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act.
The Commissioner of the Food and Drug Administration designated the
Director of the Center for Devices and Radiological Health (FDA-CDRH)
to consult with the Access Board on the development of the MDE
Standards. The Access Board has worked throughout the process with the
FDA-CDRH in developing these Standards.
B. Summary of Major Provisions and Organization of Technical Criteria
The Access Board has divided the MDE Standards into separate
technical criteria based on how the diagnostic equipment is used by the
patient: (1) Supine, prone, or side lying position (M301); (2) seated
position (M302); (3) while seated in a wheelchair (M303); and (4)
standing position (M304). For each category the Access Board has
provided technical criteria to allow independent access to and ensure
the diagnostic equipment was usable by patients with disabilities to
the maximum extent possible. The technical requirements for diagnostic
equipment used by patients in the supine, prone, or side-lying position
and diagnostic equipment used by patients in the seated position focus
on ensuring the patient can transfer from a mobility device onto the
diagnostic equipment. The other two categories, M303 and M304, focus on
the necessary technical requirements to allow the patient to use the
diagnostic equipment while seated in their wheeled mobility device, or
while standing, respectively.
The MDE Standards also include technical criteria for supports
(M305), for instructions or other information communicated to patients
through the equipment (M306), and for operable parts used by patients
(M307).
C. Costs and Benefits
The MDE Standards are advisory and are not binding until adopted by
an enforcing authority. The Access Board's mandate was to establish
only the minimum technical criteria, however enforcing authorities may
establish scoping requirements in the future. As
[[Page 2811]]
such, the final rule does not directly impose any obligations on health
care providers or medical device manufacturers. Only when another
federal agency, through separate rulemaking, adopts the MDE Standards
(in whole or in part) as mandatory for entities under its jurisdiction,
will compliance be required. At this point, the Access Board does not
know whether enforcing authorities will adopt the MDE Standards, nor
(if they do) to what extent health care practices or particular types
of medical diagnostic equipment will be required to comply with the
Standards' technical requirements. For this reason, the Board cannot
estimate the incremental monetary or quantitative impacts of the final
rule.
Nevertheless, the Board is able to characterize qualitatively some
of the potential impacts of these Standards. If enforcing agencies
adopt the MDE Standards as mandatory for entities regulated under their
jurisdiction, the Standards could affect health care providers, medical
device manufacturers, and individuals with disabilities. Once health
care providers and facilities are required to acquire accessible
medical equipment, they could incur compliance costs, to the extent
that their equipment is not already accessible. Medical device
manufacturers would then decide whether to incur incremental costs to
meet the demand for accessible equipment, and some or many
manufacturers may have an economic incentive to produce accessible
equipment. Finally, given the many barriers to health care that
patients with mobility and communication disabilities encounter due to
inaccessible medical diagnostic equipment, individuals with
disabilities will benefit from access to and use of diagnostic
equipment meeting the MDE Standards. Consequently, they may be able to
receive health care comparable to that received by their non-disabled
counterparts.
In addition, the Standards could yield some immediate benefits,
even before any adoption by implementing agencies in formal rulemaking.
First, the technical specifications for accessible MDE incorporated in
the Standards will benefit enforcing agencies that are considering
similar accessibility requirements for entities under their
jurisdiction. Although enforcing agencies have full authority over
whether to adopt the Access Board's final rule (in whole or in part),
the technical specifications in the MDE Standards reflect the input
from a diverse set of stakeholders and provide solid groundwork for any
future rulemaking pertaining to the accessibility of medical diagnostic
equipment. Second, the Standards will serve as a best-practice document
for the medical device industry and for health care providers and
facilities. While the MDE Standards are non-binding, health care
providers can use this final rule as guidance on how to provide
equitable access to medical diagnostic equipment for people with
mobility and communication disabilities. Manufacturers can also use the
MDE Standards as they target their research and development efforts at
producing diagnostic equipment that can be used by a larger segment of
population--one that includes more people with disability and older
adults.
The Board thus concludes that the potential benefits of the MDE
Standards justify its potential costs; that the MDE Standards will
impose the least burden on society, consistent with achieving the
regulatory objectives; and that the regulatory approach selected will
maximize net benefits.
II. Rulemaking History
Section 510 of the Rehabilitation Act requires the Access Board to
issue standards for medical diagnostic equipment to ensure such
equipment is accessible to, and usable by, individuals with
disabilities no later than 24 months after the date of the enactment of
the ACA. 29 U.S.C 794f.\1\ On July 29, 2010, after the Rehabilitation
Act was amended, the Access Board held a public meeting that featured
panel discussions and presentations by experts and researchers on
medical equipment accessibility, health care providers, medical device
manufacturers, and other interested parties to provide information for
developing the proposed standards. The transcript of the meeting is
available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/background/public-information-meeting.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, Public Law 111-
148, 124 Stat. 570 (2010).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
On February 9, 2012, the Access Board formally commenced the
rulemaking process and issued a notice of proposed rulemaking proposing
accessibility standards for medical diagnostic equipment. Notice of
Proposed Rulemaking--Medical Diagnostic Equipment Accessibility
Standards, 77 FR 6916 (February 9, 2012) (hereinafter MDE NPRM). The
proposed standards contained minimum technical criteria to ensure that
medical diagnostic equipment, including, but not limited to,
examination tables, examination chairs, weight scales, mammography
equipment, and other imaging equipment used by health care providers
for diagnostic purpose is accessible to, and usable by, individuals
with disabilities. Id. The Access Board held two public hearings during
the comment period, March 14, 2012 in Washington, DC and May 8, 2012 in
Atlanta, GA. At the public hearings, 27 witnesses presented testimony
regarding the need for accessibility standards for medical diagnostic
equipment, the difficulty of obtaining health care for persons with
disabilities, the current state of medical equipment and, the ability
of medical diagnostic equipment to meet the proposed standards. The
transcripts of the public meetings are available at https://www.regulations.gov/docket?D=ATBCB-2012-0003.
The public comment period for the proposed rule ended on June 6,
2012. Comments were submitted by persons with disabilities,
governmental agencies, disability rights organizations, and
representatives of the medical diagnostic equipment industry and the
medical community. In all, 59 comments were received; twenty-four from
individuals, thirteen from the medical diagnostic equipment industry
and the medical community, nine from disability rights organizations,
four from accessibility consultants, three from academics, two from
state and federal organizations, and four duplicate submissions. The
public comments are available at https://www.regulations.gov/docket?D=ATBCB-2012-0003.
On March 13, 2012, the Access Board published a notice of intent to
establish an advisory committee to advise the Board on matters
addressed in the MDE NPRM and issues raised in the public comments.
Notice of Intent to Establish Advisory Committee--Medical Diagnostic
Equipment Accessibility Standards, 77 FR 14706 (March 13, 2012). On
July 5, 2012, the Access Board established the Medical Diagnostic
Equipment Accessibility Standards Advisory Committee (MDE Advisory
Committee). Notice of Establishment; Appointment of Members--Medical
Diagnostic Equipment Accessibility Standards Advisory Committee, 77 FR
39656 (July 5, 2012). The MDE Advisory Committee was comprised of
individuals from 24 organizations representing a range of stakeholders
and ex officio members from the FDA, Department of Justice, and the
[[Page 2812]]
Department of Veterans Affairs.\2\ The MDE Advisory Committee met from
September 2012 through May 2013 and much of the work occurred within
five subcommittees that addressed the major categories of MDE and the
issues raised by commenters: Examination Tables and Chairs; Stretchers;
Diagnostic Imaging Equipment; Mammography Equipment; and Weight Scales.
In June 2013, the MDE Advisory Committee presented 54 recommendations
to the Access Board. The committee members reached a consensus on all
of their recommendations, except for the recommended lowest or minimum
height for adjustable-height transfer surfaces. The MDE Advisory
Committee made recommendations regarding transfer surface height,
transfer surface size, transfer sides, transfer supports, armrests,
stirrups, lift compatibility, wheelchair spaces, and standing supports.
The final report of the Medical Diagnostic Equipment Accessibility
Standards Advisory Committee (December 6, 2013), is available at
https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report (hereinafter, MDE
Advisory Committee Report).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ The ADA National Network, Boston Center for Independent
Living, Brewer Company, Conference of Radiation Control Program
Directors, Inc., Duke University and Medical Center, Equal Rights
Center, Evan Terry Associates, P.C., GE Healthcare, Harris Family
Center for Disability and Health Policy at Western University of
Health Sciences, Hausmann Industries, Inc., Hill-Rom Company, Inc.,
Hologic, Inc., Medical Positioning, Inc., Medical Technology
Industries, Inc., Midmark Corporation, National Council on
Independent Living, Paralyzed Veterans of America, Phillips
Healthcare, Scale-Tronix, Inc., Siemens Medical Solutions USA, Inc.,
Stryker Medical, Sutter Health, United Spinal Association, and
University of the Sciences in Philadelphia, Department of
Occupational Therapy. 77 FR 39656.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
III. Summary of Comments
In all 60 comments were received; the comments are available at:
https://www.regulations.gov/docket?D=ATBCB-2012-0003. Overall the
comments provided detailed responses to the questions posed in the
preamble to the MDE NPRM. They provided many alternatives and
recommended changes to the proposed requirements, which are discussed
throughout this preamble. The disability rights organizations generally
supported the proposed rule and recommended multiple ways to increase
accessibility. The manufacturers provided a great deal of information
on what types of accessible equipment is currently on the market, what
the providers are requesting for accessible equipment, and the
limitations of certain diagnostic equipment in meeting some of the
requirements in the proposed standards. Most of these comments and
recommendations are discussed below in the Significant Changes and the
Section-by-Section Analysis. In addition, some commenters also raised
concerns with the accessibility of diagnostic equipment to providers
who have disabilities, weight and patient load, the need for training
of staff on how to properly assist patients with disabilities, and
requirements to ensure the room is accessible. While valid and
important issues about accessibility, most of these concerns are
outside the purview of the Access Board as they relate to issues
unrelated to the equipment itself or the built environment, and
therefore, have not been addressed by the MDE Standards.
In the preamble to the MDE NPRM, the Access Board identified the
following barriers to accessibility, as documented in the
Rehabilitation Engineering Research Center on Accessible Medical
Instrument National Survey,\3\ including equipment characteristics that
affect patients ability to access and use medical equipment, such as:
Dimensions of the equipment (e.g., height, width, length,) contact
surfaces (e.g., stiffness, comfort, color contrast), supports for
transferring onto and off of equipment and positioning their bodies on
the equipment (e.g., handholds, armrests, side rails), controls (e.g.,
ease of operation), and displays and devices (e.g., legibility and
understandability). The Access Board sought public input on what other
barriers affect the accessibility and usability of medical diagnostic
equipment. NPRM, 77 FR at 6919, question 2. Nine commenters responded
(two manufacturers, four accessibility consultants, three disability
rights organizations, and an individual) and provided examples of
additional barriers that they believe should be addressed in future
updates of the MDE Standards. These recommendations included the
accessibility of offices of healthcare providers, user positioning,
communication, device operation, feature controls, compatibility of
medical diagnostic equipment with assistive technology, weight
capacity, and adding space to accommodate a patient's durable medical
equipment. Additionally, the commenters noted that the proposed
standards focused mostly on individuals with mobility disabilities and
recommended providing standards to encompass individuals with autism,
Alzheimer's, sensory disabilities, cognitive disabilities, and
bariatric patients.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\3\ This survey was conducted in 2004 to collect information on
the types of medical equipment that is most difficult for
individuals with disabilities to access and use. The results of the
focus group sessions are reported in Molly Follette Story, Erin
Schwier, and June Issacson Kailes, ``Perspectives of Patients with
Disabilities on the Accessibility of Medical Equipment: Examination
Tables, Imaging Equipment, Medical Chairs, and Weight Scales,''
Disability and Health Journal 2 (2009), 169-179.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The technical criteria in the final rule addresses most of the
barriers that were identified in the study as affecting the
accessibility and usability of medical diagnostic equipment. However,
at this time it is not possible for the MDE Standards to address every
barrier. The Access Board is very interested in the additional barriers
raised by public commenters and believes that further research is
needed on some of the recommendations; such as equipment
characteristics of stiffness, comfort, and color contrast of contact
surfaces, and ensuring the accessibility of people with sensory and
cognitive disabilities, and pediatric and bariatric patients. Section
510 of the Rehabilitation Act requires the Access Board to periodically
review and amend the standards, as appropriate. The Access Board will
address other barriers in future updates to the MDE Standards.
Additionally, commenters noted other areas of medical diagnostic
equipment and issues of patient accessibility and recommended multiple
changes or additions to the final rule. Specifically, commenters
recommended adding weight capacity or patient load requirements,
ensuring that the room is accessible, developing a manner to evaluate
and measure the accessibility of equipment to give to patients,
requiring staff training on how to use accessible equipment and how to
provide assistance to people with disabilities, and requiring patient
support surfaces. Based on the Access Board's review of these issues,
many of the commenters concerns are outside the scope of this
rulemaking but are issues that may be addressed by enforcing
authorities when they provide scoping and application requirements in
adopting the MDE Standards. Additionally, the Board may elect to
address the accessibility of examination rooms and other spaces
containing diagnostic equipment under its authority to develop
guidelines for buildings and facilities subject to the ADA and ABA. The
other issues of weight capacity and patient support surfaces will be
added to the additional barriers list above, and considered for
inclusion when the MDE Standards are updated.
The Access Board received nine comments asserting that figures help
the reader to better understand the technical
[[Page 2813]]
criteria; these commenters recommended some minor changes to the
advisory figures and strongly supported the usefulness of the figures.
The Office of the Federal Register does not permit advisory materials
to be published in the Code of Federal Regulations. Consequently, as
the figures are advisory, only the version of the final rule posted on
the Access Board's Web site will include advisory text and figures. The
online version of the final rule, as well as other materials related to
this rulemaking, can be found here https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking.
IV. Significant Changes to the MDE NPRM
This section of the preamble addresses significant changes made
from the MDE NPRM to the final rule in response to the comments
received, recommendations from the MDE Advisory Committee, and other
information that has come to the Access Board's attention during the
rulemaking process. Individual provisions of the rule are discussed in
detail under the Section-by-Section Analysis below.
A. Chapter 2: M201 Scoping
In the final rule, Chapter 2 establishes that the enforcing
authority will determine the number and types of diagnostic equipment
to which the MDE Standards will apply. There was only one significant
change to this section, which added a general exception for diagnostic
equipment that is unable to meet one or more of the requirements in the
final rule.
1. General Exception
The MDE NPRM proposed several limited exceptions to certain
provisions addressing the limitations of current technology and design.
Through testimony at the public hearings, comments, and MDE Advisory
Committee discussions, the manufacturers of imaging equipment
consistently raised concerns about inherent barriers to compliance with
the proposed MDE Standards due to the location of imaging and
mechanical components necessary to achieve the diagnostic aims. Some
specific examples include: Dual Energy X-Ray Absorptiometry (DXA)
machines, with a mechanism that moves imaging components along a track
beneath the patient surface precluding height adjustability for the
transfer surface; prone biopsy tables that must be of a sufficient
height to permit health care providers access beneath the patient
surface to perform procedures, precluding the equipment from meeting
the minimum transfer surface height; and mammography machines with low
dose radiation detectors that are larger in size than conventional
configurations and required to be in locations that partially obstruct
clearances for knee and toe space beneath the breast platform. While
the MDE NPRM proposed several specific technical exceptions in Chapter
3, the exceptions did not address the manufacturers' overall concerns
regarding imaging equipment. Section 510 of the Rehabilitation Act
requires the MDE Standards to provide independent access ``to the
maximum extent possible.'' The Access Board interprets this language as
recognizing that, in some situations, current technology may preclude
diagnostic equipment from meeting all of the technical requirements in
the MDE Standards. Therefore, the Access Board has added a general
exception to Chapter 2 allowing compliance to the maximum extent
practicable for the rare circumstance where full compliance would alter
diagnostically required structural or operational characteristics of
the equipment, and would prevent the use of the equipment for its
intended diagnostic purpose. Any equipment utilizing this exception is
still required to meet all other applicable provisions of the MDE
Standards. We anticipate that this exception will be employed on a very
limited basis for a few specialized equipment types, primarily imaging
equipment. This provision is not intended to exempt a piece of
diagnostic equipment from the MDE Standards as a whole. Limitations
resulting from existing equipment designs or manufacturing practices
that could be altered to meet the requirements are not a basis for
invoking this exception; only diagnostically required structural or
operational characteristics that cannot be made to comply with the
technical requirements without preventing the use of the equipment for
its intended diagnostic purpose are covered by this provision.
B. M301 Diagnostic Equipment Used by Patients in a Supine, Prone, or
Side-Lying Position and M302 Diagnostic Equipment Used by Patients in a
Seated Position
In the final rule M301 and M302 provide the technical requirements
for diagnostic equipment used in the supine, prone, or side-lying
position, and diagnostic equipment used by patients in the seated
position. Sections M301 and M302, which ensure that patients can
transfer from their mobility devices onto the diagnostic equipment,
share many technical requirements. Therefore, the Significant Changes
Section addresses the transfer surface and lift compatibility
requirements for M301 and M302 together. New exceptions pertaining to
weight scales and to the type of equipment that must comply with M301
and the decision to remove the armrest requirements from M302, are also
discussed below.
1. Transfer Surface
a. Transfer Surface Adjustability
The MDE NPRM proposed that the same transfer surface height range
of 17 inches minimum to 19 inches maximum be applied to both diagnostic
equipment used in the supine, prone, or side-lying position and
diagnostic equipment used in the seated position (proposed M301.2.1 and
M302.2.1, respectively). The Board considered it likely that diagnostic
equipment would be adjustable in height to serve practitioners' needs
however, the transfer surface could be fixed within the proposed height
range. The Access Board sought public comment in the MDE NPRM preamble
on whether the final standards should require the height of the
transfer surface to be adjustable from 17 inches minimum to 25 inches
maximum. NPRM, 77 FR at 6922-6933, questions 13 and 14. The majority of
commenters, including manufacturers and disability advocates, supported
both an adjustability requirement and the proposed high transfer
height, but disagreed on what should be the low transfer height.
The MDE Advisory Committee recommended a high transfer height of at
least 25 inches and recommended that the transfer surface be adjustable
in small, virtually continuous increments. MDE Advisory Committee
Report, 67-71, available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report. However, the MDE Advisory Committee did not achieve
consensus on what should be the minimum low height. Id.
After considering the public comments and the recommendations from
the MDE Advisory Committee, the Access Board has decided to include in
the final rule the following requirements for diagnostic equipment used
in the supine, prone or side-lying position, and for diagnostic
equipment used in the seated position: An adjustable transfer height
range with a minimum high and low height; four intermediate transfer
heights within the adjustable range; and a specific method to measure
the transfer heights. These new
[[Page 2814]]
requirements are incorporated into the transfer height provision for
diagnostic equipment used in the supine, prone, or side-lying position,
and for diagnostic equipment used in the seated position, in the final
rule (M301.2.1 and M302.2.1, respectively). These provisions have been
renamed ``Adjustability,'' and are discussed in detail below.
(1) Adjustability: Minimum High Transfer Height
In the preamble to the MDE NPRM, the Access Board sought comment in
question 14 on whether the final rule should require an adjustable
height range of 17 inches to 25 inches; whether equipment currently met
this proposed requirement and, if not, what would the cost be to
achieve that range; and whether intermediate heights should also be
required within the adjustable height range. NPRM, 77 FR at 6923. While
20 commenters responded to question 14, only four commenters explicitly
addressed the proposed minimum high height of 25 inches. Of these, two
commenters (an accessibility consultant and a state agency concerned
with accessibility) concurred with a minimum high height of 25 inches.
One commenter, a manufacturer, recommended increasing the minimum high
height to 28 inches for all diagnostic equipment except magnetic
resonance imaging (MRI) equipment, which has limitations that may
prevent it from reaching 28 inches. Another manufacturer gave examples
of the height ranges of its beds and stretchers, each of which met the
25-inch minimum high height.
After reviewing the comments and other evidence before it, the MDE
Advisory Committee recommended a high transfer height requirement of 25
inches noting that:
[t]he anthropometric data referenced . . . in the Wheeled Mobility
Anthropometry Project shows seat heights for people who use mobility
devices are above 19 inches. For manual wheelchair user's seats
measured up to 23.9 inches; for power wheelchair users up to 28.9
inches; and for scooter users to 25.3 inches. Seat heights for males
were typically higher than for females. All the male manual
wheelchair users and 92 percent of the male power wheelchair users
had seat heights equal to or less than 25 inches. Therefore,
transfer surfaces that are adjustable to a 25-inch maximum during
patient transfer accommodate most patients who use mobility devices.
Since one key factor in ease of transfer is locating the transfer
surface near or at the same height as the seat of the wheeled
mobility device, moving the minimum high point for adjustability of
transfer surfaces, improves access for many. This particularly
benefits persons using powered mobility devices and scooters with
higher seat heights.
MDE Advisory Committee Report, 69, available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report.
The Access Board was persuaded by the arguments of commenters and
the MDE Advisory Committee in favor of requiring a minimum high
transfer surface height of 25 inches. A 25-inch minimum high height
will ensure that the transfer surface can be raised up to the height of
the vast majority of wheelchair seat heights, which are 25 inches high
or lower. The final rule requires a minimum high transfer surface
height of 25 inches for both diagnostic equipment used in the supine,
prone or side-lying position (M301.2.1), as well as diagnostic
equipment used in the seated position (M302.2.1). Nothing in the rule
prohibits a manufacturer from providing a high transfer height above 25
inches as long as transfer is provided within the range specified up to
25 inches.
(2) Adjustability: Minimum Low Transfer Height
The Access Board received many comments from disability rights
organizations, individuals, accessibility consultants, and a health
care provider supporting the need for lower height adjustable tables.
Specifically, these commenters explained the need for adjustable height
tables to facilitate and promote independent or semi-independent
transfer. These commenters explained the delay in diagnosis and
treatment when patients are unable to transfer from their wheeled
mobility device to the examination surface and are inadequately
examined while remaining in their wheelchair. These commenters also
explained that adjustable tables would enhance both the safety of
patients, by reducing the risk of falls and injury incurred from
assisted transfer, as well as reducing injury to medical staff and
caregivers by lessening the likelihood of back and other lifting
injuries. One individual commenter recalled being bruised when she was
dragged onto medical equipment that was too high, while another
commenter noted that the risk to healthcare workers increases when
access to medical diagnostic equipment is not optimized.
In addressing what the low transfer height should be, 12 commenters
responded to question 14 specifically addressing the proposed minimum
low transfer surface height. Six commenters (an individual, a state
agency concerned with accessibility, two accessibility consultants and
two disability rights advocates, one whose comment was supported by 50
disability rights organizations) supported requiring a low transfer
height of 17 inches. These commenters asserted that the lower height
would provide more accessibility, safety for both patients and
healthcare providers, and allow more patients to transfer independently
or semi-independently. One commenter, a medical association, supported
allowing a minimum low height range of 17 to 19 inches recommending as
much latitude for manufacturers as possible. The remaining six
commenters (manufacturers and a medical association) voiced strong
concerns about the cost of complying with a minimum low height of 17
inches, the potential consequences of being unable to raise the
equipment up to a height comfortable for practitioners, and whether
current technology and designs would allow diagnostic equipment to
reach such a low height. Additionally, some of the manufacturers and
medical associations voicing support for a minimum low height of 19
inches, indicated that either their equipment currently meets or would
be capable of meeting a 19-inch low height requirement.
Like the public commenters, the MDE Advisory Committee was divided
on this issue and was unable to reach consensus regarding a minimum low
transfer surface height. MDE Advisory Committee Report, 70, available
at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report. Individual
Committee members' recommendations for a low transfer surface height
requirement were split across three options: 17 inches, 18 inches
(viewed as compromise to some and a preferred minimum height by
others), and 19 inches. Id. at 139-143. The Committee devoted
considerable time to examining available evidence, consulting experts,
and discussing the merits of the three height options. Id.
Additionally, the Examination Tables and Chairs Subcommittee held six
meetings, discussed this issue in-depth, and developed a Subcommittee
recommendation for the MDE Advisory Committee of 19 inches as the
minimum transfer surface height standard, with 17 inches as the ``best
practice.'' Id. The MDE Advisory Committee members heard presentations
from several clinicians and manufacturers on the topic of minimum
transfer surface
[[Page 2815]]
height.\4\ Advisory Committee members also considered a presentation
from Edward Steinfeld, ArchD on the findings from the Anthropometry of
Wheeled Mobility Project, which was conducted at the Center for
Inclusive Design and Environmental Access (IDeA) at the State
University of New York at Buffalo.\5\ Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\4\ Clinician presenters included Barbara Ridley, RN, FNP, Cathy
Ellis, PT, Medical Diagnostic Equipment; Michael Yochelson, MD,
Medical Diagnostic Equipment; Lauren Snowden, PT, DPT, Practitioner
Perspective on Transfers to Examination Services; Nuket Curran, PT,
Diagnostic Equipment & Patient Accessibility: Closing the ``Gap'';
Douglas Coldwell, MD, Medical Imaging; Theresa Branham, RT, ARRT,
Technologist Perspective to Patient Access. MDE Advisory Committee
Report, 141-142, available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report. Manufacturer presenters included Willa
Crolius, Institute of Human Centered Design, No Formal Presentation,
presented videos showing transfer; Michelle Lustrino, Mechanical
Engineer, Hologic, Inc., Mammography Industry: Accessibility
Standards; Glen Nygard, Senior Principal Engineer, Hologic, Inc.,
Dual-Energy X-ray Absorptiometry (DXA) for Osteoporosis Assessment;
Elisabeth George, Vice President of Global Regulations & Standards
Chair of Technical and Regulatory Affairs Committee, Phillips
Healthcare, Medical Imaging; John Jaeckle, Chief Regulatory Affairs
Strategist Chair of CT-Xray Committee, GE Healthcare, MITA, & John
Metellus, Product Marketing Manager, Siemens Healthcare, Equipment
with Bores and X-ray Devices Accessibility; Bob Menke & John Wells,
Midmark Corporation, Examination Table Accessibility Standards; Jeff
Baker, Brad Baker, & Darren Walters, Medical Technology Industries,
Inc., Performance and Efficacy Considerations for Examination
Chairs. Id.
\5\ The Access Board and the National Institute on Disability
and Rehabilitation Research sponsored the Wheeled Mobility
Anthropometry Project to collect measurements of approximately 500
people using a variety of mobility devices, including manual
wheelchairs, power wheelchairs, and scooters. The Wheeled Mobility
Anthropometry Project was conducted by the Center for Inclusive
Design and Environmental Access. The final report on the Wheeled
Mobility Anthropometry Project was issued in 2010 and is available
at https://www.udeworld.com/anthropometrics.html.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
After careful consideration of the available information, the MDE
Advisory Committee was unable to agree upon a recommendation for a
transfer surface height, and Committee members were invited to submit
minority reports supporting their view of the issue.\6\ The MDE
Advisory Committee Report states that ``[a] full reading of these
Minority Reports is critical to understanding the range of views
guiding the various stakeholder organizations that served on the MDE
Advisory Committee about the recommendation for the minimum transfer
height.'' Id. at 143. (The minority reports are available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report/appendix-a-minority-reports).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\6\ The Committee Members who submitted minority reports
includes: Boston Center for Independent Living; The ADA National
Network; Brewer Company; Duke University and Medical Center; Equal
Rights Center; Harris Family Center for Disability and Health Policy
at Western University of Health Sciences; Hausmann Industries, Inc.;
Hologic, Inc.; Medical Technology Industries, Inc.; Midmark
Corporation; National Council on Independent Living; Paralyzed
Veterans of America; Phillips Healthcare; Siemens Medical Solutions
USA, Inc.; United Spinal Association; University of the Sciences in
Philadelphia. The Minority Reports are available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report/appendix-a-minority-reports.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The minority reports submitted by the disability advocates and
academics supported a minimum low height of 17 inches. See Minority
Reports from Boston Center for Independent Living Inc., National
Network for ADA Centers, and Medical Diagnostic Equipment Advisory
Committee,\7\ available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report/appendix-a-minority-reports. These minority reports explained
the importance of accessible care and of ensuring as many independent
transfers as possible. Id. The reports noted that both patients and
providers risk injuring themselves during assisted transfer. Id. In
their reports, disability advocates and academics asserted that a 17-
inch low height provides the greatest number of individuals the
opportunity to transfer independently. Id. Additionally, the reports
pointed to current accessibility standards for toilet seats, shower
seats, and tub seats, which require a height of 17 inches minimum and
19 inches maximum. Id. These reports argued that if the MDE Standards
moved away from this range, then the Access Board must adopt the lowest
end of the range, 17 inches, to provide the most accessibility. Id.
Additionally, the National Council on Independent Living asserted that:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\7\ Endorsed by Harris Family Center for Disability and Health
Policy at Western University of Health Sciences, The ADA National
Network, Equal Rights Center, National Council on Independent
Living, Paralyzed Veterans of America, United Spinal Association,
Duke University and Health System, and University of the Sciences in
Philadelphia, Department of Occupational Therapy.
Most manufacturers on the Committee had a 19 to 21-inch surface
available currently, with at least one having a product at 18. Their
argument has always been that providing the lowest transfer heights
would be an extraordinary expense and burden on the business
community (their consumer), not based on how it benefitted a patient
with a disability. This effort was never supposed to be about the
manufacturers or the doctors. It is the charge of this committee to
answer questions and come up with recommendations for accessibility,
based by some members on engineering and others by experience.
NCIL's 30-plus years of experience as advocates for people with
disabilities dictates that we continue to strongly insist that the
U.S. Access Board maintain the low accessible height at 17 inches
above the floor in order for medical and diagnostic equipment to be
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
accessed by the greatest number of people.
Minority Report from National Council on Independent Living (Sept. 27,
2013), available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report/appendix-a-minority-reports.
The minority reports submitted by manufacturers supported a minimum
low height of 19 inches. See Minority Reports from Hologic, Inc.,
Midmark Corporation, MITA Advisory Committee Members,\8\ and
Recommendation of 19-inch Lower Adjustable Height as the Minimum
Accessibility Standard (Joint Report),\9\ available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report/appendix-a-minority-reports.
Similar to the minority reports supporting a minimum low height of 17
inches, these minority reports relied on the existing accessibility
standards, such as those for shower seats, tub seats, amusement park
rides, toilets, and benches. However, unlike the minority reports from
members supporting a minimum 17-inch low height, these reports asserted
that because 19 inches is a permissible transfer height under existing
accessibility standards, it is similarly acceptable for medical
diagnostic equipment. The manufacturers also noted that currently there
are not any accessible diagnostic tables on the market that meet a 17-
inch low height requirement. The Brewer Company, LLC stated that:
\8\ Joint Report prepared by medical diagnostic imaging
equipment industry members of the MDE Advisory committee, including
GE Healthcare, Phillips Healthcare, Siemens Healthcare, and Hologic,
Inc.
\9\ Submitted by The Brewer Company, Hausmann Industries,
Medical Technology Industries, Inc., and Midmark Corporation.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Brewer has been manufacturing adjustable height examination
tables since 2002. These tables were designed specifically for
wheelchair accessibility by meeting the 19-inch height referenced in
the ADA/ABA Accessibility Guidelines. Brewer is ISO 13485 certified.
ISO requires a robust method for recording customer, end user, and
clinician feedback. In the 11 years we have been selling adjustable
height examination tables we do not have a single complaint on
record regarding the accessibility of our 19'' low height tables.
There have been no
[[Page 2816]]
requests for a lower table. In addition, market growth of the
adjustable height tables with 19 inch low heights provides further
evidence that these tables are meeting the accessibility needs of
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
patients requiring independent wheelchair transfer.
Minority Report from The Brewer Company, LLC (Oct. 1, 2013), available
at https://www.access-board/guidelines-and-standardshealth-/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report/appendix-a-minority-reports.
The exam table manufacturers asserted that they would incur costs to
comply with a 17-inch low height, but would not incur costs to comply
with a 19-inch low height requirement. See Recommendation of 19-inch
Lower Adjustable Height as the Minimum Accessibility Standard (Joint
Report) (Sept. 27, 2013), available at https://www.access-board/guidelines-and-standardshealth-/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report/appendix-a-minority-reports (characterizing a
table with a 19-inch transfer height as a ``baseline 0%'' cost increase
for ``accessible equipment as currently available on the market'').
In their joint minority report, examination table manufacturers
asserted, ``Based on our analysis, we determined that transfer surface
height requirements lower than 19 inches would increase the cost of
designing and manufacturing examination tables, reduce the rate of
adoption of accessible equipment, and increase the health provider's
cost of purchasing accessible equipment.'' Id.
With respect to the cost of compliance for the tables on imaging
equipment, some manufacturers noted the inherent difficulty of
redesign, the potential cascading impacts of adopting a low height of
17 inches, and the difficulty in that imaging equipment undergoes many
years of work before they become commercially available. See Minority
Report of GE Healthcare, Phillips Healthcare, Siemens Healthcare, and
Hologic, Inc., available at https://www.access-board/guidelines-and-standardshealth-/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report/appendix-a-minority-reports. Specifically, the imaging equipment
manufacturers asserted that:
given the integrated nature of the table to the system and its
imaging performance, that a change of even a few inches in minimum
transfer surface low height constitutes a significant engineering
change to the device. Any such change must ensure there are no
adverse effects to image quality, system performance, and patient
safety. Complete scanner re-testing and re-certification under our
formal FDA quality system and design controls are needed to verify
overall system performance and safety.
Moreover, the most significant of these design changes can
result in cascading alterations to the scanner, potentially leading
to unacceptable heating in the case of MR, impacts on image signal/
quality, and changes in dose levels to ensure the same, effective,
high quality images and increased examination times, that is,
additional workflow steps.
Id.
After carefully considering the totality of comments received and
the MDE Advisory Committee materials, the Access Board has concluded
that there is insufficient information to designate a single minimum
low height requirement at this time. Specifically, there is
insufficient data on the extent to which and how many individuals would
benefit from a transfer height lower than 19 inches. Due to this lack
of sufficient information, coupled with the lack of consensus among the
MDE Advisory Committee and the commenters, the Access Board has decided
to establish, for five years only, a range for the minimum low height
requirement of 17 inches to 19 inches. During the five-year period
following issuance of the final rule, any low transfer height between
17 and 19 inches will meet the MDE Standards. The Access Board
acknowledges that this is a temporary solution, and has commissioned a
study to quantify the portion of the population that would benefit from
a low transfer height below 19 inches. A pilot study was completed
prior to the publication of this final rule. A sunset provision has
been included in the final rule that will repeal this low height range
five years after the date of publication in the Federal Register,
leaving only the requirements for the high transfer height and the
additional transfer positions below the high transfer height. The
Access Board intends to amend this portion of the final rule with a
subsequent rulemaking to establish a minimum low transfer surface
height once the study has been completed and before the sunset
provision takes effect.
(3) Adjustability: Transfer Surface Intermediate Heights
In the MDE NPRM there was no requirement for the transfer surface
to have intermediate transfer heights. Under the proposed rule,
diagnostic equipment would be in compliance if it provided a low
transfer height anywhere within the range of 17 inches minimum and 19
inches maximum. In addition to the matter of low transfer height, the
Access Board sought public comment in question 14(c) on whether the
final rule should require intermediate heights between a minimum low
transfer height and a minimum high transfer height. NPRM, 77 FR at
6923. Three commenters responded (two accessibility consultants and a
disability rights advocate) and supported the idea of requiring
intermediate heights within a minimum low height and minimum high
height of the transfer surface. One commenter, an accessibility
consultant, recommended intervals of \1/2\ to 1 inch, indicating that
\1/2\ inch increments would be more practical to match the varying
heights of wheelchairs and mobility devices, which is critical for many
patients in performing independent transfers. The MDE Advisory
Committee recommended adjustable height in small, virtually continuous
increments. To support this recommendation, the MDE Advisory Committee
explained:
that adjustability greatly increases the overall accessibility of
equipment for all persons. Adjustable height MDE, such as exam
tables, imaging tables and chairs, will make it possible to position
the transfer surface near the height of the seat of the mobility
device. For some, independent transfers are only possible when there
is minimal or no change in vertical height between the seat of the
mobility device and the transfer surface. People may prefer or, in
some cases, require, transfer to a slightly lower surface moving the
transfer surface lower than the seat of the mobility device; then
adjusting the transfer surface to above the seat for the return
transfer. MDE Advisory Committee Report, 68, available at https://www.access-board/guidelines-and-standardshealth-/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report.
The Access Board has decided to require that the height of the
transfer surface be adjustable within the range for the minimum low and
high heights in at least four unspecified intermediate heights, but has
determined that the intermediate heights should be set a minimum of one
inch apart. While the Access Board agrees that continuous adjustment is
preferable, requiring such adjustability could preclude the use of
certain types of lifting devices such as hydraulic systems that work in
increments. The intent is to permit manufacturers flexibility in
setting intermediate heights and not prohibitively restrict designs to
those of particular manufacturers or equipment.
(4) Adjustability: Method of Measurement
The MDE NPRM proposed that the measurement of the height of the
transfer surface for both diagnostic equipment used in the supine,
prone, or side-lying position and diagnostic equipment used in the
seated position, be taken from the floor to the top of the transfer
surface (proposed M301.2.1 and M302.2.1, respectively). The Access
[[Page 2817]]
Board sought comment in question 13 in the MDE NPRM preamble, on
whether the measurement should be taken with the upholstery in static
(uncompressed) conditions, or with a certain amount of deflection.
NPRM, 77 FR at 6922. The Access Board received eleven comments in
response, most of which agreed with measuring the transfer surface in a
static condition. A few commenters disagreed: One manufacturer
recommended measuring in static conditions, but allowing a \3/4\ inch
bolster in no more than 25 percent of the short side of the transfer
surface to be permitted to be outside the height requirement; two
commenters (medical association and manufacturer) asserted that the
method of measurement should be dependent on the type of diagnostic
equipment and left up to the manufacturers; and two commenters (state
agency concerned with accessibility and accessibility consultant)
recommended that the transfer surface meet the criteria in both dynamic
and static conditions. The MDE Advisory Committee concurred with those
comments recommending that the measurement be made with the upholstery
in a static condition to ensure a consistent point of measurement. The
MDE Advisory Committee explained that ``[s]ince many transfer surfaces
are not perfectly flat, measuring to the highest point in an
uncompressed state provides this consistent point of measurement.'' MDE
Advisory Committee Report, 71, available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report. The Access Board agrees with the
Advisory Committee's rationale and the final rule requires that the
height be measured from the floor to the top of the uncompressed
transfer surface. This method will ensure consistent measurement across
all diagnostic equipment. Taking the measurement at the highest point
on the transfer surface allows for small bolsters or contours and does
not significantly increase the overall height of the transfer for
people with disabilities.
b. Transfer Surface Location
The MDE NPRM proposed the same location and transfer sides of the
transfer surface for diagnostic equipment used by patients in the
supine, prone, or side-lying position (M301) and diagnostic equipment
used by patients in the seated position (M302). This transfer surface
was located at the end of the diagnostic equipment and provided options
to transfer from a mobility device onto one short side and one long
side of the transfer surface. (proposed M301.2.3 and M302.2.3,
respectively). Numerous commenters objected on the basis that this type
of transfer is not always possible for certain types of medical
diagnostic equipment; the MDE Advisory Committee agreed with commenter
concerns. The Access Board is persuaded by many of the concerns raised
by commenters and the MDE Advisory Committee. In the final rule the
structure and content of the transfer surface provision has been
revised for diagnostic equipment used by patients in the supine, prone,
or side-lying positions to provide two types of transfer surfaces; end
transfer surfaces and side transfer surfaces. For diagnostic equipment
used by patients in the seated position, the Access Board has decided
to retain the proposed rule requirements for transfer surface location
and transfer sides, but has added an exception to the transfer sides
provision in the final rule to address the concerns raised by
commenters and the MDE Advisory Committee.
(1) Transfer Surface Location for Diagnostic Equipment Used in the
Supine, Prone, or Side-Lying Position
Multiple commenters expressed concerns that transfer cannot always
occur at the end of the diagnostic equipment as contemplated by the
requirements in the proposed rule. One commenter elaborated that
stretchers and hospital beds are always entered from one or the other
long side of the bed, not the foot end, due to obstructions at the head
and foot ends that cannot be removed. Another commenter recommended
allowing transfer space at both the center and the end of the transfer
surface.
Evidence presented to the MDE Advisory Committee during its
deliberations revealed that it is not always possible to transfer from
adjoining sides at the end of the diagnostic equipment in the prone,
supine, or side-lying position on certain types of equipment such as
stretchers and imaging equipment with scanning beds. MDE Advisory
Committee Report, 75-82, available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report. This is because many models of this equipment
can be obstructed on the head or foot ends by necessary components such
as emergency extraction handles, the gantry design, or integral patient
positioning features. Id. For equipment with long patient examination
surfaces such as stretchers and the scanning beds of many types of
imaging machines, the foot end is not intended as a transfer point;
patients transfer onto the surface on either of the long sides,
approaching the equipment more towards the center. Id. Additionally, a
transfer approach at the foot location may not be practical for many
people with disabilities who would have to move themselves or be moved
across a significant length of the surface to place their bodies into a
position for effective imaging. Id. The MDE Advisory Committee
recommended permitting an alternative transfer surface which was
rotated in its orientation such that the width paralleled the
examination surface's length and its depth spanned the examination
surface's width, and was located near the center point of the
diagnostic equipment surface. Id.
Based on the comments received and the MDE Advisory Committee
recommendations, the Access Board has concluded that for diagnostic
equipment used by patients in supine, prone, or side-lying positions
two transfer surface orientations are possible depending on the
intended location from which the transfer is to be made. These
orientations are now identified as an end transfer surface and side
transfer surface. This necessitated adding the definition of ``end
transfer surface'' and ``side transfer surface'' to the defined terms
(M102.1) in the final rule and resulted in the removal of the proposed
M301.2.3 Transfer Sides, as that is now described within the two types
of transfer surfaces provided. The end transfer surface accommodates
the transfer method conceived of in the proposed rule; where the
transfer occurs at one end of the examination surface and allows the
patient the option to transfer at the end and on one adjoining side of
the examination surface. The side transfer surface responds to the
concerns raised by commenters and the MDE Advisory Committee to
accommodate diagnostic equipment where transfer occurs within the
length of the examination surface and allows patient transfer at the
sides of the examination surface. Side transfer surfaces most typically
will be imaging equipment, stretchers, hospital beds, and other
equipment where the end is obstructed and cannot be used for transfer.
Accordingly, the Access Board has reorganized the requirements
regarding the transfer surface for M301 into two types based on where
the transfer is to occur: ``End Transfer'' or ``Side Transfer.'' This
revision to provide options for two types of transfer surfaces
necessitated adding additional technical criteria addressing transfer
surface size (M301.2.3) and transfer supports (M305.2), as well as
adding the
[[Page 2818]]
definition of ``end transfer surface'' and ``side transfer surface'' to
the defined terms (M102.1) in the final rule. These new requirements
are addressed below in the applicable section in the Section-by-Section
Analysis.
(2) Transfer Surface Location for Diagnostic Equipment Used in the
Seated Position
Commenters also raised concerns with the provisions in the MDE NPRM
related to transferring to medical diagnostic equipment used by
patients in the seated position. Commenters stated that there is
certain diagnostic equipment used by patients in the seated position
where transfer at the end of the seat by two adjoining sides is not
feasible. Specifically, commenters raised concerns about diagnostic
equipment with fixed footrests, such as podiatry and dentistry chairs.
Transfer onto these types of diagnostic equipment must be made from
either long side, similar to the side transfer surface described above.
One commenter explained that fixed footrest chairs are meant to treat
patients with their legs extended parallel to the ground. If entered as
suggested in the proposed rule the patient would have to enter the
chair by positioning themselves onto this fixed footrest section that
is at a downward angle and would require the patient to slide up an
inclined surface to be properly positioned on the diagnostic equipment.
The MDE Advisory Committee agreed with a majority of the commenters
that some examination chairs which have fixed footrests prevent
transfer as conceived of in the proposed rule. The Committee noted
that:
the footrests obstruct access to the foot end of the chair. Examples
of chairs that fit this category are most dental chairs and podiatry
chairs. The current design allows only one long side for transfer,
which limits some patient transfers where a patient can use only one
side of the body due to paralysis on one side or other such
conditions. To address this issue, the recommendation requires
chairs with footrest obstructions to allow patient transfers from
both [long] sides of the chair. The solution creates the option for
either a left or right transfer. MDE Advisory Committee Report, 83,
available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report.
The Access Board agrees that diagnostic equipment used by patients
in the seated position with fixed footrests requires a different
transfer approach than those without fixed footrests. Therefore, the
Access Board has added an exception to the transfer sides provision
(M302.2.4) in the final rule to permit diagnostic equipment with fixed
footrests to provide options to transfer from opposing sides of the
transfer surface.
The American Dental Association proposed a complete exemption of
dental chairs from the MDE Standards, asserting that the Access Board
has not provided any evidence that dental offices are inaccessible,
citing to the national survey in MDE NPRM ``that collected information
on the types of medical equipment that are most difficult for
individuals with disabilities to access and use. The American Dental
Association urge[d] the Access Board to refrain from proposing costly
new requirements based on examination chairs that are only `moderately
difficult' for disabled patients to use.'' The American Dental
Association explains that ``dental chairs already have many
accessibility features built in and manufacturers as well as health
care providers have an economic incentive to produce and procure
accessible medical diagnostic equipment and therefore, the American
Dental Association does not believe that additional regulations are
necessary, particularly with respect to dental examination chairs.''
Comment of American Dental Association, Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
for Medical Diagnostic Equipment, (Apr. 4, 2012), available at https://www.regulations.gov/document?D=ATBCB-2012-0003-0037.
The Access Board does not concur with the comment urging that
dental chairs should receive a blanket exemption. The record is replete
with evidence that individuals with disabilities do encounter barriers
to dental care as a result of inaccessible dental chairs. For example,
one commenter, a disability rights organization representing 37,000
members, explained that it asked its members ``and others with
disabilities about the barriers they encounter when seeking medical
care and treatment. The most frequent responses involved access to
examination chairs, dentist chairs, scales and mammography and
colonoscopy equipment.'' Comment of United Spinal Association, Notice
of Proposed Rulemaking for Medical Diagnostic Equipment, (June 4,
2012), available at https://www.regulations.gov/document?D=ATBCB-2012-0003-0029. Additionally, at the public hearing on May 8, 2012, a
commenter raised concerns about the ability to obtain dental care when
unable to transfer onto the dental chair. The public hearing transcript
is available at https://www.regulations.gov/docket?D=ATBCB-2012-0003.
Accordingly, the Access Board has concluded that dental chairs are
appropriately covered by this rule.
c. Transfer Surface Size for Diagnostic Equipment Used by Patients in
the Supine, Prone, or Side-Lying Position
The MDE NPRM proposed a transfer surface size for diagnostic
equipment used in the supine, prone, or side-lying position of 30
inches wide and 15 inches deep minimum (proposed M301.2.2). These
dimensions were based on the dimensions specified in the 2004 ADA and
ABA Accessibility Guidelines for rectangular seats in roll-in showers
(36 CFR part 1191, App. D 610.3.1) and the ANSI/AAMI HE 75 which notes
that a standard examination table is 27 inches wide and a bariatric
table is approximately 30 to 32 inches wide and recommends wider
surfaces to make repositioning easier. ANSI/AAMI HE 75, section 16.4.7,
available at https://www.aami.org/he75. The Access Board sought input in
question 15 in the MDE NPRM preamble on whether this size transfer
surface was sufficient to effectuate transfer. NPRM, 77 FR at 6923-
6924. Of the 12 commenters who responded, only two supported the
transfer surface size in the proposed rule. Four of the remaining
commenters (manufacturers) felt that the transfer surface width should
be decreased, while five (disability rights organizations, a medical
association, and an individual) believed a larger surface was needed.
The last commenter, recommended one size transfer surface for both
seated and supine, prone, or side-lying diagnostic equipment. Commenter
recommendations for transfer surface width ranged from 24 inches to 36
inches, while no commenters addressed the proposed depth of 15 inches.
Those advocating for a larger width were concerned about the ability of
the patient to reposition after transfer and about accommodating obese
patients. Those commenters supporting a smaller transfer surface raised
concerns about the ability to transfer with a large surface preventing
the patient from reaching transfer supports on the opposite side of the
transfer surface, while still seated in the wheeled mobility device.
The commenters were also concerned that making existing tables comply
would require entire base redesigns as product stability would have to
be re-evaluated with a wider table. Commenters also raised concerns
that a larger transfer surface would conflict with bore size
limitations on imaging equipment and that it could limit the health
care provider's access to the patient for proper exam. Finally, two
commenters, in response to question
[[Page 2819]]
15(e), agreed that an adjustable feature such as an extendable
platform, should be permitted to meet the transfer surface dimensions
so long as it does not move when a load is applied and it is a
permanent part of the device.
The MDE Advisory Committee discussions mirrored the comments to the
MDE NPRM with recommendations ranging from 24 inches to 36 inches for
the width of the transfer surface. The MDE Advisory Committee reviewed
evidence about transfer surface size to include: Numerous video clips
showing various transfers (both assisted and unassisted); industry
exhibited tables to show current table and chair widths; and the
findings of the Wheeled Mobility Anthropometry Project presented by Dr.
Edward Steinfeld of the IDeA Center at the University of Buffalo. MDE
Advisory Committee Report, 72-76, available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report. The Wheeled Mobility Anthropometry
Project provided an analysis of transfer surface dimensions based on
data collected from the study. The study is available at https://www.udeworld.com/anthropometrics.html. The data indicated that the
minimum width of a table transfer surface could be as narrow as 28
inches and still accommodate 95 percent of the users sampled. Id. Some
members of the MDE Advisory Committee noted that there was little gain
in usability by increasing the transfer surface width from 28 inches to
30 inches, and that the significant gain in usability came from
increasing the surface to 36 inches to accommodate very large or obese
patients. MDE Advisory Committee Report, 72-76, available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report. While the committee members
expressed concern about the need to provide accessibility criteria for
obese patients, it decided that there is insufficient data to determine
specific criteria at this time and recommended accessibility for
bariatric patients be addressed in a subsequent rulemaking. Id. The
Access Board concurs with the MDE Advisory Committee that while there
is a need to address the accessibility needs of obese patients, more
research is necessary before requirements can be developed. The MDE
Advisory Committee also noted that if the surface is too wide it can
become challenging for smaller sized persons to effectuate transfer,
and thus by making all accessible equipment 36 inches wide, some
patients would be unable to reach across the table to grasp the
transfer support on the other side to utilize the support in the
transfer process. Id. The MDE Advisory Committee recommended decreasing
the required transfer surface width to 28 inches minimum for all
diagnostic equipment used by patients in a supine, prone, or side-lying
position. Id. at 73.
The MDE Advisory Committee made multiple recommendations for the
transfer surface depth of diagnostic equipment used by patients in the
supine, prone, or side-lying position. Id. at 74-76. The MDE Advisory
Committee differentiated between equipment whose transfer surface was
located on the end of the equipment with transfer sides on one short
side and one long side of adjoining sides and stretchers and imaging
equipment, which the MDE Advisory Committee noted transfer takes place
in the center on either of the long sides. Id. For all diagnostic
equipment used by patients in a supine, prone, or side-lying position,
except imaging equipment, the MDE Advisory Committee recommended
increasing the transfer surface depth to 17 inches, explaining that
existing equipment already encompasses this dimension. Id. The MDE
Advisory Committee included stretchers in this requirement, even though
they have a transfer orientation akin to imaging equipment. Id. For
imaging equipment, the MDE Advisory Committee recommended a transfer
surface size of 28 inches long minimum by 28 inches deep minimum. The
MDE Advisory Committee also recommended the addition of an exception
for imaging equipment transfer surface size; to allow a decrease in
depth to no less than 21 inches where it is technically infeasible to
reach the 28 inches minimum. Id. at 75-76. The Committee explained that
``all x-ray tables meet the 28-inch table [depth] . . . because of
physical design constraints such as bore size, not all tables used with
equipment with bores meet the 28-inch-[deep] criteria, but all meet the
21-inch minimum.'' Id.
As discussed above in Section IV.B.1.b (Significant Changes--
Transfer Surface Location) the restructure of the transfer surface to
include two types of transfer surfaces; end transfer surface and side
transfer surface, necessitates new technical requirements for the new
side transfer surface. Accordingly, based on the comments received and
the recommendations from the MDE Advisory Committee, the final rule
establishes different sizes for each of the end and side transfer
surfaces. The final rule requires that diagnostic equipment with an end
transfer surface be a minimum size of 28 inches wide and 17 inches
long. The Access Board has decreased the minimum width of the transfer
surface from 30 inches to 28 inches based on the evidence presented to
the advisory committee that 28 inches is sufficient to accommodate 95
percent of the users and will ensure that patients are able to utilize
the transfer supports on the opposite side of the transfer surface. The
Access Board has increased the length of the end transfer surface from
15 inches to 17 inches based on the evidence that diagnostic equipment
currently on the market is already built to this dimension. In the
final rule, the Access Board does not see a reason to prohibit an
adjustable feature, such as a table with extendable sides, from meeting
the size requirements of the transfer surface but believes it is
unlikely that any diagnostic equipment would contain such a feature.
For diagnostic equipment with side transfer surfaces, the Access
Board has decided to require a transfer surface size of 28 inches wide
by 28 inches long, minimum. While the MDE Advisory Committee
recommended only increasing the transfer surface size for imaging
equipment to 28 inches deep by 28 inches wide minimum, the Access Board
has concluded that diagnostic equipment used by patients in the supine,
prone, or side-lying position with side transfer surfaces involve the
same transfer dynamics whether they are imaging equipment, hospital
beds, or stretchers and therefore should be subject to the same
transfer surface size requirement.
Additionally, the Access Board concurs with the MDE Advisory
Committee recommendation to provide an exception for the transfer
surface size of imaging equipment in the final rule given the physical
limitations affecting surface depth for imaging equipment with bores
and the fact that it is unclear when technological advances in bore
size may permit larger patient examination surfaces. However, the
Access Board has narrowed the application of this exception only to
imaging equipment with bores. The Access Board has determined that this
exception, as recommended, was intended to account for the space
constraints of imaging equipment with bores and wants to ensure the
exception stays as narrow as possible. Therefore, in the final rule,
the Access Board has provided an exception which permits the imaging
bed of imaging equipment with bores' to be a minimum of 21 inches wide
but requires the transfer surface to be the full width of the
examination surface. As this exception applies regardless of whether
the
[[Page 2820]]
imaging equipment has an end transfer surface or a side transfer
surface, an exception has been added to each requirement (M301.2.3.1
and M301.2.3.2, respectively). Additionally, the Board has added two
definitions to the final rule, ``imaging equipment with bores'' and
``imaging bed'' to assist with the application of this exception.
(M102.1 final rule).
d. Unobstructed Transfer
The MDE NPRM proposed that each transfer side provide unobstructed
access to the transfer surface, with an exception to permit temporary
obstructions as long as they could be repositioned during transfer
(proposed M301.2.3 and M302.2.3). As explained in the MDE NPRM
preamble, the unobstructed access requirement was to ensure that
armrests, side rails, stirrups, or other equipment parts attached to
the diagnostic equipment did not impede the patient's ability to
transfer. NPRM, 77 FR at 6923. The final rule retains the proposed
requirements for unobstructed transfer for diagnostic equipment used in
a supine, prone, or side-lying position, as well as diagnostic
equipment used in the seated position, and has added a new exception
described below.
In the preamble to the MDE NPRM the Access Board noted that it was
considering permitting equipment parts to extend a maximum of three
inches horizontally beyond the edge of the transfer side. The Access
Board explained that ``[t]he 2004 ADA and ABA Accessibility Guidelines
provide a gap of 3 inches between the edge of the shower seat and the
shower compartment entry, and the gap does not appear to interfere with
transferring onto and off of the shower seat.'' NPRM, 77 FR at 6924.
The Access Board sought input from the public in the MDE NPRM preamble
question 17, on whether equipment parts should be permitted to extend a
maximum of three inches horizontally beyond the edge of the transfer
sides, provided that they did not extend above the top of the transfer
surface. Id. Six of the eleven commenters who responded to this
question supported permitting equipment parts to extend up to three
inches horizontally beyond the edge of the transfer surface. However,
these commenters were primarily manufacturers who also expressed
concerns about the cost of equipment redesign if a provision permitting
the three-inch gap was not included in the final standards. The other
five commenters, disability rights advocates and an accessibility
consultant, did not support allowing equipment parts to extend up to
three inches horizontally, unless they were removable. These commenters
raised concerns that the equipment parts would impede transfer.
Additionally, a manufacturer, responding to question 9 in the MDE NPRM,
explained that all beds, stretchers, and cots have side rails that can
be moved to allow unobstructed access for transfer.
The MDE Advisory Committee reviewed the comments. The Committee
observed that transfer supports provide handholds that facilitate
transfers onto and off of the equipment, and that some types of
diagnostic equipment have components that create a gap between the
transfer surface and the outer edge of the equipment on the side used
for transfer. MDE Advisory Committee Report, 78-82, available at
https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report. The MDE Advisory
Committee reviewed the 2010 ADA Standards for shower compartment seat
requirements, which allows a three-inch gap between the edge of a seat
and the shower compartment entry, to determine if these gaps presented
a problem to individuals attempting to transfer. The MDE Advisory
Committee also considered anthropometric data from the Impact of
Transfer Setup on the Performance of Independent Transfers study by the
VA Pittsburgh Healthcare System in collaboration with the Human
Engineering Research Laboratories at the University of Pittsburgh. Id.
This study examined the transfer experience with an adjustable height
transfer surface. This study is available at https://herl.pitt.edu/ab/.
The MDE Advisory Committee explained that ``[t]he results showed that
95% of subjects could transfer when the seat and surface are at the
same height with a 3.5-inch gap. This data helped inform the
recommendation for the exception since the 3-inch criteria is less than
that used in the research and should assure effective transfers for
most.'' MDE Advisory Committee Report, 79, available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report. The MDE Advisory Committee
recommended allowing a maximum three-inch obstruction protruding from
the transfer sides, ``placing a limit on the size of the gap between
the transfer surface and the outer edge of the equipment on the side
used for transfer,'' that applies to both the long length (width) and
short length (depth) transfer sides. Id. The Committee also recommended
special consideration for stretchers, to incorporate the provision of
IEC 60601-2-52 to establish a maximum vertical obstruction at no less
than one inch below the top of the transfer surface. Id.
Based on the comments received and the MDE Advisory Committee
recommendations, the Access Board is persuaded that a gap of up to
three inches between the transfer side and the wheeled mobility device
will not impede transfer given that accessible diagnostic equipment
will be required to be adjustable. In addition, the Access Board is not
persuaded that special consideration for stretchers is necessary in
order to accommodate the IEC 60601-2-52 prohibition against vertical
obstructions within one inch of the top of the patient surface. The
final rule would not permit obstruction above the patient surface;
consequently, by meeting the IEC requirements manufacturers will meet
the MDE Standards.
Accordingly, the final rule includes an exception permitting
obstructions of no more than three inches deep beyond the transfer side
of the transfer surface provided that such obstructions do not protrude
above the top of the transfer surface. A common example of this type of
obstruction is articulating side rails on stretchers that move out of
the way during transfer, but create a gap between the transfer surface
and the mobility device. The exception allowing obstructions of up to
three inches is included in each of the new provisions for unobstructed
transfer for diagnostic equipment used in the supine, prone, or side-
lying position (M301.2.4), and diagnostic equipment used in the seated
position (M302.2.5), as Exception 1.
As noted above, the Access Board has retained the original
exception from the MDE NPRM, permitting temporary obstructions provided
that they can be repositioned out of the way during transfer. In the
final rule, the Board moved this provision to Exception 2 to
accommodate the new exception discussed above, and added language to
specify that this exception may also apply to obstructions that qualify
for Exception 1. For example, side rails that create a gap of three
inches from the transfer side of the diagnostic equipment to the
mobility device when moved out of the way for transfer, but also
protrude above the top of the transfer surface when in place as a side
rail.
2. Armrests Requirement
In the MDE NPRM, the Access Board required diagnostic equipment
used by patients in the seated position to
[[Page 2821]]
provide armrests (proposed M302.3.2). The only commenter that addressed
whether armrests should be required was a manufacturer who requested
that beds, cots, and stretchers be excluded from the requirements as
they are required to have side rails per IEC 60601-2-52. The MDE
Advisory Committee addressed the armrest provision during their
discussions of transfer supports and explained that ``armrests serve a
similar function, and occupy the same physical space as the transfer
supports as described in the MDE NPRM. The MDE NPRM requires transfer
supports for all chairs, so the additional equipment for armrests for
chairs was not only redundant, but could potentially create a physical
conflict between the two devices.'' MDE Advisory Committee Report, 104,
available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report. The
MDE Advisory Committee recommended that armrests not be required, but
if provided they cannot obstruct transfer supports. Additionally, the
Committee noted that transfer supports meeting the final requirements,
would provide support like that of armrests and enhance patient
stability if left in place after a transfer from a mobility device. Id.
After review of the comment and the recommendations of the MDE
Advisory Committee, the Access Board is persuaded that requiring
armrests as well as transfer supports is redundant and has the
potential to cause conflict between the two devices. Therefore, the
Access Board has removed the provision requiring armrests from the
final rule.
3. Lift Compatibility Exception
The MDE NPRM proposed that diagnostic equipment used by patients in
the supine, prone or side-lying position and diagnostic equipment used
by patients in the seated position be usable with portable patient
lifts. The proposed rule specified base clearance requirements to
ensure lift compatibility (M301.4 and M302.4, respectively). The
preamble to the MDE NPRM sought comment on whether the final rule
should exempt certain diagnostic equipment from these requirements if
the equipment was specifically designed to be used with a fixed
overhead lift. NPRM, 77 FR at 6927, question 27.
Eleven commenters responded to question 27. Six of the ten
commenters (one manufacturer, three medical associations, and two
government entities) concurred with the proposed scenario that if
equipment was designed for use with overhead lifts then that equipment
should be exempted from the proposed base clearance requirements. One
commenter, a manufacturer, agreed that equipment designed for use with
an overhead lift should be excepted, and also stated that portable
floor lifts should be designed to be compatible with exam and procedure
tables, not that the tables be redesigned to be compatible with floor
lifts. Four of the commenters (three disability rights organizations
and an accessibility consultant) were opposed to this exemption and
expressed concern that the overhead lift would not be available when
needed if the diagnostic equipment was moved to another room or the
lift was not functioning. The final commenter, a manufacturer, opposed
the exemption unless the overhead lift was included as part of the
equipment when sold.
The MDE Advisory Committee reviewed this issue and recommended the
use of overhead lifts as an alternative for imaging equipment where
portable floor lifts are not feasible. Specifically, the MDE Advisory
Committee explained:
Overhead lifts can provide an alternate means of access instead
of clearances around the bases of imaging equipment required for
portable lifts. Table structural design and/or room layout may be
such that providing the clearances in and around the base may be
either technically difficult or impractical. In these cases, a
ceiling-mounted lift may be a better method for some types of
imaging equipment because the portable lift would need to access the
diagnostic imaging table from the side or far end. Some imaging
systems already use overhead lifts to assist patients . . .
[Overhead lifts] may offer flexibility over a portable lift because
it can transfer the patient from either side placing the patient in
the desired imaging orientation, and the ability to move completely
out of the way when not needed. MDE Advisory Committee Report, 107,
available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report.
After review of the comments received and the recommendations from
the MDE Advisory Committee, the Access Board has concluded that fixed
overhead lifts may be appropriate and even preferred in certain
circumstances. However, the Access Board believes that the
determination of the circumstances where an exception is warranted and
the types of diagnostic equipment that should be excepted from the
portable floor lift requirement is more appropriately left to the
enforcing authority. Accordingly, the final rule provides a limited
exception to the lift compatibility requirements for fixed overhead
lifts in situations where: (1) A fixed overhead lift is provided; (2)
the diagnostic equipment is clearly labeled as not compatible with
portable floor lifts; and (3) the use of the overhead lift with that
diagnostic equipment is specifically permitted by the enforcing
authority. The exception applies only if all three conditions are met.
4. Exception From the Requirements of M301 for Certain Examination
Chairs That Comply With M302
The Access Board proposed in M101.2 in the MDE NPRM to require
diagnostic equipment to meet the standards for each patient position
supported, meaning that if diagnostic equipment was designed to support
a patient in multiple positions then the equipment would have to meet
the technical criteria for each of those positions. The Access Board
sought public input in question three in the preamble in the MDE NPRM,
on whether organizing the technical criteria functionally by patient
position was clear. 77 FR at 6919.
Fifteen commenters responded, with only two disability advocates
and one medical association agreeing that the division of the MDE
Standards was clear. The manufacturers raised concerns about applying
the MDE Standards for multiple patient positions to a single piece of
equipment. Multiple commenters recommended that when diagnostic
equipment that fits in multiple categories, one category should take
precedence. Medical Association and Accessibility Consultants
recommended reorganizing the standards by types of facilities or by
feature and one manufacturer recommended harmonizing M301 and M302 into
one requirement. Additionally, commenters raised concerns about
diagnostic chairs which could be reclined into a supine position after
transfer; such as podiatry and dental chairs. These commenters argued
that requiring the equipment to be designed to accommodate transfer in
both positions would not achieve any objective benefit and would impose
transfer surface width requirements that would not be appropriate and
would be overly burdensome. The MDE Advisory Committee did not make a
recommendation on this provision. However, the subcommittee for tables
and chairs did explain that while the primary function of examination
chairs is to support patients in a seated position, they are also
capable of being reclined. The ability to recline is a secondary,
rather than a primary purpose. The subcommittee asserted that these
types of chairs should be covered by M302.
[[Page 2822]]
In response to the comments and Advisory Committee discussions, the
Access Board acknowledges that one of the most important features of
making diagnostic equipment used by patients in either the supine,
prone, or side-lying position or the seated position accessible, is to
ensure the patient has the opportunity to transfer independently to the
maximum extent possible. The Access Board concurs with the commenters
that there are certain examination chairs, such as dentistry and
podiatry chairs, where the patient is only intended to transfer while
the chair is in a seated position but is then reclined into a supine
position while the diagnostic procedure is being performed. The Access
Board concurs with commenters that in this limited situation it is
unnecessary for the examination chair, which complies with the
technical requirements in M302, to also have to comply with the
technical requirements in M301. Therefore, in the final rule the Access
Board has added an exception to M301.1 which states that examination
chairs that comply with M302 and, after the patient transfers into the
seat, reclines to facilitate diagnosis, do not have to comply with
M301. Additionally, the Board has added a new definition for
examination chair in M102.1 in the final rule to assist with the
application of this exception. The other commenter concerns regarding
the proposed application provision, M101.2, are addressed below in the
Section-by-Section Analysis.
5. Exception From the Requirements of M302 for Weight Scales With
Integral Seats
The MDE NPRM proposed that diagnostic equipment which could be used
by patients in multiple positions must comply with the technical
criteria for all positions in which it could be used (proposed M101.2).
In the preamble in the MDE NPRM the Access Board proposed an exception
to this requirement for folding seats on diagnostic equipment used by
patients seated in a wheelchair. The MDE NPRM proposed that this type
of diagnostic equipment would have to meet the technical requirements
of M302 (diagnostic equipment used by patients in the seated position)
and M303 (diagnostic equipment used by patients seated in a
wheelchair), with the exception of the lift compatibility requirements
in M302.4. NPRM, 77 FR at 6927. The Board explained that because the
patients can use the equipment while seated in their wheelchairs, the
seat does not have to provide the clearance necessary to be usable with
a portable floor lift. Id.
In the MDE NPRM preamble the Access Board sought comment with two
questions, 28 and 37. Question 37 asked whether a folding or removable
seat should be required on weight scales for use in the standing
position. NPRM, 77 FR at 6930. Four commenters responded: Three
concurred (an accessibility consultant, disability rights organization,
and a state agency concerned with accessibility); and one commenter (a
manufacturer) agreed it should be an option, but not a requirement. Six
commenters responded to question 28, which asked whether a folding seat
provided on diagnostic equipment with a wheelchair space should be
required to comply with the technical criteria in proposed M302 for
transfer surfaces and supports. NPRM, 77 FR at 6927. Five of the
commenters (three disability rights organizations, a state agency
concerned with accessibility, and an accessibility consultant) asserted
that if a seat is provided it should have to comply with the technical
provisions for diagnostic equipment used by a patient in the seated
position. One of these commenters explained that not all people with
disabilities who need to transfer are wheelchair users and some
wheelchair users may choose to transfer, even if the device is designed
for use in a wheelchair. The remaining commenter, a medical
association, noted that it was unaware of any diagnostic equipment with
a folding seat, but asserted that if patients can use the equipment in
wheelchairs, then they should not be transferred onto the folding seat,
and the chair should not have to meet the requirements in proposed
M302.
The MDE Advisory Committee discussed weight scales, noting the
importance of obtaining a patient's weight for medical treatment and
the difficulty patients in wheelchairs confront with obtaining an
accurate weight. See MDE Advisory Committee Report, 66, available at
https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report. However, the MDE
Advisory Committee did not make specific recommendations for requiring
a folding seat on diagnostic equipment used in the standing position,
nor did it make any specific recommendations for an exception to M302
for seats on weight scales with wheelchair spaces. The Subcommittee on
Weight Scales, in explaining its recommendations on size and ramp
slope, recognized that ``space constraints are of consideration . . .
as medical equipment and adequate space in the acute care or in the
medical office setting are often competing. Scales that can be wall
mounted or that are portable would facilitate where there are space
constraints.'' Subcommittee Report--Weight Scales, 7, available at
https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report/appendix-b-supporting-documents.
After reviewing the comments and the Subcommittee on Weight Scales
Report, the Access Board has determined that weight scales that are
designed to be used by patients seated in a wheelchair, but also
provides a seat integral to the equipment, present a unique situation
which warrants an exception to the general provision of M302.1 in the
final rule. The primary purpose of the technical requirements for
diagnostic equipment used by patients in the seated position is to
facilitate independent transfer from a mobility device onto the
diagnostic equipment. Some wheelchair accessible scales also provide a
seat for patients who ambulate onto the scale, but due to stability or
fatigue issues, may need to sit in order to be weighed. On many of
these scales the seat folds down into the wheelchair space to
accommodate the ambulatory patient who needs to sit. The MDE Advisory
Committee notes that space is already at a premium for weight scales.
To require a seat integral to the weight scale to meet the provisions
of M302, when it already meets the requirements of M303 would require
the weight scale platform to be significantly larger than a weight
scale which just provides a wheelchairs space. To accommodate both a
wheelchair space and seat permitting transfer from a mobility device,
the platform would have to be large enough to accommodate individuals
in their mobility devices and also provide enough space to allow for a
side or perpendicular transfer from the mobility device onto the seat.
Because weight scales with wheelchair spaces and seats are intended to
be used by patients remaining in their wheelchairs or ambulating onto
the scale, the Access Board has concluded that it is not necessary to
require the weight scale to provide the wheelchair space for the
patient to use the weight scale in a wheelchair and also provide the
space for the patient to wheel onto the weight scale and then transfer
onto the seat. Accordingly, the Access Board has excepted integral
seats on weight scales that also contain wheelchair spaces meeting all
the requirements of M303 from complying with M302. Due
[[Page 2823]]
to the addition of this exception from all of the M302 requirements,
the exception in proposed M302.4, which exempted the folding seat from
complying with the lift compatibility requirements, has been removed
from the final rule as it is now encompassed under the new exception.
The Access Board acknowledges the comments recommending that
accessible diagnostic equipment used in the standing position also
provide a seat. However, the Access Board has declined to include such
a provision in the final rule because of the potential space impact and
because, it will ultimately be up to the enforcing authority to
determine what types of diagnostic equipment and how many of each type
must be provided in medical settings. However, if diagnostic equipment
used in a standing position does provide a seat, but does not provide a
wheelchair space, then it would have to comply with the requirements of
M302 and M304 in the final rule.
C. M303 Diagnostic Equipment Used by Patients Seated in a Wheelchair
M303 contains the technical requirements for diagnostic equipment
used by patients seated in wheelchairs. In the final rule the Access
Board made four significant changes to this section: Two significant
changes to accommodate the unique challenges of mammography equipment;
one significant change to the ramped running slope requirement; and a
final significant change to the width and depth of wheelchair spaces.
1. Width and Depth of Wheelchair Spaces
The MDE NPRM proposed to require diagnostic equipment to have a
wheelchair space that is at least 36 inches wide (proposed M303.2.2).
The MDE NPRM further proposed two alternative depth requirements: 48
inches for wheelchair spaces that are entered from the front or rear,
and 60 inches for wheelchair spaces entered from the side (proposed
303.2.3). The MDE NPRM preamble also noted that the Access Board was
considering adding exceptions in the final rule to the width and depth
requirements for wheelchair spaces on raised platforms. NPRM, 77 FR at
6928-6929. The Access Board sought input in questions 31, 32, and 33,
regarding the required size of wheelchair spaces on raised platforms,
the use of scooters on raised platforms, and the associated costs. Id.
No commenters responded to questions 31 and 33; four commenters
responded to question 32. Question 32 asked whether equipment with
wheelchair spaces on raised platforms, such as weight scales, can
accommodate patients who use scooters, and if they currently cannot,
should the width and depth be changed so the equipment is usable by
patients who use scooters. One commenter (a disability rights
organization) asserted that if diagnostic equipment is accessible for
wheelchairs it should also be accessible to scooters and recommended
enlarging the space beyond 36 inches. Another disability rights
organization opined that most weight scales in healthcare settings are
inaccessible to wheelchair users, asserting that even the
``accessible'' weight scales are only 24 inches wide by 30 inches deep
and are too small to accommodate manual wheelchairs and definitely
would not accommodate the longer wheelbases of many power wheelchairs
and scooters. This commenter recommended taking a ``universal design''
approach with a requirement of 34 inches wide by 58 inches deep for
raised platforms on weight scales. The other two commenters (an
academic and state agency concerned with accessibility) agreed that
diagnostic equipment with wheelchair spaces on raised platforms should
be usable by scooters, but did not provide any suggested dimensions.
The MDE Advisory Committee recommended a minimum platform size of
32 inches clear width and 40 inches clear length (depth). The Committee
noted that their proposed recommendation sought to address the unique
considerations of weight scales with raised platforms. The Committee
stated that this size ``accommodates both manual and power wheeled
mobility devices including small and mid-size scooters.'' MDE Advisory
Committee Report, 109, available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report. The Committee relied on the Wheeled Mobility
Anthropometry Project findings of wheelbase measurements and the
Wheeled Mobility Anthropometry Project's recommendation of a minimum
flat surface of 40 inches in length for platforms to accommodate
wheeled mobility devices, including scooters. Id. at 110. The Committee
explained that ``[t]o have an accurate weight, the entire wheelbase
(either 3 or 4 wheels) of a mobility device must rest on and make
contact with the platform. The foot pedals, footrests, scooter deck and
tip wheels can overhang or extend beyond the platform and still get an
accurate weight.'' Id.
In order to reconcile the public comments and the MDE Advisory
Committee recommendations, the final rule retains the proposed M303.2.2
requirement for minimum width of 36 inches for wheelchair spaces, but
provides an exception to permit wheelchair spaces on raised platforms
to be a minimum of 32 inches wide. This width restriction assumes that
the elbows and hands of persons using mobility devices would overhang
the width of the platform and they would still be able to propel
themselves. Because the final rule also requires raised platforms over
1\1/2\ inches in height to provide edge protection that is a minimum of
2 inches high from the surface of the platform (See M303.2.6 final
rule), it was necessary to restrict the height of this edge protection
for platforms using the exception of 32 inches wide to 4 inches. This
height restriction is to ensure that a clear space is provided above
any edge protection to allow the mobility device's casters and
footrests or other components to extend over the edge protection.
For the depth of the wheelchair space, the final rule has retained
both alternative depth requirements in proposed M303.2.3: 60 inches for
wheelchair spaces entered from the side, and 48 inches for wheelchair
spaces entered from the front or rear, discussed below in Section
VI.10.c (Section-by-Section Analysis--M303.2.3). However, the Access
Board has included an additional requirement for wheelchair spaces that
are entered from the front or rear and permit pass-through from one end
to the other. This provision requires wheelchair spaces that permit
pass-through to have a minimum depth of 40 inches. Less space is
required in these circumstances because the wheelchair user does not
have to turn around or back out to exit the diagnostic equipment, but
can enter and exit continuing on in one direction. Due to the addition
of the new requirement, the Board reorganized this provision in the
final rule to M303.2.3.1 (front or rear entry depth), M303.2.3.2 (Pass
Through Entry), and M303.2.3.3 (side entry depth).
2. Equipment Clearances for Breast Platforms
The MDE NPRM proposed knee and toe clearance requirements for
diagnostic equipment used by patients seated in wheelchairs that
paralleled the knee and toe clearance requirements from the 2004 ADA
and ABA Accessibility Guidelines. NPRM, 77 FR at 6929. The proposed
rule included a requirement that 17 inches minimum and 25 inches
maximum of the 48-inch
[[Page 2824]]
wheelchair space depth include knee and toe clearance. The knee and toe
clearance would be permitted to be located beneath the diagnostic
equipment, such as an optometrist diopter. The proposed rule contained
a different requirement for breast platforms on mammography equipment,
that of the 48-inch depth minimum of the wheelchair space, the knee and
toe clearance under a breast platform would be 25 inches deep (proposed
M303.2.4).
Two commenters, one manufacturer and one disability rights
organization, commented on the knee and toe clearance under breast
platforms. The disability rights organization raised concerns that
existing machines do not provide deep enough clearance and that during
the examination the breast platform will hit the patient's knees. The
manufacturer also raised concerns with the size of the knee and toe
clearance and recommended basing the requirements in relation to the
height of the breast platform. Additionally, this commenter raised
concerns that mammography equipment must have a stabilizing flange or
foot at its base to prevent the equipment from tipping when the gantry
is extended. This flange protrudes into the knee and toe clearance.
Specifically, this commenter explained that the flange can be designed
for optimal accessibility, but is necessary for the safety of the
equipment.
The MDE Advisory Committee reviewed this provision and gave
multiple recommendations regarding the necessary clearances for breast
platforms. The Advisory Committee noted that mammography equipment
presents a unique challenge for individuals seated in wheelchairs
because the mammography exam requires the patient's breasts to be
placed on top of the breast platform thereby requiring the knees and
toes to go deeper beneath the equipment. The MDE Advisory Committee
recommended changes to the proposed requirements for knee and toe
clearance to create a deeper knee space under breast platforms. The MDE
Advisory Committee did not suggest revisions to the proposed knee and
toe clearances for diagnostic equipment used by patients seated in
wheelchairs, other than for mammography equipment.
The knee and toe clearance requirements were adopted from the 2004
ADA and ABA Accessibility Guidelines and typically will allow a person
seated in a wheelchair to pull underneath a work surface or equipment
component or permit forward access to a control located above equipment
overhanging the knee and toe space. We are persuaded by the MDE
Advisory Committee report that mammography equipment presents a unique
use and requires different specifications for the knee and toe
clearance to ensure that the patient's breast can rest on top of the
platform. The knee and toe clearance underneath mammography equipment
must provide sufficient space to allow the patient to get close enough
for their breast to be placed on the breast platform in order for the
diagnostic procedure to be performed. Thus, the Access Board has
reorganized the equipment clearances provision in the final rule into
two separate requirements; breast platforms and other equipment. The
requirements for breast platforms (M303.2.4.2 in the final rule)
account for obstructions in the knee and toe clearance necessary to
stabilize the mammography equipment and the location of the patient's
body within the depth of the wheelchair space, such that more of the
overall space is allocated to knees and toes. As discussed above, these
factors result in an exception to allow equipment components of a low
profile to extend into the toe end of the wheelchair space. The
requirements for other equipment (M303.2.4.2 in the final rule) are
substantively unchanged from the NPRM, and are discussed below in the
Section VI.C.10.d (Section-by-Section Analysis--M303.2.4).
a. Knee and Toe Clearance
The proposed rule recommended a knee and toe clearance depth for
breast platforms of 25 inches. There were no comments received on this
requirement. The MDE Advisory Committee recommended increasing the
overall knee and toe space to a minimum 28 inches deep. MDE Advisory
Committee Report, 115-116, available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report. The MDE Advisory Committee asserted that a
minimum of 28 inches in overall knee and toe clearance would
accommodate 95 percent of the population. Id.
The Access Board concurs with the MDE Advisory Committee's
conclusion that an increase in the overall knee and toe clearance under
breast platforms is warranted. However, the Board is concerned that if
the Advisory Committee's recommendation is adopted without change, it
would significantly impact the requirement in the final rule for a 48-
inch deep wheelchair space. Because at least 25 inches of the space
must accommodate knees and toes, only 23 inches remains to accommodate
that portion of the occupied wheelchair not including knees and toes.
If the Access Board were to require 28 inches minimum knee and toe
clearance, only 20 inches would remain. After reviewing all the
evidence before the MDE Advisory Committee, the Access Board has
decided to make a number of changes to the requirements for the knee
and toe clearances for breast platforms. These new requirements are
described in the Section VI.C.10.d (Section-by-Section Analysis--
M303.2.4). The requirements are intended to ensure that there is
adequate space for a patient seated in a wheelchair to position
underneath the equipment and align themselves against the breast
platform so that the diagnostic procedures can be performed.
b. Exception for Base Support Allowance and Unobstructed Knee and Toe
Space
In the proposed rule, obstructions were not permitted within the
knee and toe clearance space. This is consistent with the requirement
in the existing accessibility guidelines and standards. One
manufacturer commented on this provision, asserting that mammography
equipment poses unique challenges and requires separate consideration.
The commenter explained that the gantry of a mammography machine
includes a base lip which is required for structural and seismic
stability, and protrudes into the knee and toe clearance. This
commenter recommended revisions to allow for a base lip on mammography
equipment.
The MDE Advisory Committee recommended allowing obstructions into
the knee and toe clear space, up to a height and depth that still
permits the footrests of wheelchairs to pass over it. Specifically, the
Committee recommended allowing base supports to be a maximum of 1\1/2\
inches high and allowing an additional sloped region above the base
support at a depth of 25 inches from the front edge of the breast
platform at 1\1/2\ inches above the floor, which can extend to a height
of 4 inches above the floor at a depth of 28 inches. The MDE Advisory
Committee explained its recommendation, noting that:
The base support is of fundamental importance to mammography
equipment and provides structural support, seismic stability, and
installation safety. It does obstruct the floor space in front of
the gantry and, thus, may limit how close a wheelchair can get to
the equipment. To respond to this issue, industry proposed a
configuration that would cause minimal obstruction to the floor
space in front of the gantry and would allow footrests to ride over
it.
To discuss the maximum base support height, the sub-committee
looked at anthropomorphic data regarding footrest
[[Page 2825]]
heights. The footrest height data measures the height from the floor
to the top surface of the footrest at its proximal outside corner.
To determine the necessary clearance for the footrests, the
Committee used the footrest height data and subtracted the thickness
of the footrests (~0.5 inch). Allowing a maximum base support height
of 1.5 inches will provide room for the structural components
necessary for an effective base support design and will also be
accessible by around 92% of manual chair users and over 95% of power
chair users. MDE Advisory Committee Report, 123-127, available at
https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report.
The Access Board concurs with the need for permitting base
components in the knee and toe clear space for mammography equipment.
While the Access Board recognizes that this is a deviation from
existing accessibility guidelines and standards, the Board believes
that mammography equipment presents special challenges due to the
diagnostic, structural, and seismic requirements of the diagnostic
equipment. In the final rule, the Access Board has created an exception
to the height requirement for breast platforms. This exception permits
the profile of base components to extend into the wheelchair space at a
height of 1\1/2\ inches maximum between 17 inches minimum and 25 inches
maximum in depth measured from the leading edge of the breast platform.
In addition, the Access Board has found that the profile of the base
components should increase toward the rear of the clearance space where
a patient's foot and toes will be higher than the heel supporting
portion of the footrest. Therefore, the final rule requires that from
25 inches to 28 inches measured from the leading edge of the breast
platform, the height of the component above 1\1/2\ inches must be
beveled at a rate of 2.5:3. This exception preserves a 17-inch minimum
of unobstructed floor space measured from the leading edge of the
breast platform.
3. Exception to Ramp Running Slope
The MDE NPRM proposed that where there is a change in level at the
entry of a wheelchair space that is greater than 1\1/2\ inches, the
entry shall be ramped and have a running slope not steeper than 1:12
(proposed M303.3). The Access Board explained in the MDE NPRM preamble
that this provision is consistent with the 2004 ADA and ABA
Accessibility Guidelines' technical criteria for changes in level.
NPRM, 77 FR at 6929. No commenters addressed this provision. The MDE
Advisory Committee, during its discussion of wheelchair spaces on
weight scales, extensively addressed the permissible slopes of ramps on
raised platforms. Specifically, the Committee noted:
[It] considered the needs of a ramped surface to access the
platform on the accessible scale. Because there are different types of
scales with different platform heights, the Committee developed a three
tiered ramp slope proposal to fit different situations. The Committee
reviewed and discussed the provisions on slopes for ramps as they apply
to architectural elements in the built environment. The maximum slope
for a ramp in the 2010 Standards is a rise of 1 vertical inch for each
12 inches of horizontal distance slope. Under very limited conditions
in the built environment, the 2010 Standards allow a steeper ramp for a
limited rise. A ramp in the built environment to which this exception
applies may use a 1:2 grade slope on a short rise ramp.
Industry experts spoke to the concern for facility space often
expressed by healthcare entities. The space constraints affect the
desirability of accessible scales since space is often expensive and
tight in many medical facilities. Scales that can be wall mounted or
portable enhance the flexibility of scales and allow use in tight
environments. Currently, these types of accessible scales use the short
rise ramp to facilitate easy storage or mounting.
Existing technology for weight cell load allows for a platform
profile to go as low as \3/4\ to 1\1/2\ inches. As the height of the
platform lowers, the length of the ramp can decrease. The trend in the
scale industry is to develop lower weight cell technology. However,
industry currently does not know if lower profiles are possible. MDE
Advisory Committee Report, 111-112, available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report.
The MDE Advisory Committee recommended a three tiered approach for
allowable ramp runs on raised platforms: Allowing a slope of 1:2 at 0
to 1\1/2\ inches, a slope of 1:8 at a height greater than 1\1/2\ inches
to 2\1/2\ inches, and a slope of 1:12 at a height greater than 2\1/2\
inches. Id.
The Access Board agrees with the MDE Advisory Committee that
additional allowances in the slope of ramp runs of diagnostic equipment
used by patients seated in a wheelchair with raised platforms,
primarily weight scales, is appropriate. However, for usability and
safety reasons, the Access Board has determined that slopes of such
ramp runs should not exceed the long standing maximum slope for
accessible ramps of 1:8 that is allowable in certain circumstances in
the 2004 ADA and ABA Accessibility Guidelines. The Board also notes
that the Guidelines only permit changes in level up to \1/2\ inch e.g.,
thresholds to be steeper than 1:8.
Therefore, the Access Board has decided to add an exception in the
final rule to the requirement that ramped entry wheelchair spaces have
ramp runs with a running slope no steeper than 1:12 (M303.3.3.1). This
exception permits a running slope not steeper than 1:8 for ramp runs
with a maximum height of 2\1/2\ inches. Consistent with the MDE
Advisory Committee recommendations, ramp runs over 2\1/2\ inches in
height will have to comply with the general requirement of running
slopes of not steeper than 1:12.
4. Breast Platform Adjustability
The MDE NPRM proposed to require diagnostic equipment used by
patients seated in a wheelchair that have components which are used to
examine specific body parts to be capable of examining the body parts
of a patient while seated in a wheelchair (proposed M303.4).
Additionally, the Access Board proposed specific technical requirements
for breast platforms of mammography equipment. The MDE NPRM proposed a
height range for breast platforms of 30 inches minimum and 42 inches
maximum above the floor (proposed M303.4.1). In the preamble to the MDE
NPRM, the Access Board sought input in question 36, on whether the
breast platform height range proposed was sufficient to accommodate a
patient seated in a wheelchair. NPRM, 77 FR at 6930.
Three commenters responded to this question. One commenter, a
medical association, concurred with the proposed provisions. Two other
commenters, a disability rights organization and a manufacturer
disagreed. The disability rights organization recommended adopting a
minimum height range of 24 to 26 inches. The manufacturer indicated
that the proposed height range of 30 inches to 42 inches is sufficient,
but also noted that several manufacturers lower the breast platform to
25 to 28 inches due to requests for accessibility. This manufacturer
also recommended requiring a minimum range of travel for the breast
platform instead of a specific minimum and maximum height.
The MDE Advisory Committee recommended changing the breast platform
height requirement from a specified height range to a required minimum
range bounded by a required high height of 42 inches and a required low
height of 26 inches which
[[Page 2826]]
constitutes the minimum range of travel allowed. MDE Advisory Committee
Report, 132, available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report. The MDE Advisory Committee Report noted that industry
representatives explained that:
equipment currently manufactured ranges anywhere between 25 and 28
inches for the lowest measurement of the breast platform. There were
various reasons cited for each of the positions. Recommendations
from accessibility experts who developed mammography protocols for
women with disabilities identified a need for a breast platform
height of 24 inches. Because this recommendation evolved from
technologist experience on equipment with less knee space,
disability advocates supported the rationale for 26 inches as the
minimum. One member cited the diversity of body types and sizes for
persons with disabilities as the rationale for the 26 inches.
Another member emphasized the importance of considering patients of
short stature in addition to considering patients seated in a
wheelchair. Many industry organization members supported the 28-inch
minimum. Reasons cited included providing more flexibility for
manufacturers and concern that the lower minimum could result in
more leg injuries as the technologist lowered the breast platform so
close to the lap of the patient using a wheelchair.
The MDE Advisory Committee recommended, by strong majority, a
minimum low height of 26 inches and a minimum high height of 42 inches.
After review of the comments and the MDE Advisory Committee
recommendations, the Access Board has accepted the MDE Advisory
Committee's recommendation of low and high minimum heights. The Access
Board believes that this requirement will ensure that the breast
platform can be lowered or raised to the proper height for a patient
seated in a wheelchair and is also within the range requested from
manufacturers for patient accessibility. Therefore, the final rule
requires at M303.4.1 that breast platforms have a minimum low height of
26 inches, a minimum high height of 42 inches, and be continually
adjustable between the minimum low and high heights.
5. Edge Protection
The MDE NPRM proposed edge protection on the ramps leading up to
the raised platform (proposed M303.3.3.4), but did not require edge
protection on the raised platforms themselves. The Access Board sought
public input with question 30 in the MDE NPRM preamble, on whether
there is diagnostic equipment with wheelchair spaces on raised
platforms that does not provide edge protection.
The Access Board received two comments from disability rights
organizations. These commenters recommended requiring edge protection
on platforms and one commenter suggested that the edge protection
should not encroach into the wheelchair space on the platform and
should be designed according to the edge protection requirements from
the 2010 ADA Standards.
The Advisory Committee made two recommendations for requiring edge
protection on raised platforms; for single ramped entry platforms, the
Committee recommended requiring a minimum two-inch high edge protection
on the back of the platform opposite the entry ramp and on the two
sides of the platform, and for double ramped entry platforms, the
Committee recommended a minimum two-inch high edge protection on both
sides of the platform. The Advisory Committee explained that edge
protection ``provides an additional safety feature and guides users of
wheeled mobility devices onto the platform.'' The edge protection
prevents the patient from over-shooting the platform, driving off
either side, tipping, or falling. MDE Advisory Committee Report, 112-
113, available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report.
The Access Board concurs with the Advisory Committee that edge
protection is necessary on raised platforms to provide a mechanism to
ensure that wheelchair users do not fall off the platform. Therefore,
the final rule requires in M303.2.6 that platforms with wheelchair
spaces that are raised more than 1\1/2\ inches in height to provide a
minimum 2-inch-high edge protection, measured from the surface of the
platform, on each side of the platform not providing entry to or exit
from the diagnostic equipment.
D. M304 Diagnostic Equipment Used by Patients in a Standing Position
M304 provides the technical requirements for diagnostic equipment
used by patients in a standing position. There was only one significant
change made to the requirement of standing supports on the diagnostic
equipment.
1. Standing Supports
The proposed rule included a provision requiring standing supports
on each side of the standing surface and compliance with the technical
requirements for standing supports in proposed M305.3 (proposed
M304.3). Question 38 in the MDE NPRM preamble requested input on the
standing support configurations currently provided, their effectiveness
for patients with disabilities, whether alternative criteria would be
appropriate, whether angled standing supports are effective, and
whether there are any industry standards for structural strength
requirements. NPRM, 77 FR at 6931.
Two commenters responded to this question. One commenter, a medical
association, indicated that standing supports for imaging equipment
vary widely based on the type of environment and specific imaging
equipment being used. For example, the standing support on a chest x-
ray machine and mammography equipment is much different than a support
on a fluoroscopic room table that can be moved from a recumbent to
standing position. The second commenter, a manufacturer, expressed
concerns that the proposed rule was treating supports on breast
platforms as standing supports, explaining that this was not the
supports' intended purpose. This commenter argued that these supports
are actually arm supports intended to ensure proper patient positioning
during the diagnostic exam, and were not intended as an accessibility
feature to assist the patient in standing.
The MDE Advisory Committee addressed the issue of standing supports
for mammography equipment as well as that of standing supports for
wheelchair spaces with raised platforms. For mammography equipment, the
MDE Advisory Committee came to a consensus agreeing with the commenter
that the ``standing supports'' on mammography equipment were actually
positioning supports and the ``primary use of these supports is for
positioning of the arms during the imaging process to keep them out of
the field of view of the image.'' MDE Advisory Committee Report, 135,
available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report. The
MDE Advisory Committee noted that ``[i]ndustry representatives posited
that if a patient has limitations or balance issues severe enough to
need standing assistance, then the healthcare provider should position
her in a seated position for safe imaging.'' Id. The MDE Advisory
Committee recommended removing the requirements for standing supports
on mammography equipment and instead adding a requirement for
positioning supports. Additionally, the MDE Advisory Committee noted
that:
[[Page 2827]]
since the supports mount to the c-arm on many types of mammography
equipment, they will move up and down with the breast platform. In
these cases, they do not need to be as long as 18 inches to provide
sufficient flexibility for patients to reach them. Industry
representatives also indicated that there are controls in the area
where these positioning supports are located. It is important that
the patients' hands do not accidentally hit these controls when they
are holding the positioning supports. For this reason, industry will
sometimes intentionally shorten the length of these handholds to
less than the 18-inch proposal. Considering these factors, the full
Committee agreed that a 12-inch long positioning support would be
sufficient if it moved with the movable breast platform. Id.
The MDE Advisory Committee made two recommendations for standing
supports on raised platforms with wheelchair spaces: One for single-
ramped entry raised platforms, and a second for dual-ramped entry
raised platforms. These recommendations would apply when the diagnostic
equipment is designed to accommodate both persons seated in wheelchairs
and standing persons. For single-ramped entry raised platforms, the MDE
Advisory Committee recommended maintaining the requirement for standing
supports on both sides of the diagnostic equipment. To address concerns
raised by industry representative on the MDE Advisory Committee
regarding the space on the platform needed to attach two sets of
standing supports which must be outside the minimum clear space
required for a wheelchair, the Committee recommended that dual-ramped
entry raised platforms require only one standing support on one side of
the platform. The MDE Advisory Committee explained that patients may
have a stronger side, right or left, and therefore with only one
standing support provided, they would need to be able to use their
preferred side to hold onto the standing support. With a single entry
ramp, supports on both sides are necessary to allow patients to choose
to use the right or left side of their body, but on a dual entry ramp
the patient can enter or exit on opposing sides to allow them to use
their preferred side of their body with only one support. Id.
The Access Board concurs with the commenters and the MDE Advisory
Committee that the supports on mammography equipment were intended as
positioning supports, not standing supports. However, the Board has
determined that an exception is not necessary due to the restructuring
of this requirement in the final rule. In the final rule, standing
supports are only required on diagnostic equipment used by patients in
a standing position that provide a surface on which a patient would
stand. This is discussed in greater detail below in Section V.C.
(Section-by-Section Analysis--M304.2). Additionally, as discussed below
in Section IV.E.1. (Significant Changes--Positioning Supports), the
Access Board has elected not to include positioning supports for
mammography equipment in the final rule.
With regard to the MDE Advisory Committee recommendations regarding
standing supports on diagnostic equipment with raised platforms, the
Access Board has decided to include an exception in the final rule for
diagnostic equipment with entry and exit that permit pass-through from
one end to the other to provide a standing support on only one side of
the standing surface, provided that the standing support complies with
the requirements in M305.3 for standing supports in a horizontal
position. This exception would not just apply to diagnostic equipment
on a raised platform designed both for people seated in wheelchairs and
in standing positions, it would also apply to equipment designed solely
for patients in a standing position and would apply regardless of
whether the standing surface is raised on a platform or combined with a
wheelchair space. For all other standing surfaces, the Access Board has
retained the original requirement of standing supports on two sides of
the standing surface from the proposed rule. While the MDE Advisory
Committee spoke in terms of raised platforms, the Access Board believes
the exception should be permitted where entry and exit permits pass-
through from one end to the other, regardless of whether the standing
surface is raised. Accordingly, the Access Board has decided to apply
this exception to all diagnostic equipment which permits this type of
entry and exit in final rule (M304.2.2).
E. M305 Supports
M305 provides the technical requirements for supports on medical
diagnostic equipment. There were multiple significant changes made to
the transfer supports section, including the addition of new
requirements as well as the removal of structural strength requirements
from the final rule. Additionally, changes were made to the vertical
and horizontal standing supports requirements.
1. Transfer Supports
The MDE NPRM proposed requirements for transfer supports that
applied to all transfer surfaces (proposed M305.2). The requirements
were the same for transfer surfaces on diagnostic equipment used by
patients in the supine, prone, or side-lying position, as well as
diagnostic equipment used by patients in the seated position. The
proposed standards required transfer supports to be located within
reach of the transfer surface and not obstruct transfer, be capable of
resisting vertical and horizontal forces of 250 pounds applied to all
points, and not rotate in their fittings. The latter two requirements
were taken from the 2004 ADA and ABA Accessibility Guidelines for grab
bars. 36 CFR part 1191, App. D. In the preamble to the MDE NPRM, the
Access Board posed multiple questions about whether the final rule
should include more specific requirements regarding location, length,
size, height, and angle for transfer supports; and whether transfer
supports should be allowed to rotate in their fittings. The Access
Board received 31 comments to these questions and the MDE Advisory
Committee made 10 recommendations regarding the transfer support
section.
In response to the comments and the recommendations of the MDE
Advisory Committee, and in consideration of the changes to the final
rule regarding types of transfer surfaces, the Access Board has made
multiple changes and additions to the transfer support requirements,
located at M305.2. Specifically, the Access Board has added technical
specifications to the requirements for location (M305.2.1) and length
(M305.2.2) based on the type of transfer support required; has added
new technical requirements for height (M305.2.3), cross section
(M305.2.4), absence of surface hazards (M305.2.5), gripping surfaces
(M305.2.6), and clearance (M305.2.7); and has made changes to the
fittings provision (M305.2.8). These new and revised provisions are
based on the 2004 ADA and ABA Accessibility Guidelines for grab bars
and handrails, 36 CFR part 1191, App. D. Finally, the Access Board has
removed the requirement for structural strength for transfer supports
and has decided not to add any positioning support requirements in the
final rule. Each requirement is discussed in detail in the Section-by-
Section Analysis below.
a. Structural Strength
The MDE NPRM proposed to require transfer supports to be capable of
resisting vertical and horizontal forces of 250 pounds at all points
(proposed M305.2.2). The Access Board sought input in question 18, on
whether current transfer supports are capable of
[[Page 2828]]
resisting vertical and horizontal forces of 250 pounds at all points.
NPRM, 77 FR at 6925. Four commenters (three manufacturers and one
accessibility consultant) addressed this requirement: The accessibility
consultant concurred with the proposal and the other three commenters
opposed this provision. Two of those opposing the 250-pound requirement
asserted that very few supports would be able to withstand 250 pounds
of force applied to all points in all directions and that the
requirements should differ depending on the force vector or live load
applied. The remaining opposing commenter supported compliance with the
prevailing industry standard IEC 60601 instead of the proposed
provision.
The MDE Advisory Committee recommended revising the language
proposed in the MDE NPRM to require transfer supports to resist
vertical and horizontal forces of 250 pounds at locations determined by
the intended use of the equipment. The Committee indicated that
``during committee discussions manufacturers stated that industry is
required to test the most vulnerable spots on the transfer support.
Industry must follow testing parameters found in other standards.'' MDE
Advisory Committee Report, 103, available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report.
After reviewing the comments received and the recommendations from
the MDE Advisory Committee, the Access Board has decided to remove this
section in the final rule. The prevailing standard used by industry,
IEC 60601 adopted under the ANSI/AAMI ES 60601 series in the U.S.,
contains provisions that address the structural strength of supports.
ANSI/AAMI ES60601-1:2005/(R)2012, available at https://my.aami.org. The
IEC 60601 Standard applies to a wide range of medical equipment
including much of the diagnostic equipment covered by the MDE Standards
and contains allowances for risk assessment not found in accessibility
standards, such that support features on diagnostic equipment that will
sustain transfers in a safe manner even without a specific provision in
the MDE Standards. Id. Accordingly, it is not necessary for the Access
Board to address the structural strength of transfer supports in the
final rule as it is already covered by industry standards.
b. Positioning Supports
The Access Board noted in the MDE NPRM preamble that it was
considering adding positioning supports to the final rule and sought
public input with question 24 on whether positioning supports should be
required in the final rule. NPRM, 77 FR at 6927. Six commenters
responded: Two commenters (disability rights organizations) recommended
adding positioning supports; two commenters (manufacturers) recommended
providing positioning supports within reach of the patient; one
commenter (an accessibility consultant) recommended flexibility to
allow for design based on use; and the final commenter (a manufacturer)
raised concerns about the technical impact for MRI machines.
Additionally, as discussed above in Section IV.D.1 (Significant
Changes--Standing Supports) and below in Section V.C.17 (Section-by-
Section Analysis--M305.2), the MDE Advisory Committee made
recommendations to add requirements for positioning supports on
mammography equipment and imaging equipment with transfer surfaces
having depths greater than 24 inches.
After review of the comments and the MDE Advisory Committee's
recommendations, the Access Board has decided not to require
positioning supports in the final rule. Although the Access Board
considers positioning supports to be helpful, even necessary in some
instances, given the wide range of diagnostic equipment addressed by
the final rule, we have insufficient information on which to base a
meaningful requirement that could apply to all types of equipment.
Additionally, where transfer supports are provided, they can also serve
to assist patients to position themselves.
2. Standing Supports
The proposed rule provided technical criteria for vertical and
horizontal standing supports. For horizontal standing supports, the
Access Board proposed a gripping surface of 4 inches long minimum, the
top of which would be required to be located 34 inches minimum and 38
inches maximum above the standing surface (proposed M305.3.1). For
vertical standing supports, the Access Board proposed a gripping
surface of 18 inches long minimum, the bottom of which would be
required to be located 34 inches minimum and 37 inches maximum above
the standing surface (proposed M305.3.2). In the preamble to the MDE
NPRM the Access Board sought input with question 38 on: (a) The current
configurations of standing supports, and their effectiveness for
persons with disabilities; (b) if there were any alternative technical
criteria that would be appropriate; (c) whether angled supports are
effective; and (d) whether there are industry standards for the
structural strength of standing supports. NPRM, 77 FR at 6931. The
Access Board received two comments, one of which addressed standing
supports on mammography equipment (discussed above in Section IV.D.1
(Significant Changes--Standing Supports)) and one commenter (medical
association) who noted that angled standing supports would be effective
and that they are unaware of any industry standards regarding
structural strength.
The MDE Advisory Committee reviewed the standing supports provision
and while it supported the technical criteria in the proposed rule, the
MDE Advisory Committee recommended adding additional criteria for
standing supports on raised platforms with wheelchair spaces based on
the recommended changes in requirements for standing supports for such
diagnostic equipment (discussed above in Section IV.D.1 (Significant
Changes--Standing Supports)). The Committee recommended that for
single-ramped entry raised platforms with wheelchair spaces, the
standing supports located on two sides of the platform have a minimum
of 34 inches between supports, be integrated into the platform, and be
a minimum of 32 inches in length (at least 80 percent of the platform
length) at the platform entry edge. MDE Advisory Committee Report, 136-
137, available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report. For standing supports on dual-ramped entry raised platforms
with wheelchair spaces, the MDE Advisory Committee recommended the
standing support, required on one side of the platform, be integrated
into the platform and stretch the full length of the platform (40-inch
minimum). Id.
The Access Board concurs with most of the MDE Advisory Committee's
recommendations; however, although the Committee's recommendations
pertained to diagnostic equipment with wheelchair spaces and standing
spaces on raised platforms, the Access Board has decided to apply the
recommended criteria to all diagnostic equipment for patients in a
standing position that also contains a wheelchair space, regardless of
whether the equipment standing surface is raised. In addition, the
exception permitting only one standing support is conditioned on that
support being positioned horizontally in relation to the standing
surface, not vertically. Additionally, the Access Board has adopted the
Committee's recommendation regarding the length of
[[Page 2829]]
these standing supports necessitating the Access Board to restructure
the standing support provision, dividing it into length and height. In
the final rule the Access Board permits diagnostic equipment that is
required to have standing supports that also provides a wheelchair
spaces with one entry to have standing supports with a gripping surface
length equal to or greater than 80 percent of the overall length of the
platform. For such diagnostic equipment with wheelchair spaces that
permit pass-through from one end to the other, the final rule requires
the length of the gripping surface of the standing support to be at
least equal to the length of the platform.
V. Section-by-Section Analysis
A. Chapter 1: Application and Administration
In the final rule Chapter 1 establishes the purpose and the general
requirements for the application of the MDE Standards. This chapter
received 21 comments and no recommendations from the MDE Advisory
Committee. The Access Board made a few editorial changes to some of the
provisions, and added one provision M101.3 Existing Diagnostic
Equipment, which is discussed below.
M101 General
This is an introductory section.
M101.1 Purpose
The MDE NPRM proposed that the purpose of the MDE Standards was to
establish technical criteria for diagnostic equipment that is
accessible to and usable by patients with disabilities and to provide
patients with disabilities independent access to and use of diagnostic
equipment to the maximum extent possible. One commenter, a
manufacturer, responded to the proposed provision. The commenter
asserted that this provision was unclear without a list of applicable
disabilities and an explanation on how the maximum extent possible
would be determined.
In response to the commenter, the Access Board notes that the term
``disability'' is defined in the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA),
42 U.S.C. 12102. None of the Standards and Guidelines promulgated by
the Access Board include a list of applicable disabilities. Rather,
they rely on the definition of disability provided in the ADA. As for
determining whether diagnostic equipment provides independent access
and egress to the maximum extent possible, that is a decision left to
the enforcing authorities that adopt and implement this standard. The
Access Board, therefore, declines to implement the commenter's
suggested changes. The Access Board has, however, made two editorial
changes to this provision clarifying that ``medical diagnostic
equipment'' is referred to as ``diagnostic equipment,'' and that these
standards are referred to as ``MDE Standards'' throughout the rule
text.
M101.2 Application
In the NPRM the Access Board proposed that the MDE Standards would
be applied to diagnostic equipment based on the patient position the
equipment is designed to support. Additionally, this provision stated
that where the equipment was designed to support more than one patient
position, the MDE Standards for each patient position supported would
be applied to the equipment. Fifteen commenters responded to this
provision asserting that some diagnostic equipment should not have to
comply with more than one patient position requirement. These concerns
have resulted in two added exceptions to the final rule. The first is
to exempt examination chairs which comply with M302 and can be reclined
to facilitate diagnosis after the patient transfers onto the seat from
complying with M301. (M301.1, Exception). This exception is discussed
above in Section IV.B.4 (Significant Changes--Exception from the
Requirements of M301 for Certain Examination Chairs that Comply with
M302). Additionally, the final rule also exempts weight scales which
contain a wheelchair space complying with M303 and that have a seat
integral to the equipment from complying with M302 (M302.1, Exception).
This exception is discussed above in Section IV.B.5. (Significant
Changes--Exception from the Requirements of M302 for Weight Scales with
Integral Seats). In the final rule, the application provision was
revised due to the addition of the exceptions and a few editorial
changes were made for clarity. This provision now requires that
sections M301 through M304 of the MDE Standards be applied to
diagnostic equipment based on the patient position that the equipment
supports during patient transfer and diagnostic use and sections M306
and M307 will be applied to diagnostic equipment that contains
communication features or operable parts that are provided for patient
use.
M101.3 Existing Diagnostic Equipment
The MDE NPRM did not address when or how the MDE Standards would be
applied to existing medical diagnostic equipment. Commenters raised
concerns about the cost of immediate compliance for the more expensive
imaging equipment, noting the high cost and the concern that rooms are
designed specifically for such equipment. Specifically, at the public
hearing on March 14, 2012, two commenters recommended phasing in these
requirements for imaging equipment based on when it is replaced. The
public hearing transcript is available at https://www.regulations.gov/docket?D=ATBCB-2012-0003.
The MDE Standards are advisory and are not binding until adopted by
an enforcing authority. The Access Board's mandate was to establish
only the minimum technical criteria, however enforcing authorities may
establish scoping requirements in the future. In response to the
commenters' concerns regarding existing equipment, the Access Board has
decided to add a new provision which clarifies that the MDE Standards
do not address the accessibility of existing diagnostic equipment and
that the enforcing authority will determine whether and how diagnostic
equipment will be regulated.
M101.4 Equivalent Facilitation
The MDE NPRM proposed to permit the use of alternative designs or
technologies that are substantially equivalent to or provide greater
accessibility and usability than strict compliance with provisions in
the MDE Standards. One commenter, a manufacturer, requested that the
Access Board include examples of acceptable methods for providing
equivalent facilitation.
The Access Board is unable to provide examples of acceptable
methods of equivalent facilitation, as this section is intended to
encompass those design solutions which the Access Board is unaware at
the time that this rule is published. Additionally, the final
determination of whether a particular design or technology meets this
provision will be determined by the enforcing authorities. Therefore,
the only change to this provision was to adjust the section number to
allow for the addition of the new provision, M101.3 Existing Diagnostic
Equipment.
M101.5 Dimensions
The MDE NPRM proposed that the MDE Standards be based on adult
dimensions and anthropometrics. One commenter and the MDE Advisory
Committee raised concerns about providing standards for obese patients
and pediatric patients. While the Access Board acknowledges that these
are additional issues of accessibility, the
[[Page 2830]]
final rule follows the MDE NPRM framework and provides technical
requirements based on adult dimensions and anthropometrics, only. At
this point in time the Access Board is focusing on adult dimensions and
anthropometrics however, the Access Board may address potential
expansions of the MDE Standards to other groups in future rulemakings.
The only change to this provision was adjustment of the section number
to allow for the addition of the new provision, M101.3 Existing
Diagnostic Equipment.
M101.6 Dimensional Tolerances
The MDE NPRM proposed that dimensions were to be subject to
conventional industry tolerances for manufacturing processes, material
properties, and field conditions. In the preamble of the MDE NPRM, the
Access Board sought public input in question five on available
information or resources concerning conventional industry tolerances
for medical diagnostic equipment. NPRM, 77 FR at 6920. Six commenters
responded to the question. Three commenters (two manufacturers and one
medical association) indicated that tolerances vary based on the
manufacturer, product design, and manufacturing process and that they
are unaware of any industry standard. One commenter, a manufacturer,
referenced ASME Y14.5-1994 for dimensional tolerances. Another
commenter, a medical association, asserted that tolerances are in
operator manuals. The final commenter, a manufacturer, recommended
providing tolerances when dimensions are specified and recommended
defining a specific tolerance, such as +/- 0.5 inch for linear
dimensions.
After considering the comments received, the Access Board has
decided to retain the original provision. The Access Board was
persuaded by arguments from the commenters that there is not one
industry-wide standard that can be applied to all MDE and concurs that
the Access Board should not attempt to establish manufacturing
tolerances. Where available, tolerances are best addressed by industry
standards for the specific materials and methods employed in the
manufacturing process. The only change to this provision was to adjust
the section number to allow for the addition of a new section, M101.3
Existing Diagnostic Equipment.
M101.7 Units of Measurement
In the MDE NPRM there was no explanation of the units of
measurement used throughout the rule text. In order to avoid confusion
and to align this final rule with the other accessibility guidelines
and standards promulgated by the Access Board; this provision has been
added to explain that the values stated in each system (U.S. customary
and metric units) may not be exact equivalents, and each system must be
used independently of the other.
M102 Definitions
This is an introductory section.
M102.1 Defined Terms
The MDE NPRM proposed definitions for enforcing authority, medical
diagnostic equipment, operable parts, and transfer surface. The Access
Board sought input in question six in the preamble of the MDE NPRM, on
whether there were other terms in the proposed standards that should be
defined. NPRM, 77 FR at 6920. Ten commenters responded to this
question. One commenter, a medical association, did not offer other
terms that should be defined, but stated that there were many instances
where the Board used acronyms without a definition. However, this
commenter failed to provide any examples. Another commenter, a
disability rights organization, suggested modifying the definition of
medical diagnostic equipment to clarify that the standard is intended
for all medical equipment in which any part of the equipment is used
for diagnostic purposes for any amount of time. Another commenter, a
manufacturer, recommended changing the term ``operable part'' to
``applied part'' and adding a new definition of operable part as
``caregiver operated parts,'' asserting that this aligns with IEC
60601. Other commenters (manufacturers, medical associations,
disability rights organizations, and an individual) suggested the
following terms be defined: health care provider, breast platform,
patient support surface, transfer supports, positioning supports, prone
position, supine position, examination tables, diagnostic purposes,
maximum extent possible, landing area, exam table, procedure table, and
procedure chair.
After review of the comments, the Access Board declines to add any
of the suggested terms to the defined terms section. The definition of
medical diagnostic equipment was taken directly from Section 510 of the
Rehabilitation Act and thus for consistency has not been altered. 29
U.S.C. 794f. Some of the definitions proposed by commenters are not
terms used in the MDE final rule and, therefore, providing the
requested definitions would serve no purpose. The definitions for other
proposed terms used in the final rule are the same as the ordinarily
accepted meanings in the context that applies, and the Access Board
does not believe that the reader would be significantly aided in
understanding the final rule by adding the requested definitions.
However, the Access Board has decided to add six additional terms to
this section; end transfer surface, examination chair, imagining
equipment with bores, imagining bed, side transfer surface, and
wheelchair space. As described above in Section IV.B.1.b. (Significant
Changes--Transfer Surface Location), the Access Board has added
definitions for ``end transfer surface'' and ``side transfer surface''
to this provision to describe the two types of transfer surfaces for
diagnostic equipment used by patients in the supine, prone, or side-
lying position. The ``wheelchair space'' definition was taken from the
2004 ADA and ABA Accessibility Guidelines and adopted in the MDE final
rule to provide consistency across Access Board rulemakings.
Examination chair, imagining equipment with bores, and imagining bed
were added to help clarify application of exceptions added in the final
rule. (See M301.1, M301.2.3, and M305.2.2.2). Finally, the Access Board
also made a minor editorial change to the title of ``operable part'' so
that all components and parts are referred to in the plural.
M102.2 Undefined Terms
The MDE NPRM proposed that the meaning of terms not defined in
proposed M102.1 or in regulations or policies issued by an enforcing
authority, be defined by collegiate dictionaries in the sense that the
context implies. There were no comments and no MDE Advisory Committee
recommendations on this provision. In the final rule, the Access Board
has changed this provision to indicate that the meaning of terms not
defined in M102.1 will be given their ordinarily accepted meaning in
the context that applies.
M102.3 Interchangeability
The MDE NPRM proposed that singular and plural words, terms, and
phrases are used interchangeably. There were no comments on this
requirement and no changes have been made.
B. Chapter 2: Scoping
In the final rule, Chapter 2 establishes that the enforcing
authority will determine the number and types of diagnostic equipment
to which the MDE Standards will apply. The Access Board did not receive
any comments regarding Chapter 2 as written; however, several
commenters expressed concern
[[Page 2831]]
regarding the ability of certain types of diagnostic equipment to
comply with the MDE Standards. These concerns, discussed above in
Section IV.A.1. (Significant Changes--General Exception), resulted in
the addition of the M201.2 General Exception, described below. In
addition, the Access Board made one editorial change to M201.1.
M201 General
This is an introductory section.
M201.1 Enforcing Authority
The MDE NPRM proposed to explain that the enforcing authority would
specify the minimum number of types of accessible diagnostic equipment
that would be required to comply with the MDE Standards. There were no
public comments regarding this provision. The Access Board has decided
to make an editorial change to this section to clarify that the
enforcing authority will specify the minimum number and types of
accessible diagnostic equipment that will be required to comply with
the MDE Standards.
M201.2 General Exception
The MDE NPRM did not propose a general exception for diagnostic
equipment that was not capable of meeting the MDE Standards. As
described in Section IV.A.1. (Significant Changes--General Exception),
the Access Board received public comments and MDE Advisory Committee
recommendations regarding certain types of diagnostic equipment that
are unable to meet all of the requirements in the MDE Standards. In
response, the Access Board has added a new provision excepting
diagnostic equipment from compliance with an applicable requirement in
the MDE Standards in the rare circumstance where compliance would alter
diagnostically required structural or operational characteristics of
the equipment, and would prevent the use of the equipment for its
intended diagnostic purpose. Any equipment falling under this exception
must comply with the provision(s) in question to the maximum extent
practicable, and must fully comply with all other provisions not
utilizing this exception.
C. Chapter 3: Technical Requirements
In the final rule, Chapter 3 establishes the technical requirements
for accessible medical diagnostic equipment based on how the diagnostic
equipment is used by the patients, including: Diagnostic equipment used
by patients in a supine prone, or side-lying position (M301);
diagnostic equipment used by patients in a seated position (M302);
diagnostic equipment used by patients seated in a wheelchair (M303);
and diagnostic equipment used by patients in a standing position
(M304). Chapter 3 also provides technical criteria for supports (M305),
communication (M306), and operable parts (M307). This chapter underwent
significant reorganization and changes as described in Section IV.B
through IV.E (Significant Changes--M301 through M305). Additionally,
the Access Board made editorial changes which are described below in
the applicable Section-by-Section Analysis.
M301 Diagnostic Equipment Used by Patients in a Supine, Prone, or Side-
Lying Position
M301 in the final rule establishes the technical criteria for
diagnostic equipment used by patients in a supine, prone, or side-lying
position such as, examination tables, imaging tables, hospital beds,
and stretchers.
M301.1 General
The MDE NPRM proposed that all diagnostic equipment used by
patients in a supine, prone, or side-lying position must comply with
the technical requirements of proposed section M301. As discussed in
Section IV.B.4. (Significant Changes--Exception from the Requirements
of M301 for Certain Examination Chairs that Comply with M302), in
response to public comment and recommendations from the MDE Advisory
Committee, in the final rule the Access Board has added an exception to
this requirement for examination chairs that can be reclined to
facilitate diagnosis after the patient transfers. This new exception
exempts these diagnostic chairs from compliance with M301's
requirements, as long as the examination chairs comply with the
requirements in M302.
M301.2 Transfer Surface
This is an introductory section.
M301.2.1 Adjustability
The MDE NPRM proposed a transfer surface height range for
diagnostic equipment used by patients in the supine, prone, or side-
lying position of 17 inches minimum and 19 inches maximum. The Access
Board received multiple comments on this provision and the MDE Advisory
Committee provided four recommendations. As discussed in Section
IV.B.1.a. (Significant Changes--Transfer Surface Adjustability), in the
final rule the Access Board has renamed this provision and now requires
the transfer surface height to be adjustable to: (1) A low transfer
height of 17 inches minimum and 19 inches maximum; (2) a high transfer
height of 25 inches; (3) at least four additional transfer heights
located between the low and high transfer heights, separated by one
inch minimum increments; and (4) the transfer surface height will be
measured from the floor to the top of the uncompressed transfer
surface.
M301.2.2 Sunset Provision
As discussed in Section IV.B.1.a. (Significant Changes--Transfer
Surface Adjustability), this is a new provision that was added to the
final rule in conjunction with the new requirement of a low height
range in M301.2.1. It provides a sunset for the low transfer height
provision of five years from the date of publication of this rule in
the Federal Register. The Access Board intends to complete the
necessary research to determine an appropriate minimum low transfer
height prior to the effective date of the sunset, and will update this
provision in a subsequent rulemaking.
M301.2.3 Size
The MDE NPRM proposed a transfer surface size for diagnostic
equipment used in the supine, prone, or side-lying position of 30
inches wide and 15 inches deep minimum. (proposed M301.2.2). The Access
Board received multiple comments on this provision as well as multiple
recommendations from the MDE Advisory Committee. As discussed in
Section IV.B.1.c (Significant Changes--Transfer Surface Size), in the
final rule the Access Board has revised this provision to account for
the two types of transfer surfaces (end and side), requiring end
transfer surfaces to be a minimum of 28 inches wide and 17 inches long
and side transfer surfaces to be a minimum of 28 inches wide and 28
inches long and has added an exception for transfer surfaces for
imagining equipment with bores.
M301.2.4 Unobstructed Transfer
In the MDE NPRM the Access Board proposed that each transfer side
provide unobstructed access to the transfer surface, with an exception
to permit temporary obstructions as long as they could be repositioned
during transfer. Examples of temporary obstructions include folding
armrests, removable side rails, retractable footrests, and stirrups.
NPRM, 77 FR at 6924. There were no comments received on the proposed
provision and the MDE Advisory Committee did not make any
recommendations. The final rule retains the requirement for
unobstructed
[[Page 2832]]
transfer, but has reworded the requirement to specify that each
transfer surface must provide two unobstructed sides for the patient to
transfer.
Additionally, the Access Board sought public input on whether an
additional exception to the requirement of unobstructed transfer should
be added. NPRM, 77 FR at 6924. Specifically, the Access Board asked
whether equipment parts should be permitted to extend a maximum of
three inches horizontally beyond the edge of the transfer sides,
provided they do not extend above the top of the transfer surface. The
Access Board received multiple comments and recommendations from the
MDE Advisory Committee on this topic. As discussed above in the Section
IV.B.1.d. (Significant Changes--Unobstructed Transfer), the final rule
includes a second exception to the unobstructed transfer provision
which permits obstructions of no more than three inches to extend
beyond the transfer side of the transfer surface, provided that such
obstructions do not protrude above the top of the transfer surface.
M301.3 Supports
This is an introductory section. An editorial change was made to
this section as a result of the change in M301.3.2, described below, to
replace the word ``stirrups'' with the term ``leg supports.''
M301.3.1 Transfer Supports
The MDE NPRM proposed to require transfer supports to be provided
for use with transfer sides on diagnostic equipment used by patients in
the supine, prone, or side-lying position, and that these transfer
supports comply with the technical requirements for transfer support in
M305.2. There were no public comments and no recommendations by the MDE
Advisory Committee on this provision. The only change in the final rule
was to update the cross reference to applicable transfer surfaces to
accommodate the changes made to transfer surfaces, described above in
Section IV.B.1. (Significant Changes--Transfer Surface).
M301.3.2 Leg Supports
In the MDE NPRM, the Access Board proposed to place the
requirements for stirrups on diagnostic equipment used by patients in
the supine, prone, or side-lying position in M301. In the final rule
the Access Board has decided to move the technical requirements for
stirrups to M305, which includes all of the technical requirements for
supports. Therefore, in the final rule, this provision instructs that
when stirrups are provided on diagnostic equipment used in the supine,
prone, or side-lying position leg supports must also be provided and
comply with the technical requirements in M305.4. Additionally, in the
final rule, the Access Board has made an editorial change in
terminology, from stirrups to leg supports, in response to an MDE
Advisory Committee recommendation to draw a distinction between
stirrups which often only support the feet and leg supports which would
support the legs when the patient's feet are in the stirrups and to
provide consistency with the headings of other support provisions which
are based on the body part supported.
M301.3.3 Head and Back Support
In the MDE NPRM the Access Board proposed to place the requirements
for head and back support for diagnostic equipment used by patients in
the supine, prone, or side-lying position in M301. In the final rule,
the Access Board has decided to move the technical requirements for
head and back support to M305, which includes all of the technical
requirements for supports. Therefore, in the final rule, this provision
instructs that where diagnostic equipment is used in a reclined
position it must provide head and back support that complies with the
technical requirements in M305.5.
M301.4 Lift Compatibility
The MDE NPRM proposed to require that diagnostic equipment used by
patients in the supine, prone, or side-lying position be usable with a
patient lift and comply with either the proposed clearance in base
(proposed M301.4.1) or clearance around base (proposed M301.4.2)
technical requirements. One manufacturer commented on this provision,
asserting that the proposed requirement was unclear and should clearly
state that the diagnostic equipment only has to be compatible with
either the clearance around base or the clearance in base provisions.
The Access Board considered this comment, but finds that the language
is clear as written. This provision clearly states that diagnostic
equipment shall comply with clearance in base or clearance around base.
In the final rule the Access Board has made an editorial change to
clarify the type of lift; namely portable patient lift, and a change to
clarify that the clearance provisions only apply when the diagnostic
equipment is being used with the portable patient lift.
Additionally, question 27 in the MDE NPRM preamble requested input
on whether the final rule should provide an exception from the lift
compatibility requirements where the diagnostic equipment is designed
for use with overhead lifts. As discussed above in Section IV.B.3.
(Significant Changes--Lift Compatibility Exception), the Access Board
has decided to add this exception for diagnostic equipment that meets
the following three criteria: Fixed overhead patient lifts are provided
for use with the diagnostic equipment; the use with the fixed overhead
patient lift with the diagnostic equipment is permitted by an enforcing
authority; and the diagnostic equipment is clearly labeled as not
compatible with portable patient lifts.
M301.4.1 Clearance in Base
The MDE NPRM proposed certain clearance requirements beneath the
diagnostic equipment to allow sufficient space for the legs of a
portable patient lift to fit underneath the equipment so that the
patient could be raised out of their mobility device, moved over to the
medical diagnostic equipment, and then be lowered onto the transfer
surface. The proposed requirement could be met by providing an open
area beneath the equipment, or by configuring the equipment with a wide
slot recessed into the base enclosure. NPRM, 77 FR at 6927. The MDE
NPRM proposed a clearance in the base of 44 inches wide minimum, 6
inches high minimum measured from the floor, and 36 inches deep minimum
measured from the edge of the examination surface. Where the width of
the equipment is less than 36 inches wide, the proposed rule required
the clearance to extend the full width of the equipment. Id.
Additionally, the Access Board proposed to permit equipment components
to be located within 8 inches maximum of the centerline of the
clearance width. Id. The Access Board sought input in question 25 in
the MDE NPRM preamble, on whether the proposed dimensions for the
clearance in base requirement is sufficient to allow for the use of
portable floor lifts. Id.
Six commenters responded to the question. One commenter, a
manufacturer, concurred with the proposed provision. Another commenter,
a medical association, explained that portable lifts are a problem in
older outpatient facilities due to limited space. Another commenter, a
manufacturer, raised concerns about requiring floor based patient lifts
with MRI systems, explaining the concern about the significant
structural support required in the patient bed which makes the under
bed clearance impractical and the concern about requiring non-ferrous
materials in the MRI room. This commenter explained a preference for
[[Page 2833]]
fixed overhead lifts. Three commenters (two manufacturers and one
medical association) raised concerns with the six-inch vertical
clearance measured from the floor requirement. One manufacturer
explained that the proposed six-inch vertical clearance requirement
would encompass 100 percent of all portable patient lifts on the
market, and that several portable patient lifts only require 2.5 inches
clearance, such as those designed to be used with stretchers. This
commenter asserted that the proposed six-inch vertical clearance would
require redesign of every medical bed and stretcher on the market, and
recommended reducing the required clearance. One commenter (medical
association) noted that it would be difficult to meet the six-inch
clearance from the floor when the table is lowered to 17 inches to
allow for transfer. The final commenter explained that a standard that
only required either compliance with clearance in the base or clearance
around the base, was attainable, but warned that if both were required
it would impose significant redesign costs and would increase product
costs. This commenter further posited that it would be more cost
effective to redesign the lift than the diagnostic equipment. These
three commenters also raised concerns that this provision was in
conflict with the prevailing standard used by manufacturers for medical
beds and stretchers, IEC 60601-2-52, which contains requirements for
lift clearance under the equipment.
The MDE Advisory Committee recommended reducing the equipment base
clearance for stretchers from 44 inches wide minimum to 39 inches wide
minimum. The Committee noted that this was to harmonize the MDE
Standards with IEC 60601-2-52, which provides requirements for
stretchers and includes lift clearance at the 39-inch width. MDE
Advisory Committee Report, 106-107, available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report.
The Access Board has reviewed the comments and the recommendations
from the MDE Advisory Committee and is persuaded by the arguments in
favor of harmonizing the lift clearance requirements with the IEC
60601-2-52. Accordingly, the Access Board has adopted the
recommendation from the MDE Advisory Committee, but has decided to
apply the reduction in lift clearance width to all medical diagnostic
equipment that complies with the clearance in base provision because a
lift that deploys effectively under a stretcher should also function
properly under other less constrained diagnostic equipment. Secondly,
the Access Board has decided to retain the six-inch height clearance
requirement but agrees with the commenters that the diagnostic
equipment should not have to meet the six-inch height clearance
requirement when in position for independent transfer. Therefore, the
final rule clarifies that the lift compatibility requirements only
apply when the diagnostic equipment is being used with the portable
lift, as a lift will only be used when independent transfer is not
possible.
M301.4.2 Clearance Around Base
The MDE NPRM proposed certain requirements to provide clearance
around the base of the diagnostic equipment to allow the legs of the
portable floor lift to straddle the base of the diagnostic equipment
with a solid base that sits on or close to the floor. The proposed rule
required a minimum clearance of 6 inches high measured from the floor
and 36 inches deep measured from the edge of the examination surface.
NPRM, 77 FR at 6927. The width of the base permitted within this
clearance would be 26 inches maximum at the edge of the examination
surface and was permitted to increase at a rate of 1 inch in width for
every 3 inches in depth. Id. In addition, where the width of the
examination surface is less than 26 inches, the clearance depth would
be the full width of the examination surface. Id. The Access Board
sought public input in question 26 in the MDE NPRM, on whether the
proposed dimensions for clearance around the base of the equipment was
sufficient to allow for the use of portable floor lifts. Id.
Two commenters, both manufacturers, responded to this question. One
commenter recommended clarifying that the exam table must be compatible
with a patient lift and meet the six-inch clearance, but not when the
table is at its lowest level for independent transfer. This
manufacturer indicated that its adjustable table does not have a six-
inch minimum clearance when at its lowest position, but does meet the
standard when the table is raised. The other commenter asserted that
the proposed dimensions are not sufficient to accommodate the various
portable floor lifts and recommended that the Access Board instead
provide technical criteria for the portable patient lift to be usable
with diagnostic equipment since it is more cost effective to change the
floor lift, than to change the diagnostic equipment. Additionally, this
manufacturer reported that all but one of its examination and procedure
tables currently meet the clearance around base provision, but opined
that if the proposed increase in width of the transfer surface of
examination tables and chairs to 30 inches by 15 inches is adopted then
it would be required to redesign the examination tables and chairs to
have a larger base which would interfere with the ability to meet this
clearance around base provision. The MDE Advisory Committee did not
address this provision, and thus provided no recommendations on the
clearance around the base requirements.
The Access Board has reviewed the comments and has decided to
retain the provision from the proposed rule. In the final rule, the
Access Board has decided to decrease the size of the transfer surface
(See final M301.2.3) and thus the commenter's concern regarding an
increase in base size is not applicable. As described above, M301.4
does not require the 6-inch height clearance to be maintained when the
equipment is lowered to the minimum low height for independent transfer
as required by M301.2.1, because portable patient lifts will only be
used when independent transfer is not possible. Finally, a portable
patient lift is not medical diagnostic equipment and, therefore, not
within the purview of the Access Board's regulatory jurisdiction.
However, portable patient lifts are integral to ensuring that patients
with disabilities who are unable to independently transfer are
otherwise able to use the medical diagnostic equipment. Therefore, the
Access Board has provided the technical criteria necessary for the
portable floor lift to be usable with medical diagnostic equipment.
M302 Diagnostic Equipment Used by Patients in a Seated Position
M302 in the final rule establishes the technical criteria for
diagnostic equipment used by patients in a seated position such as
examination chairs.
M302.1 General
The MDE NPRM proposed that all diagnostic equipment used by
patients in a seated position must comply with the technical
requirements of proposed section M302. As discussed in Section IV.B.5.
(Significant Changes--Exception from the Requirements of M302 for
Weight Scales with Integral Seats), in response to public comment and
evidence presented to the MDE Advisory Committee, in the final rule the
Access Board has added an exception to this requirement for weight
[[Page 2834]]
scales that contain wheelchair spaces and also provide a seat integral
to the equipment. This new exception exempts these weight scales from
compliance with M302's requirements for the seat, as long as the
wheelchair space complies with the requirements in M303.
M302.2 Transfer Surface
This is an introductory section.
M302.2.1 Adjustability
The MDE NPRM proposed a transfer surface height range for
diagnostic equipment used by patients in a seated position of 17 inches
minimum and 19 inches maximum. The Access Board received multiple
comments on this provision and the MDE Advisory Committee provided four
recommendations. As discussed in Section IV.B.1.a. (Significant
Changes--Transfer Surface Adjustability) in the final rule the Access
Board has renamed this provision and now requires the transfer surface
to be adjustable to: (1) A low transfer position height at or between
17 inches and 19 inches; (2) a high transfer position of 25 inches; (3)
at least four additional transfer positions located between the low and
high transfer positions and separated by one inch minimum increments;
(4) measured from the floor to the top of the uncompressed transfer
surface.
M302.2.2 Sunset Provision
As discussed in Section IV.B.1.a. (Significant Changes--Transfer
Surface Adjustability), this is a new provision added to the final rule
in conjunction with the new requirement of a low height range in
M302.2.1. It provides a sunset for the low transfer height provision of
five years from the date of publication of this rule in the Federal
Register. The Access Board intends to complete the necessary research
to determine an appropriate minimum low transfer height prior to the
effective date of the sunset, and will update this provision in a
subsequent rulemaking.
M302.2.3 Size
The MDE NPRM proposed a transfer surface size for diagnostic
equipment used by patients in the seated position of 21 inches wide and
15 inches deep (proposed M302.2.2). The Access Board also solicited
comment in question 16 on whether the transfer surface size proposed
for seated position diagnostic equipment was sufficient to facilitate
independent transfer. NPRM, 77 FR at 6924. Two of the seven commenters
who responded supported the proposed requirements. One commenter, a
manufacturer, although in agreement with the 21-inch width, stated that
the 15 inches deep requirement should be increased to 17 inches, a
disability advocate recommended increasing the width to 23 inches, two
of the commenters, accessibility consultant and disability advocate,
stated that the proposed dimensions were insufficient citing concerns
for persons of larger stature or who are obese and may be unable to
safely transfer to a surface of that size. One commenter, a
manufacturer, recommended harmonizing with the requirements for the
seated position with those of the supine, prone, or side-lying position
transfer surface size.
The MDE Advisory Committee considered the dimensions for
rectangular seats in roll-in showers from the 2010 ADA Standards for
Accessible Design and the ``ideal'' chair width recommended in
Architectural Graphic Standards for auditorium seating. MDE Advisory
Committee Report, 77, available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report. The Committee also reviewed anthropometric data
from a variety of sources. Id. Many Committee members expressed concern
about the adequacy of the transfer surface depth. Id. The Committee
recommended increasing the minimum depth of the transfer surface from
15 inches to 17 inches, noting that existing equipment already meets or
exceeds this dimension. Id. The Committee recommended retaining the 21-
inch width requirement, noting that it was sufficient to facilitate
independent transfer. Id.
Based on the commenters' responses and the MDE Advisory Committee
recommendations, the Access Board has decided to increase the transfer
surface size for equipment used by patients in a seated position to 17
inches deep and retain the 21-inch-wide requirement from the proposed
rule.
M302.2.4 Transfer Sides
In the MDE NPRM, the transfer side provision for diagnostic
equipment used by patients in the seated position required transfer
surfaces to have the option to transfer from a mobility device onto one
short side (depth) and one long side (width) of the surface, and
provide unobstructed transfer to the surface. The Access Board received
multiple comments and recommendations from the MDE Advisory Committee,
which are discussed above in Section IV.B.1.b. (Significant Changes--
Transfer Surface Location). In the final rule, the Access Board
retained this provision, but made editorial changes to clarify the
location of the transfer sides and to relocate the language concerning
unobstructed transfer into a new section M302.2.5. The transfer sides
are still intended to allow a patient to choose to transfer onto either
of two adjoining sides of the transfer surface. Additionally, based on
comments and recommendations from the MDE Advisory Committee, the
Access Board has decided to add an exception to this provision to
accommodate chairs with fixed footrests which prevent transfer onto the
adjoining sides. This is discussed in Section IV.B.1.b. (Significant
Changes--Transfer Surface Location). As explained above, in order to
provide patients with the ability to choose what side of their body
they use to transfer, chairs with fixed footrests will provide the
ability to transfer from either opposing side of the transfer surface.
This allows the patient to choose to transfer from their right or left
side and prevents the patient from having to transfer onto a fixed
footrest.
M302.2.5 Unobstructed Transfer
In the MDE NPRM the Access Board proposed that each transfer side
provide unobstructed access to the transfer surface, with an exception
to permit temporary obstructions as long as they could be repositioned
during transfer. This requirement is identical to the unobstructed
transfer requirement in M301.2.4, and this provision is discussed in
the Section V.C.2.d. (Section-by-Section Analysis--M301.2.4). The final
rule retains the requirement for unobstructed transfer, but has been
reworded to specify that each transfer surface must provide two
unobstructed sides for the patient to transfer.
Additionally, as discussed above in the Section IV.B.1.d.
(Significant Changes--Unobstructed Transfer), the final rule includes a
second exception to the unobstructed transfer provision which permits
obstructions of no more than three inches to extend beyond the transfer
side of the transfer surface, provided that such obstructions do not
protrude above the top of the transfer surface.
M302.3 Supports
This is an introductory section. An editorial change was made to
this section as a result of the change in M302.3.2, described below, to
replace the word ``stirrups'' with the term ``leg supports.''
M302.3.1 Transfer Supports
In the MDE NPRM the Access Board proposed that transfer supports
must be provided for use with transfer sides on
[[Page 2835]]
diagnostic equipment used by patients in the seated position, and that
these transfer supports must comply with the technical requirements in
M305.2 of the proposed rule. There were no comments on this provision
and no recommendations by the MDE Advisory Committee. Based on the
restructure of the transfer surface provisions, described above in
Section IV.B.1.b. (Significant Changes--Transfer Surface Location), and
the additional technical criteria added to the transfer supports
provisions, discussed above in Section IV.E.1 (Significant Changes--
Transfer Supports), the Access Board has made editorial changes to this
section. The technical requirements for transfer supports is in M305.2
of the final rule and has been reorganized to mirror the two types of
transfer surfaces (end and side) in the final rule for diagnostic
equipment used by the patient in the supine, prone, or side-lying
position. The transfer surface required for diagnostic equipment used
by patients in the seated position is similar to the new end transfer
surface and therefore, diagnostic equipment used by patients in the
seated position is required to comply with the transfer support
provisions for end transfer supports. Additionally, the Access Board
has included cross-references to the new transfer support requirements
in M305.2.
M302.3.2 Leg Supports
The MDE NPRM did not propose to require stirrups to provide a
method of supporting, positioning, and securing the patient's legs for
diagnostic equipment used by patients in the seated position. However,
in response to question 23, on whether diagnostic equipment used by
patients in a seated position that provide stirrups should have to
provide such support, the Board received six comments. NPRM, 77 FR at
6926. All six commenters concurred that when stirrups are provided for
use with diagnostic equipment used by patients in the seated position,
a method must be provided for supporting, positioning, and securing the
patient's legs. The MDE Advisory Committee did not address this
provision.
The Access Board concurs with the commenters, and the final rule
requires that where stirrups are provided on seated diagnostic
equipment, leg supports must also be provided and must comply with the
technical requirements for leg supports in M305.4. This will ensure
that patients with limited leg strength and control will be able to
keep their legs in the appropriate position for examination.
M302.3.3 Head and Back Support
In the MDE NPRM the Access Board proposed to place the requirements
for head and back support for diagnostic equipment used by patients in
the seated position in M302. In the final rule the Access Board has
decided to move the technical requirements for head and back support to
M305 which includes all of the technical requirements for supports.
Therefore, in the final rule, this provision instructs that where
diagnostic equipment is used in a reclined position it must provide
head and back support that complies with the technical requirements in
M305.5.
M302.4 Lift Compatibility
The MDE NPRM proposed to require that diagnostic equipment used by
patients in the seated position be usable with a patient lift and
comply with either the proposed clearance in base (proposed M302.4.1)
or clearance around base (proposed M302.4.2) technical requirements.
This requirement is identical to the lift compatibility requirement for
diagnostic equipment used by patients in the supine, prone, or side-
lying position, and is discussed in the Section-by Section Analysis for
M301.4. In the final rule the Access Board has made an editorial change
to clarify the type of lift; namely portable patient lift, reduced the
lift clearance to 39 inches and clarified that the clearance provisions
only apply when the diagnostic equipment is being used with the
portable patient lift. See Section V.C.4. (Section-by-Section
Analysis--M301.4.) Additionally, as discussed above in Section IV.B.3.
(Significant Changes--Lift Compatibility Exception), the Access Board
has added an exception for diagnostic equipment that meets the
following three criteria: Fixed overhead patient lifts are provided for
use with the diagnostic equipment; the use with the fixed overhead
patient lift with the diagnostic equipment is permitted by an enforcing
authority; and the diagnostic equipment is clearly labeled as not
compatible with portable patient lifts.
M303 Diagnostic Equipment Used by Patients in a Wheelchair
M303 in the final rule establishes the technical requirements for
diagnostic equipment used by patients seated in a wheelchair, such as
weight scales with wheelchair spaces and mammography equipment.
M303.1 General
This is an introductory section.
M303.2 Wheelchair spaces
This is an introductory section.
M303.2.1 Orientation
The MDE NPRM proposed to require wheelchair spaces to be designed
so that a patient in a wheelchair using diagnostic equipment would be
oriented in the same direction that other non-wheelchair using patients
using the equipment are typically oriented. NPRM, 77 FR at 6927. The
Access Board received one comment about this requirement. The
commenter, an accessibility consultant, recommended that patient
positioning be addressed along with orientation of the wheelchair,
noting that there are many cases where it is insufficient to simply
position the user facing the same direction as a non-wheelchair user.
The commenter asserted that body positioning is key for obtaining
accurate results when using diagnostic devices, such as x-ray
equipment, and recommends amending the rule text to require wheelchair
spaces to be designed so that the patient orients and positions their
body in the same position as someone who is not in a wheelchair. There
was no recommendation from the MDE Advisory Committee on this
requirement. The Access Board has retained the original requirement in
the final rule. The Board did not include requirements for patient body
positioning because the diagnostic equipment cannot override the
position in which an individual is seated in his or her wheelchair.
Wheelchairs often are contoured to fit the specific and unique needs of
the user and to provide support where it is needed. However, the design
of a wheelchair space often influences whether a wheelchair user can
orient with respect to diagnostic components. For example, without knee
and toe space beneath an optometrist diopter, the patient cannot look
into the lens.
M303.2.2 Width
The MDE NPRM proposed to require that diagnostic equipment used by
patients seated in a wheelchair provide a wheelchair space that was at
least 36 inches wide. There were no public comments and no MDE Advisory
Committee recommendations regarding this requirement. Thus, the final
rule retains the 36-inch wheelchair space width requirement. However,
the Board added a new exception for wheelchair spaces on raised
platforms, as discussed in Section IV.C.1. (Significant Changes--Width
and Depth of Wheelchair Spaces), and discussed briefly below.
[[Page 2836]]
In the preamble to the MDE NPRM, the Access Board sought input on
whether an exception to the width requirement was needed for wheelchair
spaces on raised platforms. Multiple commenters responded to this
provision and the MDE Advisory Committee recommended reducing the width
requirement for wheelchair spaces on raised platforms. The Access Board
has added an exception in the final rule that permits wheelchair spaces
on raised platforms to be 32 inches wide minimum with edge protection
no higher than 4 inches, measured from the platform surface.
M303.2.3 Depth
The MDE NPRM proposed two wheelchair space depth requirements based
on how the wheelchair user enters the space: For spaces entered from
the front or rear, 48 inches deep minimum; and for spaces that can only
be entered from the side, 60 inches deep minimum. In the preamble in
the MDE NPRM, the Access Board noted it was considering increasing the
minimum depth for wheelchair spaces entered from the front or rear to
58 inches and sought input in question 29 on whether the Access Board
should increase this minimum depth requirement. NPRM, 77 FR at 6928.
The Access Board received eight comments in response to this
question. Three commenters (two disability rights organizations and a
state agency concerned with accessibility) recommended increasing the
depth of front or rear entered spaces to 58 inches. The other five
commenters (manufacturers, medical associations and accessibility
consultants) recommended retaining the proposed requirement in the MDE
NPRM of 48 inches minimum, raising concerns that the size of the rooms
in which the diagnostic equipment are located are insufficient to
provide additional space. The MDE Advisory Committee did not make
recommendations regarding the general requirement for depth for
wheelchair spaces, but did make recommendations regarding the depth of
wheelchair spaces on raised platforms, which is discussed in above in
Section IV.C.1. (Significant Changes--Width and Depth of Wheelchair
Spaces).
First, the Access Board clarifies that this provision is not a
clear space requirement for wheelchair approach, but is instead the
wheelchair space integral to diagnostic equipment for a patient seated
in a wheelchair, such as mammography equipment or wheelchair accessible
scales. Second, based on the comments received and the absence of
recommendations from the MDE Advisory Committee to change the proposed
requirement, the Access Board has retained the MDE NPRM's requirements
for a minimum depth of 48 inches for wheelchair spaces entered from the
front or rear, and a minimum depth of 60 inches for wheelchair spaces
entered from the side. However, the Access Board has reorganized this
provision into three separate requirements based on how the wheelchair
space is entered, made an editorial change to clarify that front or
rear entry is where the wheelchair space entry and exit is provided at
only one end, and as discussed in Section IV.C.1. (Significant
Changes--Width and Depth of Wheelchair Spaces), added an additional
requirement to the depth provision for wheelchair spaces entered from
the front or rear to permit a minimum of 40 inches if the wheelchair
space provides pass-through from one end to the other.
M303.2.4 Equipment Clearances
The MDE NPRM proposed knee and toe clearance for diagnostic
equipment used by patients seated in wheelchairs to allow for
components in the wheelchair space which the patient could approach
successfully to use for its intended diagnostic purpose. The proposed
requirements for equipment clearances paralleled the knee and toe
clearance requirements from the 2004 ADA and ABA Accessibility
Guidelines. The proposed rule provided one additional requirement for
breast platforms on mammography equipment, proposing the knee and toe
clearance under a breast platform to be 25 inches deep (proposed
M303.2.4). The MDE NPRM preamble sought input with question 34 on
whether the dimensions recommended by the Wheeled Mobility
Anthropometry Project should be adopted.\10\ Three commenters
responded. A manufacturer asserted that adopting a different
requirement than what is already required under existing accessibility
guidelines and standards would cause confusion and increase costs. A
medical association asserted that to the best of their knowledge,
imaging equipment already meets the Wheeled Mobility Anthropometry
Project recommendations. The final commenter, a state agency concerned
with accessibility, recommended adopting the new Wheeled Mobility
Anthropometry Project recommendations. The MDE Advisory Committee only
provided recommendations pertaining to the knee and toe clearance for
mammography equipment.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\10\ The Wheeled Mobility Anthropometry Project recommended a
toe clearance that is 5 inches deep maximum at 14 inches above the
floor and a knee clearance that is 12 inches deep minimum at 28
inches above the floor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Access Board has determined that mammography equipment presents
a unique challenge. Mammography equipment contains breast platforms
which patients seated in wheelchairs must approach, and successfully
maneuver their lower body under the platform enough to allow their
chest to be flush with the leading edge of the platform. A separate set
of equipment clearance requirements is necessary to address the unique
positioning at mammography equipment. Therefore, in the final rule the
Access Board has separated out the knee and toe clearance requirements
into two provisions; breast platforms and other equipment. Breast
platform requirements address the knee and toe clearance requirements
for mammography equipment which is usable by patients seated in a
wheelchair and is discussed in Section IV.C.2. (Significant Changes--
Equipment Clearances for Breast Platforms). All other diagnostic
equipment used by patients seated in a wheelchair must comply with the
other equipment clearances requirements.
For all other equipment, the Access Board has decided to retain the
original requirements in the proposed rule for knee and toe clearance.
The Access Board is not persuaded to adopt the Wheeled Mobility
Anthropometry Project recommendations for knee and toe clearances at
this time. These recommendations represent a significant departure from
the 2004 ADA and ABA Accessibility Guidelines. Therefore, the Board has
elected in the final rule to retain the proposed provisions in the NPRM
for knee and toe clearance for other equipment (M303.2.4.2). Due to the
reorganization of the equipment clearances provision in the final rule,
the knee and toe clearance requirements for the other equipment section
have been renamed depth and height and relocated to M303.2.4.2. In
addition, the Access Board has made an editorial change to the toe
height requirement to clarify that the measurement is taken from the
toe end of the wheelchair space.
M303.2.5 Surfaces
The MDE NPRM proposed to require diagnostic equipment used by
patients seated in a wheelchair to provide a wheelchair space with a
surface that does not slope more than 1:48 in any direction. This
provision is consistent with the 2004 ADA and ABA Accessibility
Guidelines. There were no comments on this section and it was not
addressed by the MDE Advisory
[[Page 2837]]
Committee. There have been no changes made to this provision.
M303.2.6 Edge Protection
The MDE NPRM proposed edge protection on the ramps leading up to
the raised platform (proposed M303.3.3.4), but did not require edge
protection on the raised platforms themselves. The Access Board
received two comments and two recommendations from the MDE Advisory
Committee regarding edge protection on raised platforms. As discussed
in Section IV.C.5. (Significant Changes--Edge Protection), the final
rule requires platforms with wheelchair spaces that are raised more
than 1\1/2\ inches in height to provide a minimum 2-inch-high edge
protection, measured from the surface of the platform, on each side of
the platform not providing entry to or exit from the diagnostic
equipment.
M303.3 Entry
This is an introductory section.
M303.3.1 Vertical
The MDE NPRM proposed that for equipment with a change in level at
the entry to the wheelchair space, level changes of up to \1/4\ inch
high are permitted to be vertical. This provision is consistent with
the 2004 ADA and ABA Accessibility Guidelines. There were no comments
on this section and it was not addressed by the MDE Advisory Committee.
There have been no changes made to this provision.
M303.3.2 Beveled
The MDE NPRM proposed that for equipment with a change in level at
the entry to the wheelchair space, level changes greater than \1/4\
inch but not greater than \1/2\ inch would be required to be beveled
with a slope not steeper than 1:2. This provision is consistent with
the 2004 ADA and ABA Accessibility Guidelines. There were no comments
on this section and it was not addressed by the MDE Advisory Committee.
There have been no changes made to this provision.
M303.3.3 Ramped
The MDE NPRM proposed that for equipment with a change in level at
the entry of a wheelchair space, level changes greater than \1/2\ inch
high would be required to be ramped and comply with technical
requirements for running slope, cross slope, clear width, edge
protection, and handrails. The Access Board received one comment on
this provision. The commenter, a medical association, concurred with
the requirement for handrails on diagnostic equipment with ramps over
six inches in height. The MDE Advisory Committee only reviewed and gave
recommendations on the portion of the provision addressing running
slope. Therefore, the Access Board has retained the proposed
requirements for cross slope, clear width, edge protection, and
handrails in the final rule.
Regarding running slope, the MDE NPRM proposed that ramp runs have
a running slope not steeper than 1:12. There were no comments on this
section; however, as discussed in Section IV.C.3. (Significant
Changes--Exception to Ramp Running Slope), the MDE Advisory Committee
made a three-tiered recommendation for the allowable running slope.
After careful consideration of the Advisory Committee's
recommendations, the Access Board has retained in the final rule the
original requirement for running slope, but has added an exception that
permits a running slope not steeper than 1:8 for ramp runs with a
maximum height of 2\1/2\ inches. See Section IV.C.3. (Significant
Changes--Exception to Ramp Running Slope) for a full discussion of the
rationale for this exception.
M303.4 Components
The MDE NPRM proposed to require diagnostic equipment used by
patients seated in a wheelchair which has components that are used to
examine specific body parts, be capable of examining those body parts
of the patient while the patient is seated in a wheelchair. For
example, an x-ray platform on which a patient places an arm or hand
would have to be capable of examining the arm or hand of the patient
while seated in a wheelchair. NPRM, 77 FR at 6930. There were no
comments on this requirement and it was not addressed by the MDE
Advisory Committee. There have been no changes made to this
requirement.
M303.4.1 Breast Platform Adjustability
The MDE NPRM proposed a mammography breast platform height range of
30 inches high minimum and 42 inches high maximum above the floor. The
Access Board received three comments on this provision, and the MDE
Advisory Committee made several recommendations for changes. As
discussed above in the Section IV.C.4. (Significant Changes--Breast
Platform Adjustability), the Access Board has revised this provision to
require the breast platform to be continually adjustable from a low
height of 26 inches to a high height of 42 inches above the floor and
made an editorial change to the provision title changing it from height
to adjustability.
M304 Diagnostic Equipment Used by Patients in Standing Position
M304 in the final rule establishes the technical criteria for
diagnostic equipment used by patients in a standing position such as a
weight scale or x-ray equipment that is used in a standing position for
certain diagnostic procedures.
M304.1 General
This is an introductory section.
M304.2 Standing Surface
The MDE NPRM proposed to require that the standing surface on which
patients stand be slip resistant. In preparing the final rule, the
Board has determined that as previously drafted this provision
unintentionally placed requirements on the facility floor, as opposed
to restricting the requirements to the diagnostic equipment itself.
While the Access Board may choose to promulgate requirements for the
building under its other rulemaking authority at a later date, this
type of requirement is outside the scope of the MDE Standards and
therefore M304 in the final rule has been restructured. The requirement
for slip resistant and standing supports has been moved under this new
requirement applying to standing surfaces. This reorganization ensures
that only diagnostic equipment used by patients in a standing position
that provides a surface for the patient to stand on must be slip
resistant (M304.2.1) and provide standing supports (M304.2.2) in the
final rule. Both of these requirements are discussed below.
M304.2.1 Slip Resistant
The MDE NPRM proposed to require that the standing surface on which
patients stand be slip resistant. One manufacturer commented on this
requirement, requesting that the rule provide clarification on how to
define or measure a standing surface as ``slip resistant.'' This
provision was not addressed by the MDE Advisory Committee. The Access
Board has decided to retain the original requirement in the final rule
as it is the Board's understanding that various industries employ
different testing methods, there is no universally adopted or specified
test for slip resistance, and the assessed level varies according to
the measuring method used. Other than the change to clarify that the
provision applies only to standing surfaces that are part of the
[[Page 2838]]
diagnostic equipment, there have been no changes to this provision.
M304.2.2 Standing Supports
The MDE NPRM proposed requiring standing supports on each side of
the standing surface of diagnostic equipment used by patients in the
standing position, and compliance with the technical requirements for
standing supports in proposed M305.3. The Access Board received
multiple comments and two recommendations from the MDE Advisory
Committee. As discussed above in the Section IV.D.1. (Significant
Changes--Standing Supports) and IV.E.2. (Significant Changes--Standing
Supports), the final rule retains the general requirement that standing
supports be provided on two sides of the standing surface. In addition,
the Access Board has added a new exception for diagnostic equipment
with entry and exit that permits pass-through from one end to another
to provide one standing support provided it complies with the
requirements for standing supports in the horizontal position in M305.3
in the final rule.
M305 Supports
M305 in the final rule provides the technical requirements for
transfer supports, standing supports, leg supports, and head and back
supports. Transfer supports are required for diagnostic equipment
complying with M301 and M302 and standing supports are required for
diagnostic equipment complying with M304. Leg supports and head and
back supports apply, where provided, to diagnostic equipment complying
with M301 and M302.
M305.1 General
This is an introductory section.
M305.2 Transfer Supports
This is an introductory section. As discussed above in Section
IV.E.1. (Significant Changes--Transfer Supports), the Access Board
strengthened the transfer support requirements and added additional
requirements in the final rule to ensure that supports are capable of
assisting with independent transfer onto and off of the diagnostic
equipment. With the changes to the final rule, the Board sought to
harmonize as much as possible, these requirements with the 2004 ADA and
ABA Accessibility Guidelines for grab bars.
M305.2.1 Location
The MDE NPRM proposed that transfer supports be located within
reach of the transfer surface and not obstruct transfer onto or off of
the surface when in position (proposed M305.2.1). In the preamble to
the MDE NPRM, the Access Board noted it was considering requiring
transfer supports to be located no further than 1\1/2\ inches from the
transfer surface, when measured horizontally, and requiring the
transfer support to be located on the side of the transfer surface
opposite the transfer side. NPRM, 77 FR at 6925. The Access Board
sought public comment with question 19, which asked for input on
multiple proposed changes to the transfer support provision, including
whether the proposed location of the transfer support, and the
requirement that it be located 1\1/2\ inches from the transfer surface,
would be sufficient to facilitate transfers. Id.
Eight commenters responded to question 19, but only six of the
commenters addressed the location of transfer supports. Two commenters,
a manufacturer and a state agency concerned with accessibility,
concurred with the technical requirements proposed in question 19 for
the transfer support location. Another commenter, a disability rights
organization, stated that transfer supports should be required on both
sides of the equipment. A manufacturer noted that if the proposed
transfer surface size of 30 inches wide is adopted, then a transfer
support opposite the transfer side would be useless as the patient
would be unable to reach the support until nearly fully on the
diagnostic equipment. This commenter noted that an adjacent transfer
support would be more effective, but would conflict with the provider
expectations of bed and stretcher side rails. The final two commenters,
a manufacturer and a medical association, raised concerns about
requiring any transfer supports on imaging equipment, specifically MRI
and CT machines, asserting that the supports may interfere with the
image quality.
The MDE Advisory Committee made three separate recommendations for
the location of transfer supports: A general requirement, a requirement
for stretchers, and a requirement for imaging equipment. For the
general provision, the MDE Advisory Committee recommended requiring
transfer supports on both sides of the transfer surface that can be
removed or repositioned during transfer and are located at a maximum
distance of 1\1/2\ inches from the transfer surface. The Committee
explained that ``transfer supports or handholds on adjustable medical
equipment facilitate transfers onto a transfer surface by giving the
individual something to hold or grab onto while transferring. This
recommendation for placement of supports on both sides of the equipment
will increase the options during patient transfers.'' MDE Advisory
Committee Report, 86, available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report.
For stretchers, the MDE Advisory Committee noted that patients
enter from either of the long sides, rather than on one long side and
one short side, and this change in orientation necessitated a different
location for the transfer supports so that the support would be
reachable during transfer. The MDE Advisory Committee recommended
locating the transfer support ``along the long side of the transfer
surface on the opposite side of the transfer.'' MDE Advisory Committee
Report, 87-88, available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report. Additionally, the Committee recommended a horizontal
distance from the transfer surface of no more than 3 inches from the
edge of the patient support surface, indicating that stretcher transfer
supports are part of a rail system that needs to fold and store out of
the way and therefore require more space to articulate. Id. at 96.
For imaging equipment, the MDE Advisory Committee recommended
requiring transfer supports when the transfer surface was 24 inches
deep or less, and requiring positioning supports for transfer surface
depths of greater than 24 inches. Id. at 88-89. The Committee
recommended requiring one support on the opposite side of the transfer
side regardless of whether it was a transfer support or positioning
support. The Committee noted that:
Because of the size, diversity, and use of diagnostic imaging
tables, this support will carry out different functions on different
tables . . . This two-part recommendation recognizes the different
use of the supports based on the table width. The Committee used a
24-inch dividing point for table width to accommodate the dimensions
for the maximum reach range. For transfer surface depths on tables
less than 24 inches wide, a transfer support must be available on
the side opposite the entry of the transfer surface . . . For
transfer surface depths on tables greater than 24 inches wide, a
positioning support must be available on the side opposite the entry
to the transfer surface. Id.
After review of the public comments and the MDE Advisory Committee
recommendations, the Access Board has determined that there is a need
for two types of transfer supports, based on the orientation of the
transfer surface. As
[[Page 2839]]
described in Section IV.B.1.b.(Significant Changes--Transfer Surface
Location), the Access Board has designated two types of transfer
surfaces based on orientation for diagnostic equipment used by patients
in the supine, prone, or side-lying position: End and side transfer
surfaces, either of which can be employed depending on the
configuration and use of the particular equipment. Here, a similar dual
approach is warranted for transfer supports. While the MDE Advisory
Committee recommended separate requirements based on the type of
diagnostic equipment, stretchers and imaging equipment, the Access
Board believes that the type of support should be based on where the
transfer surface is located on the examination surface. Therefore, the
Access Board has separated the location provision into end transfer
supports and side transfer supports. End transfer supports cover
diagnostic equipment used by patients in the supine, prone, or side-
lying position with end transfer surfaces, M301.2.3.1 in the final
rule, and all diagnostic equipment with transfer surfaces used by
patients in the seated position, M302.2 in the final rule. Side
transfer supports cover diagnostic equipment used by patients in the
supine, prone, or side-lying position with side transfer surfaces, this
includes stretchers and most imaging equipment, M301.2.3.2.
In the final rule the Access Board has decided for end transfer
supports to require at least one support located on the long side of
the transfer surface, opposite the transfer side. For side transfer
supports, the Access Board has decided to require a transfer support
which is capable of supporting transfer on each side of the transfer
surface. A side transfer surface could contain one transfer support
which is capable of being repositioned from one side to the other side
depending on which side the patient chooses to transfer or it is
acceptable to have two transfer supports, one on each long side, which
are both capable of being removed or repositioned on the side the
patient chooses to transfer. Additionally, the final rule requires both
end and side transfer supports to be located a maximum of 1\1/2\ inches
measured horizontally from the nearest edge of the transfer surface to
the transfer support. In reviewing the MDE Advisory Committee's
recommendations, the Access Board agrees that transfer supports that
fold, collapse, or articulate need more space, but disagrees with the
MDE Advisory Committee that an allowance for more space should apply
only to stretchers and imaging equipment. The Access Board finds that
other types of diagnostic equipment, such as hospital beds, also have
transfer supports that collapse on either side to allow transfer.
Therefore, the Access Board has provided an exception to the general
provision which permits supports that fold, collapse, or articulate to
be located three inches maximum from the nearest edge of the transfer
surface to the transfer support. Additionally, as discussed in Section
IV.E.1.b (Significant Changes--Positioning Supports), the Access Board
has decided not to include positioning supports in the final rule.
M305.2.2 Length
In the MDE NPRM there was no requirement for length of the transfer
support; however, the MDE NPRM preamble noted that the Access Board was
considering requiring the transfer supports to extend the entire depth
of the transfer surface and be a minimum of 15 inches in length. NPRM,
77 FR at 6925. The Access Board specifically sought public input with
question 19, asking if the proposed length of the transfer supports
would be sufficient to facilitate transfer and maintain position on the
diagnostic equipment. Id.
Three commenters responded to this issue, two manufacturers and a
state agency concerned with accessibility. The state agency concurred
with the 15-inch requirement. One commenter did not support a 15-inch
length transfer support. This commenter (a manufacturer) stated that a
transfer support that is a minimum of 15 inches in length would make it
even more difficult to comply with load bearing requirements and
recommended that this length requirement be reduced. The second
commenter, a manufacturer, recommended revising the proposed provision
from requiring the transfer support to extend horizontally the entire
depth of the transfer surface, to extend horizontally along the
transfer surface to within three inches, to allow for manufacturing
tolerances.
The MDE Advisory Committee made three transfer support length
recommendations, one for each type of transfer support recommended by
the Committee, described above. For the general provision, the MDE
Advisory Committee recommended a transfer support with a length of 15
inches minimum, that overlaps the minimum depth of the transfer surface
by 80 percent. The Committee explained that the transfer support length
provides the gripping surface for the patient to grasp or maintain
balance while transferring. MDE Advisory Committee Report, 90,
available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report. For
stretchers, the MDE Advisory Committee also recommended 15 inches in
length stating that this would provide continuous support for patients
and still accommodate the articulation that is necessary for the head
and back support on stretchers. Id. For imaging equipment with transfer
surfaces less than or equal to 24 inches deep, the Committee
recommended requiring a transfer support to extend horizontally along
the side of the patient table at the designated transfer location for
at least the minimum width of the transfer surface, with a minimum
length of 28 inches. For transfer surfaces greater than 24 inches deep,
the MDE Advisory Committee recommended requiring a positioning support
instead of a transfer support, which extends horizontally along the
side of the patient table 12 to 16 inches and is located at a position
to accommodate clinical use. Id. at 91-92.
The Access Board agrees with the MDE Advisory Committee that the
addition of a requirement for a transfer support length provision is
necessary and has adopted many of the MDE Advisory Committee's
recommendations for transfer support length in the final rule. The
Board restructured the Committee's recommendations to fit within the
end and side transfer supports discussed above. For end transfer
supports the Access Board has adopted the general provision recommended
by the MDE Advisory Committee and determined that the required length
will be 15 inches minimum. Additionally, the Access Board acknowledges
that manufacturers need some flexibility with respect to the location
of the support to account for clearances with other equipment
components that may articulate or move. Therefore, the final rule
requires that the 15-inch minimum length transfer support be positioned
along 13\1/2\ inches minimum of the depth of the transfer surface.
For side transfer supports the Access Board adopted the MDE
Advisory Committee recommendation for imaging equipment, that this
support be a minimum of 28 inches long positioned along the width of
the transfer surface. In addition, the Board has added two exceptions
to the requirements for side transfer supports to address the concerns
raised by the MDE Advisory Committee. The first exception addresses
articulating patient surfaces, primarily stretchers, where a continuous
28[hyphen]inch transfer support may conflict with other supports or
railings as the
[[Page 2840]]
equipment is adjusted. In such cases, the support may be reduced to no
less than 15 inches in length. The second exception applies to transfer
supports on imaging bed surfaces of more than 24 inches in width, such
as large x[hyphen]ray tables, where the support is likely to be used in
the latter stages of a transfer from a prone or side[hyphen]lying
position. In these cases, the Access Board finds that permitting the
transfer support to be no less than 12 inches long is appropriate.
While the exception is based on an Advisory Committee recommendation
using the term ``positioning support,'' this is still transfer support,
that can assist with transfer onto the transfer surface and will likely
be used to reposition in the later stages of a transfer.
In question 19 part (e) the Access Board sought input on whether
angled or vertical transfer supports should be permitted. 77 FR at
6925. Three commenters, a manufacturer, an accessibility consultant,
and a disability rights organization, responded and all concurred with
the proposal. The MDE Advisory Committee did not specifically address
this proposal, however, in its recommendations for the length of
transfer supports on imaging equipment, it did recommend that the
transfer support should extend horizontally along the side of the
patient table. MDE Advisory Committee Report, 90-91, available at
https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report. The Access Board
considered the public comments and the MDE Advisory Committee's
recommendation, and has decided not to require that transfer supports
be horizontal, allowing manufacturers flexibility to contour supports
appropriate for the diagnostic purpose of the equipment.
M305.2.3 Height
In the MDE NPRM there was no specific requirement regarding the
height of the transfer support, only that it be ``within reach'' of the
patient (proposed M305.2.1). The Access Board sought input from the
public in question 20 of the MDE NPRM preamble, on whether a transfer
support height requirement of 6 inches minimum and 19 inches maximum
above the transfer surface would be usable by patients with
disabilities. NPRM, 77 FR at 6925. Six commenters responded to question
20. Four commenters (two manufacturers, one disability rights
organization, and a state agency concerned with accessibility)
supported the proposed height range. Three commenters (a manufacturer,
a medical association, and a disability rights organization) did not
support the proposal. The manufacturer opposing the proposed range
raised concerns with its ability to attain a 19-inch height on its
diagnostic equipment. The medical association asserted that radiography
exam tables are not equipped with transfer bars, and if required should
retract fully into the surface of the table and the disability rights
organization expressed concern that 19 inches was too high to
facilitate safe transfer.
The MDE Advisory Committee supported adding a requirement setting
the height of transfer supports within the range described in question
20 in the MDE NPRM preamble, of 6 inches minimum and 19 inches maximum.
The MDE Advisory Committee explained that the manufacturers on the
Committee determined that this recommendation did not conflict with the
IEC 60601-2-52, which provides requirements for side rails to prevent
entrapment hazards, and would allow the equipment to be designed to
provide accessibility and safety from entrapment hazards. MDE Advisory
Committee Report, 94, available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report. Additionally, for transfer surfaces that are
greater than 24 inches deep, the MDE Advisory Committee recommended
requiring a positioning support instead of a transfer support, with a
height of three to six inches above the transfer surface. Id.
The Access Board considered the public comments and the MDE
Advisory Committee's recommendations, and has decided to include a new
provision, M305.2.3 in the final rule, that requires the tops of
transfer support gripping surfaces to be located 6 inches minimum and
19 inches maximum higher than the top of the associated uncompressed
transfer surface during use. This range allows the manufacturer to
choose a height between 6 inches and 19 inches to place their transfer
supports; it does not require that the transfer supports be 19 inches
high. The transfer support is permitted to be horizontal, angled,
curved, or a combination of these as long as the top of any point along
the gripping surface is located at or between 6 inches and 19 inches.
Thus, the commenter's concern about reaching the 19-inch height is not
warranted. Secondly, as discussed above in Section IV.E.1.b
(Significant Changes --Positioning Supports), the Access Board has
declined to include the MDE Advisory Committee's recommended
positioning supports in the final rule; however, the Access Board does
concur with the MDE Advisory Committee that for imaging equipment with
transfer surfaces that exceed 24 inches in width, a lower transfer
support is warranted. Therefore, in the final rule, the Access Board
has provided an exception that permits transfer supports to be located
three inches minimum and six inches maximum higher than the tops of the
transfer surfaces for imagining beds that are greater than 24 inches
wide.
M305.2.4 Cross Section
The proposed rule did not provide specific requirements for the
cross section of transfer supports. However, in the MDE NPRM preamble,
the Access Board noted that it was considering adopting the cross
sectional dimensions for grab bars from the 2004 ADA and ABA
Accessibility Guidelines for transfer supports. NPRM, 77 FR at 6925-
6926. Specifically, the Access Board indicated it was considering
requiring circular cross sections to have an outside diameter of 1\1/4\
inches minimum and 2 inches maximum, and transfer supports with non-
circular cross sections to have a cross section dimension of 2 inches
maximum, and a perimeter dimension of 4 inches minimum and 4.8 inches
maximum. Id. The Access Board sought input in MDE NPRM preamble
question 21, on whether the gripping surfaces of current transfer
supports on different types of equipment meet the cross sectional
dimensions specified above and whether handholds that meet the above
cross section dimensions could be integrated into armrests that are
also cushioned to support arms and elbows. Id.
Five commenters responded to question 21. Two commenters (one
manufacturer and one accessibility consultant) were opposed to
permitting non-rounded cross sections, noting concern that harsh edges
or angles may not allow users to comfortably and adequately grasp the
support. One commenter (a manufacturer) asserted that because currently
there are no standards, existing products would likely not meet the
proposed provision. Another commenter (a manufacturer) was concerned
that the requirement could preclude the use of cushioned arm pads.
The MDE Advisory Committee expressed confidence ``in reliance on
the cross section dimensions in the 2010 Standards.'' MDE Advisory
Committee Report, 99, available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report. The Committee further opined:
[[Page 2841]]
Allowing both noncircular cross sections and circular cross
sections gives manufacturers flexibility to employ the best
configuration for use of the equipment, hand, grip strength, and
power grab functions. While a majority of the Committee members
supported a recommendation allowing both noncircular and circular
cross sections, some members noted ergonomic considerations support
the better functionality of circular cross section gripping surface.
Id.
After review of the comments and the MDE Advisory Committee's
recommendations, the Access Board has decided to apply the 2004 ADA and
ABA Accessibility Guidelines for grab bar cross sections to transfer
supports in the final rule. Accordingly, the final rule includes a new
provision, M305.2.4, requiring transfer supports to have one of two
cross sections: circular cross sections, with an outside diameter of
1\1/4\ inches minimum and 2 inches maximum; or non[hyphen]circular
cross sections, a cross section dimension of 2 inches maximum and a
perimeter dimension of 4 inches minimum and 4.8 inches maximum.
M305.2.5 Surface Hazards
The proposed rule did not provide any specific restrictions
regarding surface hazards around the transfer supports. No public
comments were submitted on this issue, but the MDE Advisory Committee
voiced concern about surface hazards stating, ``gripping surface
configurations must provide an effective and safe surface for patients
to hold onto. Sharp edges or abrasive elements may injure and cause the
patient to lose their grip during positioning or transfer.'' The MDE
Advisory Committee recommended that a provision be added to the final
rule requiring ``gripping surfaces to be free of sharp or abrasive
elements and have rounded edges.'' The Committee based this
recommendation on related provisions in the 2004 ADA and ABA
Accessibility Guidelines for handrails and grab bars. MDE Advisory
Committee Report, 101, available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report.
The Access Board concurs with the MDE Advisory Committee's
recommendation and views the proposed provision as beneficial and
consistent with the cross section requirements of M305.2.4, above.
Therefore, the Access Board has added a new provision to the final
rule, M305.2.5 Surface Hazards, to ensure that transfer supports and
surfaces adjacent to transfer supports are free of sharp or abrasive
components and have eased edges.
M305.2.6 Gripping Surfaces
The proposed rule did not provide any specific requirements
regarding gripping surfaces on transfer supports. However, in the MDE
NPRM preamble the Access Board repeatedly noted that it was considering
applying many of the provisions from the 2004 ABA and ADA Accessibility
Guidelines for grab bars and handrails to transfer supports. NPRM, 77
FR at 6924-6926. The MDE Advisory Committee explained that:
[t]ransfer supports may contain elements to provide structural
support or prevent patient entrapment. The elements, bars, pickets,
spacers, panels, and similar features, connect to the transfer
support and may interrupt the gripping surface. At the point of
connection, these features impede the ability to grasp completely
around the cross section of the gripping surface. MDE Advisory
Committee Report, 102, available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report. The Committee recommended requiring the
bottom of the transfer support to have no obstructions affecting
more than 20 percent of the transfer support's length. Id.
The Access Board concurs with the recommendation of the MDE
Advisory Committee and views the proposed provision as beneficial and
consistent with the existing accessibility guidelines. Therefore, the
Access Board has added this new provision to the final rule, M305.2.6,
which ensures that an adequate surface area for gripping is provided to
the patient.
M305.2.7 Clearance
In the MDE NPRM, the Access Board did not provide any specific
requirements for clearances around the transfer support. However, in
the preamble to the MDE NPRM the Access Board noted that it was
considering applying the 2004 ADA and ABA Accessibility Guidelines for
clearance around grab bars to the transfer support provision in the
final rule. NPRM, 77 FR at 6926. Specifically, the Access Board sought
input from the public in question 22, on whether transfer supports on
diagnostic equipment could provide 1\1/2\ inches minimum clearance
around the gripping surface. Id. Two commenters responded, both
manufacturers, and indicated that transfer supports could provide 1\1/
2\ inches minimum clearance around the transfer support. The MDE
Advisory Committee concurred with the commenters and expressed support
for the use of the 2010 ADA Standards and International Building Code
Requirements (ICC/ANSI A117.1-2009), and recommended adding the
requirements to the final rule. MDE Advisory Committee Report, 100,
available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report.
Based on public commenter responses and MDE Advisory Committee
recommendations, the Access Board has added a new provision to the
final rule, M305.2.7, requiring a 1\1/2\ inch minimum clearance between
the transfer support gripping surface and adjacent surfaces or
obstructions.
M305.2.8 Fittings
The MDE NPRM proposed to require that transfer supports not rotate
in their fittings (proposed M305.2.3). Five commenters addressed this
provision. Four of the commenters disagreed with this requirement and
explained the need for transfer supports to be able to rotate in their
fittings. Specifically, one commenter (manufacturer) asserted that the
technical criteria from the 2004 ADA and ABA Accessibility Guidelines
for grab bars in bathrooms should not be applied to exam tables as they
would restrict the ability for the transfer supports to be moved out of
the way after transfer. Further, this commenter noted that the
requirement conflicts with proposed M302.2.3, which allows for
temporary obstructions such as armrests, footrests, and side rails that
can be repositioned to allow for transfer. Another commenter
(manufacturer) pointed out that bed rails, which are common on hospital
beds, require a latched position and an unlatched position, which
allows them to rotate in their fittings when not latched. A different
manufacturer stated that its seated diagnostic equipment uses armrests
as transfer supports, which can be pushed back toward the rear of the
equipment to allow entry. An accessibility consultant recommended
swing-away or removable armrests for chairs to allow for transfer on
either side. The only commenter (accessibility consultant) opposed to
allowing transfer supports to rotate in their fittings, expressed
concern for the potential for injury if transfer supports rotated
unexpectedly during transfer.
The MDE Advisory Committee recommended amending this provision to
allow transfer supports to rotate in their fittings, but to require
that they not rotate when they are locked into place for transfer. The
Committee noted that it is advantageous to allow supports to perform
the needed movement, but they should not do so when locked. MDE
Advisory Committee Report, 102-103, available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report.
[[Page 2842]]
The Access Board concurs with the majority of the commenters and
the MDE Advisory Committee. As noted in proposed M302.2.3, the Access
Board intended to allow manufacturers to provide temporary obstructions
such as armrests and bedrails that can be repositioned, or rotate in
their fittings, and then be locked into place when needed as a transfer
support. Therefore, the Access Board has revised this provision in the
final rule to require that transfer supports do not rotate in their
fittings when in place for transfer (M305.2.8).
M305.3 Standing Supports
M305.3 provides the technical requirements for standing supports
which are required on diagnostic equipment covered by M304. This
provision has been reorganized in the final rule into requirements for
length and height, as opposed to vertical and horizontal.
In the MDE NPRM preamble, the Access Board noted that it was
considering adopting the cross section dimensions for grab bars from
the 2004 ADA and ABA Accessibility Guidelines and applying them to
standing supports. The Access Board sought public input in questions 39
and 40 in the MDE NPRM preamble on whether the cross section dimensions
for gripping surfaces should be applied to standing supports and
whether standing supports can provide a 1\1/2\ inch minimum clearance
around the gripping surface. Three commenters responded to question 39
(a medical association, accessibility consultant, and a state agency
concerned with accessibility). All three concurred with adding cross
section dimension requirements to standing supports. Two commenters
responded to question 40 (one medical association and a state agency
concerned with accessibility), and both concurred that diagnostic
equipment could provide a 1\1/2\ inch minimum clearance around the
gripping surface of standing supports. The MDE Advisory Committee did
not address the cross section and clearance proposal for standing
supports. Unlike transfer supports, standing supports can be horizontal
or vertical and thus there will be variations in the configuration of
standing supports dependent on the equipment configuration. Due to this
wide variety of allowable standing supports and the significant
difference in the nature of how a standing support is used versus a
transfer support, the Access Board has decided not to adopt cross
section dimensions or require a minimum clearance around the gripping
surface for standing supports in the final rule.
Additionally, one commenter (manufacturer) requested that
requirements for structural strength be added to the standing support
provision. For the same reasons the Access Board has removed the
requirement of structural strength for transfer supports (See Section
IV.E.1.a. (Significant Changes--Structural Strength) the Access Board
declines to adopt such a requirement for standing supports in the final
rule.
M305.3.1 Length
In the MDE NPRM, the Access Board proposed a gripping surface
length of four inches minimum for horizontal standing supports. No
public comments were submitted on this requirement. The MDE Advisory
Committee supported the proposed technical provisions, but recommended
adding additional criteria for standing supports on raised platforms
with wheelchair spaces. As discussed above in the Section IV.E.2.
(Significant Changes--Standing Supports), the final rule requires that
horizontal standing supports be positioned horizontally in relation to
standing surfaces and retains the proposed requirement of four inches
minimum length. The Access Board added a new provision applying to
diagnostic equipment containing a wheelchair space that also requires
standing supports. This provision, M305.3.1.2 in the final rule, has
added two new requirements for this type of equipment. First, for
diagnostic equipment containing wheelchair spaces with one entry that
also serves as the exit, the length of the gripping surface for
horizontal standing supports must be equal to or greater than 80
percent of the overall length of the platform. Second, for diagnostic
equipment with wheelchair spaces that permit pass-through from one end
to the other, the length of the gripping surface for the horizontal
standing support must be at least equal to the length of the platform.
In the final rule these requirements are located in M305.3.1.1
Horizontal Position and M305.3.1.2 Diagnostic Equipment Containing a
Wheelchair Space.
For vertical standing supports, the MDE NPRM proposed a gripping
surface length of 18 inches minimum. There were no public comments
submitted on this requirement, and the MDE Advisory Committee supported
the proposed technical provisions. In the final rule, the Access Board
retained the original requirement for gripping surface length and
clarified that the vertical standing supports must be positioned
vertically in relation to the standing surface. Both requirements are
included in the new M305.3.1.3 Vertical Position provision in the final
rule.
M305.3.2 Height
For horizontal supports, the MDE NPRM proposed a gripping surface
height of 34 inches minimum and 38 inches maximum above the standing
surface. There were no public comments on this requirement, and the MDE
Advisory Committee supported the proposed technical provisions. In the
final rule the Access Board retains the original requirement. This
requirement has been relocated to M305.3.2.1 in the final rule.
For vertical supports, the MDE NPRM proposed that the bottom end of
the support be 34 inches high minimum and 37 inches high maximum above
the standing surface. There were no public comments on this
requirement, and the MDE Advisory Committee supported the proposed
technical provisions. In the final rule the Access Board retains the
original requirement, but made a few minor editorial changes to the
text. This requirement has been relocated to M305.3.2.2 in the final
rule.
M305.3.3 Fittings
The MDE NPRM proposed to prohibit standing supports from rotating
in their fittings. There were no comments on this section and it was
not addressed by the MDE Advisory Committee. The Access Board made no
changes to this provision.
M305.4 Leg Supports
As discussed above in Section V.C.3.b (Section-by-Section
Analysis--M301.3.2) and Section V.C.7.b (Section-by-Section Analysis--
M302.3.2), the technical requirements for leg supports from M301 and
M302 have been relocated to M305 Supports. The MDE NPRM proposed that
where stirrups are provided, they must provide a method to support,
position, and secure the patients legs. Four commenters (medical
association, accessibility consultant, disability rights organization,
and a state agency) agreed with requiring leg supports when stirrups
are provided.
The MDE Advisory Committee agreed that, for procedures that use
stirrups and require the leg to be stable, there must be a method to
support the patient's legs. The Committee referenced ANSI/AAMI HE75
which recommends that ``[f]or patients with limited leg strength and
control, instead of stirrups that support only the foot and require
active user leg strength, leg supports that support both the foot and
the leg should be used to assist patients in keeping their legs in the
appropriate position.'' MDE Advisory Committee
[[Page 2843]]
Report, 105, available at https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/health-care/about-this-rulemaking/advisory-committee-final-report. The MDE Advisory Committee recommended adding additional
language to this provision to clarify that ``where the equipment
provides stirrups, it must also provide an alternate method to support,
position, and secure the patients legs (specifically including
sufficient support of the patient's thigh, knee, and calf to stabilize
the leg). This method will either supplement or serve as a substitute
for the stirrups.'' Id.
After reviewing the MDE Advisory Committee recommendations, the
Access Board has decided that the proposed provision is sufficient to
require the leg support advocated by the MDE Advisory Committee and has
therefore not adopted the MDE Advisory Committee recommendation to
require an alternate method of leg supports. However, in the final rule
the Access Board has made an editorial change in terminology, from
stirrups to leg supports, in response to the MDE Advisory Committee
recommendation and to provide consistency with the headings of other
support provisions that are based on the body part supported.
M305.4 Head and Back Support
As discussed above in Section V.C.3.c (Section-by-Section
Analysis--M301.3.3) and Section V.C.7.c. (Section-by-Section Analysis--
M302.3.3), the technical requirements for head and back supports from
M301 and M302 have been relocated to M305 Supports. The MDE NPRM
proposed to require diagnostic equipment used by patients in the
supine, prone, or side-lying position and the seated position that can
be adjusted to a reclined position to provide head and back support
throughout the entire range of the incline. Three manufacturers
commented on this provision. One manufacturer asserted that this
requirement was ambiguous and that he had to read it multiple times to
understand it; however, this commenter also indicated that the tables
it currently manufactures meet the proposed requirement. Another
manufacturer noted that existing MRI equipment meets this requirement.
The final manufacturer asserted that a reclining backrest necessarily
provides head and back support, unless the Access Board intended a
different meaning for ``support.'' The MDE Advisory Committee did not
review the proposed requirement for head and back support, and thus
provided no recommendations on this requirement.
After review of the comments, the Access Board has decided not to
make any changes to this provision in the final rule. All of the
commenters on this topic agree that current diagnostic equipment meets
the proposed requirement and the Access Board believes that this
requirement is clearly articulated. Therefore, the final rule requires
that where diagnostic equipment can be adjusted to a reclined position,
head and back support must be provided.
M306 Communication
M306 in the final rule provides the technical criteria for
communication from the diagnostic equipment to the patient.
M306.1 General
The MDE NPRM proposed that, where diagnostic equipment communicates
instructions or other information to the patient, the instructions or
information must be provided in at least two of the following methods:
Audible, visible, or tactile (proposed M306.1). The Access Board sought
public input in question 41 in the preamble to the MDE NPRM, on whether
diagnostic equipment that communicates instructions or other
information to the patient should provide information in all three
methods of communication, and what the cost to provide all three
methods would be. NPRM, 77 FR at 6931. Seven commenters responded.
Three commenters (a manufacturer, a medical association, and a state
agency concerned with accessibility) concurred with the proposed
requirement to provide two methods of communication. Three commenters
(two disability rights organizations and one medical association)
supported requiring all three modes of communication, and the final
commenter (a manufacturer) recommended requiring one mode of
communication if the medical provider is present and three modes of
communication for home use devices. The MDE Advisory Committee did not
address this provision.
The Access Board carefully considered the public comments; however,
it has decided to retain the provision from the proposed rule,
requiring diagnostic equipment that communicates instructions or other
information to the patient to provide the communication in two methods.
The commenters were split in their support of two or three methods of
communication and the commenters supporting the increase to three
methods of communication provided no additional information to warrant
the increase. The commenter that recommended different requirements for
home-use equipment is not dispositive as this rule does not cover any
home use equipment. The Access Board has concluded that providing two
means of communication will serve the majority of people and that there
was not enough information provided to warrant an increase in this
requirement in the final rule.
M307 Operable Parts
M307 in the final rule provides the technical criteria for operable
parts used by patients to activate, deactivate, or adjust the
diagnostic equipment. For example, equipment used for an auditory
examination may require the patient to press a button when sounds are
heard. M307 does not apply to controls used only by health care
personnel or others who are not patients. There were no comments
received on the proposed provisions, and as discussed below, the
provisions from the proposed rule have been retained in the final rule.
The Access Board did receive comments in response to question 43,
which sought public input on whether the final rule should include
reach range requirements such as those in the 2004 ADA and ABA
Accessibility Guidelines for an unobstructed forward reach or side
reach for the operable parts provision. Five commenters responded, one
commenter (state agency concerned with accessibility) recommended
adopting the reach ranges and four commenters (one medical association,
one academic, and two disability rights organizations) recommended
against adding reach ranges for operable parts to the final rule. One
of these commenters (disability rights organization) explained that the
2004 ADA and ABA requirements are not appropriate for application to
operable parts of medical diagnostic equipment. The MDE Advisory
Committee did not address this provision. Based on the majority of the
commenters response, the Access Board has decided not to add reach
ranges to the operable parts section at this time.
M307.1 General
This is an introductory section.
M307.2 Tactilely Discernible
The MDE NPRM proposed that operable parts intended for patient use
be tactilely discernible without activation. Patients who are blind or
have low vision have difficulty
[[Page 2844]]
distinguishing a flat membrane button or similar control unless it is
tactilely discernible from the surrounding surface and any adjacent
controls. The most common method to ensure that buttons and similar
controls are tactilely discernible is to raise part or all of the
control surface above the surrounding surface and at a distance from
any adjacent controls such that a relief of each individual control can
be determined by touch. There were no public comments on this section
and it was not addressed by the MDE Advisory Committee. There have been
no changes made to this provision.
M307.3 Operation
The MDE NPRM proposed to require operable parts to be operable with
one hand and not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the
wrist. There were no public comments on this section and it was not
addressed by the MDE Advisory Committee. There have been no changes
made to this provision.
M307.4 Operating Force
The MDE NPRM proposed to restrict the force required to activate
operable parts to 5 pounds. The Access Board sought public input on
this provision in question 42 on whether the operating force should be
reduced to 2 pounds. NPRM, 77 FR at 6932. One commenter, a state agency
concerned with accessibility, responded and concurred with the
suggested reduction. The MDE Advisory Committee did not address this
requirement. Although the Access Board initially considered a reduction
in the force required to activate operable parts, upon further
consideration, the Board found no reason to deviate from the long-
established maximum of 5 pounds in the 2004 ADA and ABA Accessibility
Guidelines. 36 CFR part 1191, App. D 309.4. Therefore, there have been
no changes made to this provision.
VI. Regulatory Process Matters
A. Final Regulatory Assessment (E.O. 13563 and E.O. 12866)
Executive Orders 13563 and 12866 direct agencies to propose or
adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned determination that its benefits
justify its costs; tailor the regulation to impose the least burden on
society, consistent with obtaining the regulatory objectives; and, in
choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, select those
approaches that maximize net benefits. Important goals of regulatory
analysis are to (1) establish whether federal regulation is necessary
and justified to achieve a market failure or other social goal and (2)
demonstrate that a range of reasonably feasible regulatory alternatives
have been considered and that the most efficient and effective
alternative has been selected. Executive Order 13563 also recognizes
that some benefits are difficult to quantify and provides that, where
appropriate and permitted by law, agencies may consider and discuss
qualitatively those values that are difficult or impossible to
quantify, including equity, human dignity, fairness, and distributive
impacts.
The final rule, which sets forth the MDE Standards, is a
significant regulatory action within the meaning of Executive Order
12866. See E.O. 12866 Sec. 3(f)(4), 58 FR 51735 (Oct. 4, 1993)
(defining ``significant regulatory action'' as, among other things,
regulatory action that raises novel legal or policy issues).
Accordingly, we prepared a final regulatory assessment (Final RA) to
accompany the MDE Standards. The Final RA is available on the Access
Board's Web site (www.access-board.gov), as well the federal
government's online rulemaking portal (www.regulations.gov). Summarized
below are some of the key findings of this regulatory assessment.
Section 510 of the Rehabilitation Act, as amended by the Patient
Protection and Affordable Care Act, requires the Access Board, in
coordination with the Food and Drug Administration, to issue
accessibility standards that contain minimum technical criteria to
ensure that medical diagnostic equipment is accessible to and usable by
patients with disabilities. Examples of such diagnostic equipment
include examination tables and chairs, weight scales, mammography
equipment, and other imaging equipment. The Access Board is now issuing
the final rule pursuant to this authority.
The MDE Standards set forth minimum technical criteria for medical
diagnostic equipment to facilitate access and use of medical diagnostic
equipment by persons with disabilities, most particularly those with
mobility- or communication-related impairments. However, under Section
510, the Access Board is statutorily tasked only with promulgation (and
revision) of these Standards. Although the MDE Standards do not have
legal effect until adopted (in whole or in part) by an enforcing
authority, they can advance accessibility to medical services for
persons with disabilities by providing specific guidance concerning
accessible medical diagnostic equipment that can be used by service
providers in a voluntary manner.
At this point, the Board does not know whether enforcing
authorities will adopt the MDE Standards, nor (if they do) to what
extent health care practices or particular types of medical diagnostic
equipment will be required to comply with the Standards' technical
requirements. For this reason, the Board cannot estimate the
incremental monetary or quantitative impacts of the final rule.
Nevertheless, the Board is able to characterize qualitatively some
of the potential impacts of these Standards. If enforcing agencies
adopt the MDE Standards as mandatory for entities regulated under their
jurisdiction, the Standards could affect health care providers, medical
device manufacturers, and individuals with disabilities. Once health
care providers and facilities are required to acquire accessible
medical equipment, they could incur compliance costs, to the extent
that their equipment is not already accessible. Medical device
manufacturers would then decide whether to incur incremental costs to
meet the demand for accessible equipment, and some or many
manufacturers may have an economic incentive to produce accessible
equipment. Finally, given the many barriers to health care that
patients with disabilities encounter due to inaccessible medical
diagnostic equipment, individuals with mobility and communication
disabilities will benefit from access to and use of diagnostic
equipment meeting the MDE Standards. Consequently, they may be able to
receive health care comparable to that received by their non-disabled
counterparts.
In addition, the Standards could yield some immediate benefits,
even before any adoption by implementing agencies in formal rulemaking.
First, the technical specifications for accessible MDE incorporated in
the Standards will benefit enforcing agencies that are considering
similar accessibility requirements for entities under their
jurisdiction. Although enforcing agencies have full authority over
whether to adopt the Access Board's final rule (in whole or in part),
the technical specifications in the MDE Standards reflects the input
from a diverse set of stakeholders and provide solid groundwork for any
future rulemaking pertaining to the accessibility of medical diagnostic
equipment. Second, the Standards will serve as a best-practice document
for the medical device industry and for health care providers and
facilities. While the MDE Standards are non-binding, health care
providers can use this final rule as
[[Page 2845]]
guidance on how to provide equitable access to medical diagnostic
equipment for people with mobility and communication disabilities.
Manufacturers can also use the MDE Standards as they target their
research and development efforts at producing diagnostic equipment that
can be used by a larger segment of population--one that includes more
people with disabilities and older adults.
The Board thus concludes that the potential benefits of the MDE
Standards justify the potential costs; that the MDE Standards will
impose the least burden on society, consistent with achieving the
regulatory objectives; and that the regulatory approach selected will
maximize net benefits.
B. Regulatory Flexibility Act
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) requires federal agencies to
analyze the impact of regulatory actions on small entities, unless an
agency certifies that the rule will not have a significant impact on a
substantial number of small entities. 5 U.S.C. 604, 605(b). The MDE
Standards do not impose any mandatory requirements on any entity,
including small entities. Therefore, we did not prepare a final
regulatory flexibility analysis for the final rule.
C. Executive Order 13132: Federalism
The MDE Standards do not impose any mandatory requirements on state
and local governments. The MDE Standards do not have any direct effects
on the state governments, the relationship between the national
government and state governments, or the distribution of power and
responsibilities among the various levels of government. The MDE
Standards do not preempt state law. Therefore, the consultation and
other requirements of Executive Order 13132 (Federalism) do not apply.
D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
The proposed standards do not impose any mandatory requirements on
state, local, or tribal governments or the private sector. Therefore,
the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act does not apply.
E. Paperwork Reduction Act
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA), federal agencies are
generally prohibited from conducting or sponsoring a ``collection of
information'' as defined by the PRA, absent OMB approval. See 44 U.S.C.
3507 et seq. The MDE Standards do not impose any new or revised
collections of information within the meaning of the PRA.
List of Subjects in 36 CFR Part 1195
Health care, Individuals with disabilities, Medical devices.
Approved by vote of the Board on September 14, 2016.
David M. Capozzi,
Executive Director.
0
For the reasons stated in the preamble, the Access Board adds part 1195
to title 36 of the Code of Federal Regulations to read as follows:
PART 1195--STANDARDS FOR ACCESSIBILE MEDICAL DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT
Sec.
1195.1 Standards.
Appendix to Part 1195--Standards for Accessible Medical Diagnostic
Equipment
Authority: 29 U.S.C. 794f.
Sec. 1195.1 Standards.
The standards for accessible medical diagnostic equipment are set
forth in the appendix to this part. Other agencies, referred to as an
enforcing authority in the standards, may adopt the standards as
mandatory requirements for entities subject to their jurisdiction.
Advisory sections and figures that illustrate the technical
requirements in the appendix to part 1195 are available on the Internet
at: www.access-board.gov. These advisory materials provide guidance
only and do not contain mandatory requirements.
Appendix to Part 1195--Standards for Accessible Medical Diagnostic
Equipment
Table of Contents
Chapter 1: Application and Administration
M101 General
M102 Definitions
Chapter 2: Scoping
M201 General
Chapter 3: Technical Requirements
M301 Diagnostic Equipment Used by Patients in Supine, Prone, or
Side-Lying Position
M302 Diagnostic Equipment Used by Patients in Seated Position
M303 Diagnostic Equipment Used by Patients Seated in a Wheelchair
M304 Diagnostic Equipment Used by Patients in Standing Position
M305 Supports
M306 Communication
M307 Operable Parts
Chapter 1: Application and Administration
M101 General
M101.1 Purpose. These Standards (MDE Standards) contain scoping
and technical requirements for medical diagnostic equipment
(diagnostic equipment) to ensure accessibility to, and usability of
the diagnostic equipment by patients with disabilities. The MDE
Standards provide for independent access to, and use of, diagnostic
equipment by patients with disabilities to the maximum extent
possible.
M101.2 Application. Sections M301 through M304 shall be applied
to diagnostic equipment, based on the patient positions that the
equipment supports, during patient transfer and diagnostic use.
Sections M306 and M307 shall be applied to diagnostic equipment
where communication features or operable parts are provided for
patient use.
M101.3 Existing Diagnostic Equipment. The MDE Standards do not
address the applicability of scoping or technical requirements to
existing diagnostic equipment. Enforcing authorities, such as the
Department of Justice or the Department of Health and Human
Services, have authority over the accessibility of existing
equipment and any regulation of that equipment will be effective
only to the extent required by such enforcing authorities.
M101.4 Equivalent Facilitation. The use of alternative designs
or technologies that result in substantially equivalent or greater
accessibility and usability than specified in the MDE Standards is
permitted.
M101.5 Dimensions. The MDE Standards are based on adult
dimensions and anthropometrics. Dimensions that are not stated as
``maximum'' or ``minimum'' are absolute.
M101.6 Dimensional Tolerances. Dimensions are subject to
conventional industry tolerances for manufacturing processes,
material properties, and field conditions.
M101.7 Units of Measurement. Measurements are stated in U.S.
customary and metric units. The values stated in each system (U.S.
customary and metric units) may not be exact equivalents, and each
system shall be used independently of the other.
M102 Definitions
M102.1 Defined Terms. For the purpose of the MDE Standards, the
following terms have the indicated meaning:
End Transfer Surface. A transfer surface located at one end of
an examination surface that allows patient transfer at the end and
one adjoining side of the examination surface.
Enforcing Authority. An agency or other governmental entity that
adopts the MDE Standards as mandatory requirements for entities
subject to its jurisdiction. Enforcing authorities may include, but
are not limited to the United States Departments of Justice and
Health and Human Services.
Examination Chair. Diagnostic equipment with a seat in which a
patient typically is positioned with buttocks approximately parallel
to the ground and shins approximately perpendicular to the ground.
Examination chairs typically have back support and may recline to
properly position the patient during examination. Such chairs may
also have footrests or stirrups. Examination chairs include, but are
not limited to, equipment used for dental, ophthalmic, podiatric,
gynecological,
[[Page 2846]]
urological, and ear, nose, and throat examinations.
Imaging bed. A component of diagnostic scanning equipment that
accommodates patients in supine, prone, or side-lying positions.
Imaging equipment with bores. Diagnostic scanning equipment
using magnets, x-rays, or detectors into which a patient and the
table on which the patient lies is inserted into the equipment
through a cylindrical opening (bore) in order to achieve the
positioning accuracy needed during the scan. Such equipment
includes, but is not limited to, computerized axial tomography (CT
or CAT), positron emission tomography (PET), and nuclear medicine
(NM) scanning equipment or a combination thereof.
Medical Diagnostic Equipment (Diagnostic Equipment). Equipment
used in, or in conjunction with, medical settings by health care
providers for diagnostic purposes.
Operable Parts. Components of diagnostic equipment that are used
by the patient to activate, deactivate, or adjust the equipment.
Side Transfer Surface. A transfer surface located within the
length of the examination surface that allows patient transfer on
two opposing sides of the examination surface.
Transfer Surface. Part of diagnostic equipment onto which
patients who use mobility devices or aids transfer when moving onto
and off of the equipment.
Wheelchair Space. Space for a single wheelchair and its
occupant.
M102.2 Undefined Terms. Terms not defined in M102.1 or in
regulations or policies issued by an enforcing authority shall be
given their ordinarily accepted meaning in the sense that the
context implies.
M102.3 Interchangeability. Words, terms, and phrases used in the
singular include the plural and those used in the plural include the
singular.
Chapter 2: Scoping
M201 General
M201.1 Application by Enforcing Authority. The enforcing
authority shall specify the number and type of diagnostic equipment
that are required to comply with the MDE Standards.
M201.2 General Exception. Medical diagnostic equipment shall not
be required to comply with one or more applicable requirements in
the MDE Standards in the rare circumstances where compliance would
alter diagnostically required structural or operational
characteristics of the equipment and would prevent the use of the
equipment for its intended diagnostic purpose. Diagnostic equipment
subject to M201.2 shall comply to the maximum extent practicable.
Chapter 3: Technical Requirements
M301 Diagnostic Equipment Used by Patients in Supine, Prone, or Side-
Lying Position
M301.1 General. Diagnostic equipment that supports patients in a
supine, prone, or side-lying position shall comply with M301.
Exception: Examination chairs complying with M302 that recline
to facilitate diagnosis after patients transfer onto the chair shall
not be required to comply with M301.
M301.2 Transfer Surface. A transfer surface shall be provided
and shall comply with M301.2.
M301.2.1 Adjustability. Transfer surfaces shall be adjustable in
height measured from the floor to the top of the uncompressed
transfer surface and shall provide the following:
A. A low transfer position at a height of 17 inches (430 mm)
minimum and 19 inches (485 mm) maximum;
B. A high transfer position at 25 inches (635 mm); and
C. At least 4 additional transfer positions located between the
low and high transfer positions and separated by 1 inch (25 mm)
minimum.
M301.2.2 Sunset. The low transfer position height, Item A of
M301.2.1, shall cease to have effect on January 10, 2022.
M301.2.3 Size. The size of the transfer surface shall comply
with M301.2.3.1 or M301.2.3.2. The size of transfer surfaces shall
be measured from center points of their opposing sides.
M301.2.3.1 End Transfer Surface. End transfer surfaces shall be
28 inches (710 mm) wide minimum and 17 inches (430 mm) long minimum.
Exception: Transfer surfaces for imaging equipment with bores
shall be permitted to be 21 inches (535 mm) wide minimum but shall
not be permitted to be less than the full width of the examination
surface provided for the patient.
M301.2.3.2 Side Transfer Surface. Side transfer surfaces shall
be 28 inches (710 mm) wide minimum and 28 inches (710 mm) long
minimum.
Exception: Transfer surfaces for imaging equipment with bores
shall be permitted to be 21 inches (535 mm) wide minimum but shall
not be permitted to be less than the full width of the examination
surface provided for the patient.
M301.2.4 Unobstructed Transfer. Each transfer surface shall
provide two unobstructed sides for patient transfer.
Exceptions: 1. Obstructions no more than 3 inches (75 mm) deep
shall be permitted to extend beyond transfer sides of transfer
surfaces provided that such obstructions do not protrude above the
tops of transfer surfaces.
2. Temporary obstructions shall be permitted provided that they
can be repositioned during transfer to comply with M301.2.4,
including Exception 1.
M301.3 Supports. Transfer supports, leg supports, and reclining
surfaces shall comply with M301.3.
M301.3.1 Transfer Supports. Transfer surfaces required by M301.2
shall provide transfer supports and shall comply with M305.2.
M301.3.2 Leg Supports. Where stirrups are provided, leg supports
shall also be provided and shall comply with M305.4.
M301.3.3 Head and Back Support. Where the diagnostic equipment
is used in a reclined position, head and back support shall be
provided and shall comply with M305.5.
M301.4 Lift Compatibility. Diagnostic equipment shall be usable
with portable patient lifts and, when in use with such lifts, shall
comply with M301.4.1 or M301.4.2.
Exception: Where fixed overhead patient lifts are provided, and
when their use with diagnostic equipment is permitted by an
enforcing authority, diagnostic equipment shall not be required to
meet the lift compatibility requirements of this section provided
that such equipment is clearly labeled as not compatible with
portable floor lifts.
M301.4.1 Clearance in Base. The base of diagnostic equipment
shall provide a clearance 39 inches (990 mm) wide minimum, 6 inches
(150 mm) high minimum measured from the floor, and 36 inches (915
mm) deep minimum measured from the edge of the examination surface.
Where the width of examination surfaces is less than 36 inches (915
mm), the clearance depth shall extend the full width of the
equipment. Components of diagnostic equipment are permitted to be
located within 8 inches (205 mm) maximum of the centerline of the
clearance width.
M301.4.2 Clearance Around Base. The base of diagnostic equipment
shall provide a clearance 6 inches (150 mm) high minimum measured
from the floor and 36 inches (915 mm) deep minimum measured from the
edge of the examination surface. The width of the base permitted
within this clearance shall be 26 inches (660 mm) wide maximum at
the edge of the examination surface and shall be permitted to
increase at a rate of 1 inch (25 mm) in width for each 3 inches (75
mm) in depth.
M302 Diagnostic Equipment Used by Patients in Seated Position
M302.1 General. Diagnostic equipment that supports patients in a
seated position shall comply with M302.
Exception: Where weight scales contain wheelchair spaces
complying with M303 and also provide a seat integral to the
equipment, the scales shall not be required to comply with M302.
M302.2 Transfer Surface. A transfer surface shall be provided
and shall comply with M302.2.
M302.2.1 Adjustability. Transfer surfaces shall be adjustable in
height measured from the floor to the top of the uncompressed
transfer surface and shall provide the following:
A. A low transfer position at a height of 17 inches (430 mm)
minimum and 19 inches (485 mm) maximum;
B. A high transfer position at 25 inches (635 mm); and
C. At least 4 additional transfer positions located between the
low and high transfer positions and separated by 1 inch (25 mm)
minimum.
M302.2.2 Sunset. The low transfer position height, Item A of
M302.2.1, shall cease to have effect on January 10, 2022.
M302.2.3 Size. Transfer surfaces shall be 21 inches (610 mm)
wide minimum and 17 inches (430 mm) deep minimum. The size of
transfer surfaces shall be measured from center points of their
opposing sides.
M302.2.4 Transfer Sides. Options to transfer from a mobility
device shall be provided on two adjoining sides of transfer
surfaces.
Exception: Options to transfer to or from a mobility device onto
opposing sides of
[[Page 2847]]
transfer surfaces shall be permitted where the transfer surface is
obstructed by fixed footrests.
M302.2.5 Unobstructed Transfer. Each transfer side complying
with M302.2.4 shall provide unobstructed access to transfer
surfaces.
Exceptions: 1. Obstructions no more than 3 inches (75 mm) deep
shall be permitted to extend beyond transfer sides of transfer
surfaces provided that such obstructions do not protrude above the
tops of transfer surfaces.
2. Temporary obstructions shall be permitted provided that they
can be repositioned during transfer to comply with M302.2.5,
including Exception 1.
M302.3 Supports. Transfer supports, leg supports and reclining
surfaces shall comply with M302.3.
M302.3.1 Transfer Supports. Transfer supports shall be provided
for use with transfer sides required by M302.2.4 and shall comply
with M305.2.1.1, M305.2.2.1, and M305.2.3 through M305.2.8.
M302.3.2 Leg Supports. Where stirrups are provided, leg supports
shall also be provided and comply with M305.4.
M302.3.3 Head and Back Support. Where the diagnostic equipment
is used in a reclined position, head and back support shall be
provided and shall comply with M305.5.
M302.4 Lift Compatibility. Diagnostic equipment shall be usable
with portable patient lifts and, when in use with such lifts, shall
comply with M302.4.1 or M302.4.2.
Exception: Where fixed overhead patient lifts are provided, and
when their use with diagnostic equipment is permitted by an
enforcing authority, diagnostic equipment shall not be required to
meet the lift compatibility requirements of this section provided
that such equipment is clearly labeled as not compatible with
portable floor lifts.
M302.4.1 Clearance in Base. The base of the diagnostic equipment
shall provide a clearance 39 inches (990 mm) wide minimum, 6 inches
(150 mm) high minimum measured from the floor, and 36 inches (915
mm) deep minimum measured from the edge of the examination surface.
Where the width of the examination surface is less than 36 inches
(915 mm), the clearance depth shall extend the full width of the
equipment. Equipment components are permitted to be located within 8
inches (205 mm) maximum of the centerline of the clearance width.
M302.4.2 Clearance Around Base. The base of the diagnostic
equipment shall provide a clearance 6 inches (150 mm) high minimum
measured from the floor and 36 inches (915 mm) deep minimum measured
from the edge of the examination surface. The width of the base
permitted within this clearance shall be 26 inches (660 mm) wide
maximum at the edge of the examination surface and shall be
permitted to increase at a rate of 1 inch (25 mm) in width for each
3 inches (75 mm) in depth.
M303 Diagnostic Equipment Used by Patients Seated in a Wheelchair
M303.1 General. Diagnostic equipment used by patients seated in
a wheelchair shall comply with M303.
M303.2 Wheelchair Spaces. Wheelchair spaces complying with
M303.2 shall be provided at diagnostic equipment.
M303.2.1 Orientation. Wheelchair spaces shall be designed so
that a patient seated in a wheelchair orients in the same direction
that a patient not seated in a wheelchair orients when the
diagnostic equipment is in use.
M303.2.2 Width. Wheelchair spaces shall be 36 inches (915 mm)
wide minimum.
Exception: Wheelchair spaces located on raised platforms shall
be permitted to be 32 inches (815 mm) wide minimum to a height of 4
inches (100 mm) measured from the platform surface.
M303.2.3 Depth. The depth of wheelchair spaces shall comply with
M303.2.3.
M303.2.3.1 Front or Rear Entry. Where wheelchair space entry and
exit is provided at only one end (front or rear) the wheelchair
space shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) deep minimum.
M303.2.3.2 Pass Through Entry. Where wheelchair space entry and
exit permits pass through from one end to the other, the wheelchair
space shall be 40 inches deep (1015 mm) minimum.
M303.2.3.3 Side Entry. Where wheelchair space entry is only from
the side, the wheelchair space shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) deep
minimum.
M303.2.4 Equipment Clearances. Where wheelchair spaces are
entered from the rear and includes space beneath components,
wheelchair spaces shall include knee and toe clearances complying
with M303.2.4.1 for breast platforms and M303.2.4.2 for all other
equipment.
M303.2.4.1 Breast Platforms. Wheelchair spaces beneath breast
platforms shall comply with M303.2.4.1.
M303.2.4.1.1 Depth. Wheelchair spaces shall include knee and toe
clearance 25 inches (635 mm) deep minimum and 28 inches (710 mm)
deep maximum.
M303.2.4.1.2 Height. Wheelchair spaces shall include toe
clearance 9 inches (230 mm) high minimum above the floor measured to
a depth of 6 inches (150 mm) maximum from the toe end of the
wheelchair space. Knee clearance shall be provided at a depth of 19
inches (485 mm) minimum and 22 inches (560 mm) maximum at 9 inches
(230 mm) above the floor and at a depth of 16 inches (405 mm)
minimum at 27 inches (685 mm) above the floor measured from the
leading edge of the breast platform. Between 9 inches (230 mm) and
27 inches (685 mm) above the floor, the knee clearance shall be
permitted to reduce at a rate of 1 inch (25 mm) in depth for every 6
inches (150 mm) in height.
Exception: Components shall be permitted to extend into the
wheelchair space at a height of 1\1/2\ inches (38 mm) maximum
between 17 inches (430 mm) minimum and 25 inches (635 mm) maximum in
depth measured from the leading edge of the breast platform. From 25
inches (635 mm) to 28 inches (710 mm) in depth the height of a
component above 1\1/2\ inches (38 mm) shall be beveled at a rate of
2.5:3 maximum.
M303.2.4.2 Other Equipment. Wheelchair spaces beneath diagnostic
equipment other than breast platforms shall comply with M303.2.4.2.
M303.2.4.2.1 Depth. Wheelchair spaces shall include knee and toe
clearance 17 inches (430 mm) deep minimum and 25 inches (635 mm)
deep maximum.
M303.2.4.2.2 Height. Wheelchair spaces shall include toe
clearance 9 inches (230 mm) high minimum above the floor measured to
a depth of 6 inches (150 mm) maximum measured from the toe end of
the wheelchair space. Knee clearance shall be provided at a depth of
11 inches (280 mm) minimum and 25 inches (635 mm) maximum at 9
inches (230 mm) above the floor and at a depth of 8 inches (205 mm)
minimum at 27 inches (685 mm) above the floor measured from the
leading edge of the equipment. Between 9 inches (230 mm) and 27
inches (685 mm) above the floor, the knee clearance shall be
permitted to reduce at a rate of 1 inch (25 mm) in depth for every 6
inches (150 mm) in height.
M303.2.5 Surfaces. Wheelchair space surfaces shall not slope
more than 1:48 in any direction.
M303.2.6 Edge Protection. Where wheelchair spaces are provided
on a platform raised more than 1\1/2\ inches (38 mm) in height, edge
protection 2 inches (51 mm) high minimum measured from the surface
of the platform shall be provided on each side not providing entry
to or exit from the equipment.
M303.3 Entry. Where there is a change in level at the entry to
wheelchair spaces, the change in level shall comply with M303.3.
M303.3.1 Vertical. Changes in level of \1/4\ inch (6.4 mm) high
maximum shall be permitted to be vertical.
M303.3.2 Beveled. Changes in level between \1/4\ inch (6.4 mm)
high and \1/2\ inch (13 mm) high maximum shall be beveled with a
slope not steeper than 1:2.
M303.3.3 Ramped. Changes in level greater than \1/2\ inch (13
mm) high shall be ramped and shall comply with M303.3.3.
M303.3.3.1 Running Slope. Ramp runs shall have a running slope
not steeper than 1:12.
Exception: A running slope not steeper than 1:8 shall be
permitted for ramp runs with a maximum height of 2\1/2\ inches (64
mm).
M303.3.3.2 Cross Slope. The cross slope of ramp runs shall not
be steeper than 1:48.
M303.3.3.3 Clear Width. The clear width of ramp runs shall be 36
inches (915 mm) minimum.
M303.3.3.4 Edge Protection. Ramps with drop offs \1/2\ inch (13
mm) or greater shall provide edge protection 2 inches (50 mm) high
minimum on each side with a drop off.
M303.3.3.5 Handrails. Ramps with a rise greater than 6 inches
(150 mm) shall provide handrails on both sides.
M303.4 Components. Where components of diagnostic equipment are
used to examine specific body parts, the components shall be capable
of examining the body parts of a patient seated in a wheelchair.
Breast platforms shall comply with M303.4.1.
M303.4.1 Breast Platform Adjustability. Breast platforms shall
be continuously adjustable from a low height of 26 inches (660 mm)
to a high height of 42 inches (1065 mm) above the floor.
[[Page 2848]]
M304 Diagnostic Equipment Used by Patients in Standing Position
M304.1 General. Diagnostic equipment used by patients in a
standing position shall comply with M304.
M304.2 Standing Surface. Equipment surfaces on which patients
stand must comply with M304.2
M304.2.1 Slip Resistant. The surface on which the patient stands
shall be slip resistant.
M304.2.2 Standing Supports. Standing supports shall be provided
on two sides of the standing surface and shall comply with M305.3.
Exception: Diagnostic equipment with entry and exit permitting
pass-through from one end to the other shall be permitted to provide
one standing support on one side of the standing surface provided
that the standing support complies with the requirements for
standing supports in a horizontal position in M305.3.
M305 Supports
M305.1 General. Supports shall comply with M305.
M305.2 Transfer Supports. Transfer supports shall comply with
M305.2.
M305.2.1 Location. Transfer supports shall comply with
M305.2.1.1 or M305.2.1.2 and shall be located 1\1/2\ inches (38 mm)
maximum measured horizontally from the plane defined by the nearest
edge of the transfer surface.
Exception: Where the support folds, collapses, or articulates,
the transfer support shall be permitted to be located 3 inches (75
mm) maximum from the plane defined by the nearest edge of the
transfer surface.
M305.2.1.1 End Transfer Supports. Transfer supports for transfer
surfaces complying with M301.2.3.1 and M302.2 shall be located on
the short side (length) opposite the transfer side.
M305.2.1.2 Side Transfer Supports. Transfer supports for
transfer surfaces complying with M301.2.3.2 shall be capable of
supporting transfer on each side of the transfer surface.
M305.2.2 Length. The length of transfer supports shall comply
with M305.2.2.1 or M305.2.2.2.
M305.2.2.1 End Transfer Supports. Transfer supports for transfer
surfaces complying with M301.2.3.1 and M305.2.2.1 shall be 15 inches
(380 mm) long minimum. Transfer supports shall be positioned along
13\1/2\ inches (345 mm) minimum of the depth of the transfer
surface.
M305.2.2.2 Side Transfer Supports. Transfer supports for
transfer surfaces complying with M301.2.3.2 shall be 28 inches (710
mm) long minimum and shall be positioned along the width of transfer
surfaces.
Exceptions: 1. Where transfer surfaces are part of an
articulating surface, the support shall be permitted to be 15 inches
(380 mm) long minimum.
2. Where the width of an imaging bed is more than 24 inches (533
mm), transfer supports shall be permitted to be 12 inches (305 mm)
long minimum.
M305.2.3 Height. During use, the tops of transfer support
gripping surfaces shall be 6 inches (150 mm) minimum and 19 inches
(485 mm) maximum higher than the top of the associated uncompressed
transfer surface.
Exception: Where the width of the transfer surface for imaging
beds exceed 24 inches (610 mm), the tops of the gripping surfaces
shall be permitted to be 3 inches (75 mm) minimum and 6 inches (150
mm) maximum higher than the top of the associated uncompressed
transfer surface.
M305.2.4 Cross Section. Transfer supports shall have a cross
section complying with 305.2.4.1 or 305.2.4.2.
M305.2.4.1 Circular Cross Section. Transfer supports with
circular cross sections shall have an outside diameter of 1\1/4\
inches (32 mm) minimum and 2 inches (51 mm) maximum.
M305.2.4.2 Non-Circular Cross Section. Transfer supports with
non-circular cross sections shall have a cross-section dimension of
2 inches (51 mm) maximum and a perimeter dimension of 4 inches (100
mm) minimum and 4.8 inches (120 mm) maximum.
M305.2.5 Surface Hazards. Transfer supports and surfaces
adjacent to transfer supports shall be free of sharp or abrasive
components and shall have eased edges.
M305.2.6 Gripping Surface. Transfer support gripping surfaces
shall be continuous along their length and shall not be obstructed
along their tops or sides. The bottoms of transfer support gripping
surfaces shall not be obstructed for more than 20 percent of their
length.
M305.2.7 Clearance. Clearance between the transfer support
gripping surface and adjacent surfaces or obstructions shall be 1\1/
2\ inches (38 mm) minimum.
M305.2.8 Fittings. Transfer supports shall not rotate within
their fittings when in place for transfer.
M305.3 Standing Supports. Standing supports shall provide
continuous support throughout use of the diagnostic equipment and
shall comply with M305.3.
M305.3.1 Length. The length of gripping surfaces for standing
supports shall be based on the position of the standing supports in
relation to the standing surfaces they serve. Horizontal standing
support gripping surfaces shall comply with M305.3.1.1, horizontal
standing support gripping surfaces on diagnostic equipment
containing a wheelchair space shall comply with M305.3.1.2 and,
vertical standing support gripping surfaces shall comply with
M305.3.1.3.
M305.3.1.1 Horizontal Position. The length of gripping surfaces
on horizontal standing supports shall be 4 inches (100 mm) minimum
except for diagnostic equipment containing a wheelchair space which
shall comply with M305.3.1.2.
M305.3.1.2 Diagnostic Equipment Containing a Wheelchair Space.
On diagnostic equipment containing wheelchair spaces with one entry
that also serves as the exit, the length of the gripping surface of
horizontal standing supports shall be equal to or greater than 80
percent of the overall length of the platform. On diagnostic
equipment containing a wheelchair space and permitting pass-through
from one end to the other, the length of the gripping surface on
horizontal standing supports shall be at least equal to the length
of the platform.
M305.3.1.3 Vertical Position. The length of the gripping surface
on vertical standing supports shall be 18 inches (455 mm) minimum.
M305.3.2 Height. The height of gripping surfaces for standing
supports shall be based on the position of the standing supports in
relation to the standing surfaces they serve. Horizontal standing
support gripping surfaces shall comply with M305.3.2.1 and vertical
standing support gripping surfaces shall comply with M305.3.2.2.
M305.3.2.1 Horizontal Position. The height of the top of the
gripping surface on horizontal standing supports shall be 34 inches
(865 mm) minimum and 38 inches (965 mm) maximum above the standing
surface.
M305.3.2.2 Vertical Position. The height of the lowest end of
the gripping surface on vertical standing supports shall be 34
inches (865 mm) minimum and 37 inches (940 mm) maximum above the
standing surface.
M305.3.3 Fittings. Standing supports shall not rotate within
their fittings.
M305.4 Leg Supports. Leg supports shall provide a method of
supporting, positioning, and securing the patient's legs.
M305.5 Head and Back Support. Where the diagnostic equipment is
used in a reclined position, head and back support shall be
provided. Where the incline of the back support can be modified
while in use, head and back support shall be provided throughout the
entire range of the incline.
M306 Communication
M306.1 General. Where instructions or other information
necessary for performance of the diagnostic procedure is
communicated to the patient through the diagnostic equipment, the
instructions and other information shall be provided in at least two
of the following methods: Audible, visible, or tactile.
M307 Operable Parts
M307.1 General. Operable parts for patient use shall comply with
M307.
M307.2 Tactilely Discernible. Operable parts shall be tactilely
discernible without activation.
M307.3 Operation. Operable parts shall be operable with one hand
and shall not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the
wrist.
M307.4 Operating Force. The force required to activate operable
parts shall be 5 pounds (22.2 N) maximum.
[FR Doc. 2016-31186 Filed 1-6-17; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 8150-01-P